Brookfield Asset
Management Inc.
2 0 2 0 A N N U A L R E P O R T
This page is intentionally left blank
Five-Year Financial Record
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
PER SHARE1
Dividends2
Cash
Special
Net (loss) income
Funds from operations3
Market trading price – NYSE1
$
0.48 $
0.43
$
0.40 $
0.37 $
—
(0.12)
3.27
41.27
—
1.73
2.71
—
2.27
2.90
0.07
0.89
2.49
38.53
25.57
29.03
20.01
0.35
0.30
1.03
2.12
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective April 1, 2020.
2. See Corporate Dividends on page 47.
3. See definition in the MD&A Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
CONTENTS
Brookfield at a Glance ......................................................................................................................................................... 3
Letter to Shareholders .........................................................................................................................................................6
Management’s Discussion & Analysis ..............................................................................................................................16
PART 1 – Our Business and Strategy ........................................................................................................................ 19
PART 2 – Review of Consolidated Financial Results .................................................................................................32
PART 3 – Operating Segment Results ........................................................................................................................50
PART 4 – Capitalization and Liquidity ........................................................................................................................78
PART 5 – Accounting Policies and Internal Controls ................................................................................................87
PART 6 – Business Environment and Risks ...............................................................................................................96
Glossary of Terms .......................................................................................................................................................115
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .................................................................................................................... 121
Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................................................126
Shareholder Information .................................................................................................................................................216
Board of Directors and Officers ......................................................................................................................................217
Throughout our interim report we use the following icons:
Asset
Management
Real
Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Corporate
Activities
2
2020 ANNUAL REPORT Brookfield at a Glance
We are a leading global alternative asset manager with $600 billion of assets under management, and a focus on
investing in long-life, high-quality assets and businesses that help form the backbone of the global economy. Our
goal is to enable the companies and assets we invest in, as well as the communities in which we operate, to thrive
over the long term.
We serve a broad range of institutional investors, sovereign wealth funds and individuals around the world. As
stewards of the capital our investors entrust to us, we leverage our experience and deep operating expertise to
create long-term value on their behalf, helping them meet their goals and protect their financial futures.
Our capital structure is built to allow us to finance investments by drawing from various sources—including our
own balance sheet, our publicly listed affiliates’ capital and capital from our institutional investors. This access to
flexible, large-scale capital allows us to pursue transactions for our investors that are significant in size, generate
attractive financial returns and cash flows, and support the growth of our asset management activities.
Importantly, it also means that our capital is invested alongside that of our investors, ensuring that our interests
are always aligned with theirs.
At Brookfield, sound Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) practices are integral to building resilient
businesses and creating long-term value for our investors and stakeholders. These practices are routed in our
philosophy of conducting business with a long-term perspective in a sustainable and ethical manner. This means
operating with robust governance and other ESG principles and practices, and maintaining a disciplined focus on
embedding these principles into all our activities.
Our people remain the most important element of our business, and our culture is based on integrity, collaboration
and discipline. We place a strong emphasis on diversity across all our businesses, because we recognize that our
success depends on fostering a wide range of perspectives, experiences and world views.
•
•
•
•
•
Investment focus: We focus on real estate, infrastructure, renewable power, private equity and credit.
Diverse product offering: We offer core, core-plus, value-add, opportunistic/growth equity and credit
strategies through closed-end and perpetual vehicles in both the public and private markets.
Focused investment strategies: We invest where we can bring our competitive advantages to bear,
leveraging our global reach, access to large-scale capital and operational expertise.
Disciplined financing approach: We take a conservative approach to the use of leverage, ensuring we can
preserve capital across all business cycles.
Sustainability: We are committed to ensuring that the assets and businesses we invest in are set up for
long-term success, and we seek to have a positive impact on the environment and the communities in which
we operate.
“Brookfield,” the “company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The “Corporation” refers
to our asset management business which is comprised of our asset management and corporate business segments. Our “invested capital” includes our
“listed affiliates,” Brookfield Property Partners L.P., Brookfield Property REIT Inc., Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P., Brookfield Renewable Corporation,
Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation and Brookfield Business Partners L.P., which are separate public issuers
included within our Real Estate, Renewable Power, Infrastructure and Private Equity segments, respectively. We use “private funds” to refer to our
real estate funds, infrastructure funds and private equity funds. Please refer to the Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115 which defines our key
performance measures that we use to measure our business.
3
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Brookfield at a Glance
GLOBAL REACH
CANADA
$48B AUM
~9,300 operating employees
EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST
$106B AUM
~33,200 operating employees
LOS ANGELES
LONDON
TORONTO
NEW YORK
DUBAI
MUMBAI
SHANGHAI
HONG KONG
SÃO PAULO
SYDNEY
UNITED STATES
$330B AUM
~44,600 operating employees
SOUTH AMERICA
$43B AUM
~26,100 operating employees
ASIA PACIFIC
$75B AUM
~35,500 operating employees
Brookfield Corporate Offices
Oaktree Corporate Offices
QUICK FACTS
$600B+
ASSETS UNDER
MANAGEMENT
$312B
FEE-BEARING
CAPITAL
~1,000
INVESTMENT
PROFESSIONALS
30+
COUNTRIES
~150,000
OPER ATING
EMPLOYEES
E X C H A N G E S
NYSE: BAM TSX: BAM. A
4
2020 ANNUAL REPORT Investment Principles
Our approach to investing is disciplined and proven—reflecting our more than 100-year history as an owner-
operator. We focus on value creation and capital preservation, investing opportunistically in high-quality assets
and businesses within our areas of expertise, managing them proactively and financing them conservatively—
with the goal of generating stable, predictable and growing cash flows for all our investors. We recognize that
generating attractive risk-adjusted returns often requires taking a contrarian approach to evaluating assets,
businesses, markets or sectors.
Our business is anchored by a set of core investment principles that guide our decision-making and determine
how we measure success:
BUSINESS
PHILOSOPHY
INVESTMENT
APPROACH
MEASURES FOR
SUCCESS
• Operate our business and conduct our relationships with integrity
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Attract and retain high-caliber individuals who will grow with us over
the long term
Ensure our people think and act like owners in all their decisions
Treat our investor and shareholder money like it’s our own
Embed strong ESG principles throughout our operations to help us
ensure that our business model is sustainable
Acquire high-quality assets and businesses
Invest on a value basis, with the goal of maximizing return on capital
Enhance the value of investments through our operating expertise
• Build sustainable cash flows to provide certainty, reduce risk and
lower our cost of capital
•
•
•
•
Evaluate total return on capital over the long term
Encourage calculated risks, but compare returns with risk
Sacrifice short-term profit, if necessary, to achieve long-term capital
appreciation
Seek profitability rather than growth, as size does not necessarily add
value
5
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Letter to Shareholders
OVERVIEW (AS OF FEBRUARY 11TH, 2021)
We ended the year with the best quarter on record. Given the environment and the extraordinary year, that says
a lot for our business. Despite the turmoil and disruption, our investment strategies and the strength of our
capital structure showed through. Results in our asset management business were very strong, with FFO up close
to 20% over the previous year. Total FFO for the year of $5.2 billion was also a record, with realizations in the
fourth quarter adding to results. On a go-forward basis, annualized asset management revenues including carry
are now running at $6.5 billion, and with our next round of fundraising for our private flagship funds just
beginning, the franchise is poised for growth.
We have also launched four new strategies, and while none of these are expected to be significant contributors
to our results in the short term, they should all be meaningful in the longer term. These include investing in LP
secondaries, the energy transition to net-zero carbon, technology and reinsurance.
With respect to reinsurance, as recently announced, we plan to distribute to you a new share of Brookfield
Reinsurance as a special dividend. This share will be paired with BAM shares to enable us to efficiently operate
this business, and it should be attractive to some of you to hold.
Post year end, we launched a tender offer to take our property company private. We did this as most property
securities trade poorly in the market, despite the underlying real estate being valuable. Taking it private will offer
us greater flexibility in managing assets, and by paying our co-owners of BPY an attractive price, which they can
elect to receive in a combination of cash, preferred shares with a coupon commensurate with current yields, or
BAM shares for continued upside in the stock market, we believe it is best for all concerned.
BAM STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE WAS GOOD, ALL THINGS CONSIDERED
As an indication of returns that can be generated for investors, below is our latest tabulation of annualized
compound investment returns over the past 30 years. For reference, $1,000 invested 30 years ago in Brookfield
Asset Management is today worth $86,000. Some years have been fantastic, some were like 2020; but as
demonstrated in this table, compounding reasonable returns over long periods of time is an incredible miracle
of finance.
Compound Investment Performance
Years
1
5
10
20
30
$1,000 Invested
in Brookfield
$
$
$
$
$
1,090
2,200
3,400
32,500
86,000
Brookfield NYSE
S&P 500
9%
17%
13%
19%
16%
18%
15%
14%
8%
11%
10-Year U.S.
Treasuries
10%
5%
5%
5%
4%
The returns earned by a company are the reflection of many factors, but over the longer term they are the result
of the combination of a good strategic plan and relentless execution of that plan. Only in the longer term is it
possible to look back at both strategy and execution, which if done well, tends to also compound over time.
Furthermore, we believe the intrinsic value of a Brookfield share today is greater than the share price; this gives
us a large margin of safety in our efforts to record reasonable returns over the longer term.
6
2020 ANNUAL REPORT THE MARKET ENVIRONMENT WAS UNFORGETTABLE
Much has been said about 2020, and it surely was one of the most unusual years in memory. GDP in every
country dropped precipitously, stock markets plummeted then recovered, central banks collapsed interest rates
to zero, and money with little risk became virtually free. Many businesses were shut down, most worked from
home, people were afraid, plane travel declined 98%, Brexit happened, and a new U.S. president was elected.
As the year turns over to 2021, markets are strong, borrowing costs are low, money is available to well capitalized
borrowers, stock price multiples for many businesses are extremely high, and pharma companies have come
through in amazing time with vaccines that are now being distributed. Our expectation is that economies will
regularize as the at-risk populations are vaccinated, and as the death and hospitalization numbers decline. This
is starting to happen now—albeit unevenly—and as governments and people get comfortable enough to resume
a more normal life, we expect we will see a strong recovery in economic numbers starting now and into 2022.
With no meaningful inflation on the horizon and high unemployment numbers, there is an expectation that
interest rates will stay low and that stocks that were not bolstered by the pandemic trade will recover. Other good
companies that have elevated multiples either will be proven to deserve them, or their securities may trade
sideways for a time, until their results catch up with their share prices.
Our operations are highly geared to the economic recovery. As a result, we should be able to grow the value of
our businesses coming out of this recession while hopefully narrowing the gap between the intrinsic value and
the trading price of a Brookfield share. Like most businesses, we are pleased to see 2020 behind us, and we look
forward to 2021/2022.
OUR BUSINESS WAS STRONG, DESPITE HEADWINDS
During the fourth quarter, we generated a record $2.1 billion of FFO, an increase of 75% over the same period in
2019. Full year FFO was $5.2 billion, showcasing the resiliency of our underlying businesses. This is even more
remarkable, as up to 20% of our businesses were shut for months during the year and some are still recovering.
This should mean that as the global recovery takes hold, our results will get even stronger. All of this led to record
total cash available to shareholders for distribution and/or reinvestment (CAFDR) of $3.1 billion or $2.01 per
share in 2020.
AS AT AND FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
CAGR
Cash available (CAFDR) – Per share
$
1.36 $
1.39 $
1.61 $
1.75 $
2.01
– Total
Fee-related earnings (before performance fees)
Gross annual run rate of fees plus target carry
1,994
712
2,031
2,041
754
2,475
2,358
851
2,975
2,602
1,201
5,781
3,103
1,428
6,472
Total assets under management
239,825
283,141
354,736
544,896
601,983
10%
12%
19%
34%
26%
Asset Management Performance was Good and is Getting Better
Our asset management franchise had a strong year in 2020. We increased total assets under management to
$600 billion and fee bearing capital to $312 billion. Annualized fee-related earnings and target carried interest are
now $6.5 billion on an annualized basis.
In total, we raised approximately $42 billion across our private fund strategies. This included capital for some of
our flagship funds, and we also made great progress in raising capital for our perpetual core private fund
offerings.
We now have approximately 20 different return strategies across our five main investment verticals that span
senior debt to opportunistic equity. These included $13 billion of commitments for our latest distressed debt
fund and $9 billion for perpetual core strategies. We also held a final close on our second infrastructure debt fund
of $2.7 billion.
7
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Despite the challenges of 2020, we generated approximately $1.2 billion of carried interest during the year and
now have $4.7 billion of accrued unrealized carried interest on capital that has been invested. The benefits of the
focus our funds have on critical service assets with contracted, leased or regulated cash flows were also highlighted
in 2020, with valuations holding, and in some cases even increasing as a result of their income durability. We have
re-initiated asset sales that had been delayed earlier in 2020, and demand for these assets has been strong. We
recently announced a number of sales that we expect to close in the coming months; if they close as expected,
2021 should be another strong year.
At our Investor Day, we laid out our plans for the next round of flagship fundraising, with a target of $100 billion.
Our flagship credit fund is off to a great start. We recently launched both our fourth flagship real estate fund and
our new Global Transition Fund, which is focused on decarbonizing the global energy grid.
Operations were Resilient
Our renewable power operations continued to deliver strong results in 2020, supported by a globally diversified
asset base and long-dated, take-or-pay power contracts. During the year, BEP completed the privatization of
TerraForm Power, and we recently announced the acquisition of a distributed generation platform in the U.S.
Combined, these scale operations in solar, wind, hydro, storage and distributed generation position us well to
participate in the decarbonization of the world’s energy supply.
Our infrastructure businesses were extremely durable during the year. With 95% of the cash flows backed by
regulated or contracted revenue streams stemming from critical infrastructure assets, earnings were largely
unimpacted by the economic shutdown. We continued to expand our investment in data, which is in a multi-year
growth trend. We acquired a portfolio of 137,000 communication towers in India, which will capitalize on the
rollout of 5G and other future technologies. We are also well positioned to participate in the global infrastructure
investment and privatizations that are likely to follow as a result of both the sizeable debt that governments have
taken on in recent months and their need to stimulate their economies.
Within our real estate business, most of our assets performed well in 2020. Our office portfolio is largely backed
by long-dated leases to high-quality tenants, and rent collection was only marginally impacted. While our retail
and hospitality assets faced challenges, in those markets where governments began slowly lifting restrictions, we
have seen a steady rebound in performance. Foot traffic and sales per customer have increased significantly in
our U.S. mall portfolio, and forward bookings for our hospitality assets are slowly recovering. During the year, we
closed on the sale of a London office property, sold our U.S. self-storage business, and also disposed of a life
sciences office portfolio—each well above both its acquisition cost and IFRS value.
Our private equity operations continued to grow, and we made a number of acquisitions, including a leading non-
bank financial corporation specialized in commercial vehicle lending in India, and an Asia-based technology
services platform focused on customer management services. We also announced the privatization of Canada’s
leading mortgage insurer, and the merger of Norbord into West Fraser. We now own approximately 20% of this
combined entity, which is the pre-eminent forest products business in North America.
Our credit platform delivered strong results in 2021. We were able to deploy $22 billion during the year, capitalizing
on the March/April market dislocation, and other opportunities. We expect further opportunities to arise as
government stimulus rolls off and companies need to recapitalize. The final close of our distressed debt fund is
likely to take place in the first half of this year; it already is the largest distressed debt fund we have raised.
PRIVATIZING OUR PROPERT Y BUSINESS
In early January, we announced a proposal to acquire the balance of BPY that we do not already own. The simple
story is that while the assets are exceptional and the tangible value is higher than the share price, property
securities show no signs of trading near their intrinsic value. As a result, we believe our BPY partners will realize
value far more quickly with the deal we are offering them.
8
2020 ANNUAL REPORT Over the years, we have worked hard to execute our property business plans, with great success, but unfortunately
the public markets have consistently struggled to appropriately value its assets. This is not unique to BPY; many
property company securities have struggled to trade at NAV for years. In fact, we have taken private numerous
real estate companies in our private funds for this very reason.
It has been evident to us for some time now that this portfolio and our approach to creating value are not well
suited to the current public markets. To be clear, our view of the value of the portfolio has not changed. This is
simply a classic example of assets not being what public market investors currently wish to invest into.
Privatizing the company will give us flexibility to realize the true value of the portfolio in the longer term by
redeveloping some assets, constructing new ones, selling some assets outright, and using various assets to create
or grow perpetual, private, core real estate funds. The conviction we have in the latter has been enhanced by our
recent success with our series of perpetual private real estate funds that we now have in North America, Europe
and Australia.
Although the immediate impact of the transaction will be an increase to the size of our balance sheet, this will
quickly reverse, and we expect that over the next five years we will end up with fewer real estate assets than we
have today—because of this transaction and the flexibility it will offer us. In time, we will also re-create the fee
streams in the private markets, benefiting our clients who have a desire to own this highest quality real estate.
THE NEXT BEGINNING HAS ALREADY BEGUN
We are onto the next beginning for Brookfield. With all our funds performing well during last year, our balance
sheets in extremely good financial shape, and our alternative investment management franchise now one of the
pre-eminent businesses around the world, we are onto the next phase of growth for Brookfield. We have widened
the moat of our business globally and continue to add new products for our clients. With interest rates low,
alternatives are the investment category that offers an attractive return for our clients, and we are innovating to
provide them with new products.
We are also scaling up the size of our large flagship funds. Their size differentiates us and therefore enhances our
returns. In addition, our clients are looking for income replacement with less volatility, and we are continuing to
add perpetual core-plus products to our platform.
New areas of focus for us are investing in the transition of the economy to net-zero carbon emissions; reinsurance;
technology investing, where we are moving from venture into full-scale technology private equity investing; and
LP secondaries, where our clients are increasingly looking for scale managers. Each of these areas has the
potential to provide a meaningful opportunity for our clients and for our business.
CLIMATE TR ANSITION TO NET ZERO IS REAL AND ACCELER ATING
As we have noted for many years, overall, Brookfield is already net negative on scope 1 and 2 across our entire
$600 billion of assets under management on an avoided emissions basis. We believe we are similarly net-zero
carbon on a scope 3 basis and are now measuring the scope 3 emissions of our portfolio companies in detail.
Having transformed our own business from a very intensive generator of carbon decades ago to net-zero carbon
today, we believe we are well positioned to assist others with this change.
With decades of expertise and the access to capital that we possess, we plan to raise capital from our clients to
assist other companies in moving to net-zero carbon. We are committing over $2 billion of our own capital to our
Global Transition Fund and will be investing that alongside institutional clients who are like-minded in their goals.
We believe this represents a unique opportunity to create a new asset class while addressing one of society’s
current greatest needs.
We believe the world is at the beginning of a 30-year movement to net-zero carbon. This transition will affect
virtually every business in every country. China, currently one of the largest generators of electricity from coal,
has recently committed to being net-zero carbon across its entire economy before 2060. The new U.S.
9
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
administration has committed to clean energy by 2035, and the EU, the U.K. and Canada are all accelerating their
energy transitions. There is now no disputing that the world overall is moving from fossil fuels to lower carbon
energy—renewables, nuclear energy and potentially hydrogen.
Within the envelope of net-zero carbon, we will continue to own and operate certain essential infrastructure
assets globally that transport fuel. We believe that natural gas will play an important role in this energy transition,
particularly in Asia, and potentially serve as a bridge to hydrogen. Rest assured, when we acquire these assets,
we will be laser focused on the duration of cash flows, and we will operate them with their contributions to the
transition to net-zero carbon in mind and with plans to ensure they continuously do better. We believe the
operating experience we have gained in transitioning from carbon-intensive to net-zero carbon ourselves will
make us better owners of many of these assets.
Our Global Transition Fund is focused on the build out of new renewables globally, as well as the operations
surrounding investment by businesses to accelerate the transition to net-zero carbon. There are many companies
that will have the capital and skills to do this themselves. Equally, there will be many that need our operating
expertise and access to capital to achieve their goals. This is the objective of our new fund, and we are excited
about what it can accomplish.
A FEW THEMES ARE DRIVING OUR INVESTING IN 2021/2022
We invest in all of our businesses to maintain and grow them, but we seek to deploy the most capital in businesses
or regions at opportunistic points in time when the opportunity to create greater incremental value exists. This
changes constantly, but simply stated, we try to stay away from fairly valued markets and invest where capital is
in short supply.
Our investing is also driven by themes that generally cross all of our funds and are longer term in nature. The
themes that we believe are relevant for our business today are as follows:
•
•
•
•
Low interest rates will continue to drive demand for alternative investments. Interest rates appear to be
set to stay in a lowish band for several years. As a result, alternatives are very attractive to investors. This
provides an exceptional backdrop for our overall business.
Renewable energy is growing. The global electricity make-up is currently 25% from renewable sources, and
this is set to grow to 50% or more over the next 30 years. The investment required to accomplish this is in
the tens of trillions of dollars.
Technology is affecting all business, as it always has. The difference today is the pace of change, which brings
with it great opportunity, but also risk. We are embracing this.
Alternative credit is here to stay. Capital from institutions and reinsurers will increasingly drive the credit
markets. Alternative managers have the opportunity to scale up credit as a fixed income replacement for
institutional investors.
• Most real estate withstood the dramatic shutdowns in 2020, and while some property will be used in new
ways in the future, there will be no major paradigm shift. Great real estate in great cities will continue to be
just that. This will become evident once the global economy recovers.
• Many businesses and governments require capital. While businesses have survived thus far by borrowing
heavily, they now need equity. As a result, there will be attractive opportunities to invest in businesses, and
to acquire infrastructure from governments.
1 0
2020 ANNUAL REPORT PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU OWN A PIECE OF OUR BUSINESS
Lastly, we encourage you to focus on our business, not the share price. If there was ever a year to emphasize this
point, it was 2020. Consider that the Price of BAM in US$ on a split adjusted basis, started the year at $38.58 and
ended the year at $41.27. With a dividend of 1.25%, you earned a respectable 8% on your investment based on
the share price. Except, given the extremes in the market seen in 2020, and depending on when you looked at the
Price, you might have concluded that you had gained 18% if you looked in February, or a month later that you
were down 44% when our shares traded at $21.57 in March. This is the behavior of Price; but not Value.
In the short run, Price is a function of supply and demand at any point in time, which is often influenced by the
news of the day, short-term results, and the investor view of macro events that often have nothing to do with the
company. This has always been true, and is even more so today with the emergence of ETFs, indexing, social
media, the 24-hour news cycle and all the information bombarding investors. Value, on the other hand, is the net
present value of future cash flows based on assumptions for growth, discounted back to the present at an
appropriate interest rate. The Price of a publicly traded security is very often not the Value of it; sometimes it is
higher, and sometimes lower. From time to time they can converge—but not that often.
The Value of Brookfield based on our published plan value metrics was $57 at the start of 2020 and $66 at the
end. After accounting for the dividend, your Value increased 17% over the year. This was very respectable,
especially given the environment, and it included write-downs from some businesses that got hit in the short
term with the shutdowns.
If we were a private company, we would simply report our Value calculation and the metrics behind it. You would
likely have been thrilled with 2020. We actually were. On the other hand, the movement of Price often distracts
investors from focusing on the Value of a business. We encourage you to focus on Value and try to not be
distracted by Price.
CLOSING
We remain committed to being a world-class asset manager, and to investing capital for you and the rest of our
investment partners in high-quality assets that earn solid cash returns on equity, while emphasizing downside
protection for the capital employed. The primary objective of the company continues to be to generate increasing
cash flows on a per-share basis, and as a result, higher intrinsic value per share over the longer term.
And do not hesitate to contact any of us should you have suggestions, questions, comments or ideas you wish
to share.
Sincerely,
Bruce Flatt
Chief Executive Officer
February 11, 2021
Note: In addition to the disclosures set forth in the cautionary statements included elsewhere in this Report, there are other important
disclosures that must be read in conjunction with, and that have been incorporated in, this letter as posted on our website at
https://bam.brookfield.com/en/reports-and-filings.
11
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Value Creation
We create value for our shareholders by increasing both the value of our Asset Management franchise and of our
Invested Capital, as follows:
ASSET MANAGEMENT
1.
Increasing fee-bearing capital, which increases our fee-related earnings. We track the value thereby created
by applying a multiple to our current fee-related earnings.
2. Achieving attractive investment returns, which enables us to earn performance income (carried interest). We
measure the value thereby created by applying a multiple to our target carried interest, net of costs.1
INVESTED CAPITAL
3.
Increasing the cash income generated by the investments as well as capital appreciation, through operational
improvements and disciplined recycling of the underlying assets. We measure the value thereby created
using a combination of market values and fair values as determined under IFRS.
Asset Management
Invested Capital
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Actual
Current1
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Fee revenues
Direct costs
Oaktree earnings not
attributable to BAM
Fee-related earnings, net
Carried interest, gross
Direct costs
Oaktree carried interest not
attributable to BAM
Carried interest, net6
$
2,840 $
3,283
(1,296)
1,544
(116)
1,428
1,167
(494)
673
(117)
556
(1,606)
1,677
(112)
1,565
3,189
(1,218)
1,971
(251)
1,720
Total
$
1,984 $
3,285
BPY
BEP
BIP
BBU
Other listed5
Quoted2
IFRS3 Blended4
$ 8,378 $ 15,538 $ 15,538
15,015
6,743
3,546
6,113
4,573
1,920
2,175
5,937
15,015
6,743
3,546
6,113
Total listed investments
$ 39,795
30,143
46,955
Unlisted investments and
working capital, net
Invested capital
Leverage
Invested capital, net
10,055
40,198
11,323
58,278
(13,452)
(13,452)
$ 26,746 $ 44,826
FEE-RELATED
EARNINGS VALUE
CARRIED INTEREST
VALUE
INVESTED CAPITAL
VALUE
BROOKFIELD ASSET
MANAGEMENT VALUE
1. See definition in the Notice to Readers on page 15.
2. Quoted based on December 31, 2020 public pricing.
3. Total IFRS invested capital excludes $4.9 billion of common equity in our Asset Management segment.
4. For business planning purposes, we consider the value of invested capital to be the quoted value of listed investments and IFRS value of
unlisted investments, subject to two adjustments. First, we reflect BPY at IFRS values as we believe that this best reflects the fair value of the
underlying properties. Second, we adjust Brookfield Residential values to approximate public pricing using industry comparables.
5. Includes $4.5 billion of corporate cash and financial assets.
6. For the purposes of value creation, “current” carried interest, net represents target carried interest, net. Target carried interest, net, is defined
in the Notice to Readers on page 15.
1 2
2020 ANNUAL REPORT Financial Profile
We measure value creation for business planning and performance measurement purposes using a consistent
set of metrics, as shown in the table below. This analysis is similar to what we and our Board of Directors use
when assessing performance and growth in our business, and we believe it helps readers to understand our
business. These plan values are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to forecast or predict future
events or to measure intrinsic value.
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
Asset management activities
Current fee-related earnings3
Target carried interest, net3
Accumulated unrealized carried interest, net
Invested Capital, net
Listed investments
Unlisted investments and net working capital
Invested capital, gross
Total asset management activities and
invested capital
Leverage4
Total plan value3
Total plan value (per share)
Plan Value
Factor2
Base1
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
(BILLIONS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE AMOUNT)
$
1,565
1,720
$
25x
10x
39.1
17.2
2.6
58.9
47.0
11.3
58.3
117.2
(13.5)
$
35.9
15.5
2.4
53.8
37.8
9.2
47.0
100.8
(11.2)
$
103.7
$
89.6
$
65.90
$
56.73
Plan Value
AS AT DEC. 31 (BILLIONS)
$62
$31
$31
$64
$29
$35
$52
$28
$24
$104
$45
$59
$90
$36
$54
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Asset Manager
Invested Capital
1. Base fee-related earnings and target carried interest, net, represent our annualized fee revenues and target carried interest, as at
December 31, 2020, net of associated direct costs. We assume a fee-related earnings margin of 60% and 30% for Brookfield and Oaktree,
respectively. We assume a 70% and 50% margin on gross target carried interest for Brookfield and Oaktree, respectively.
2. Reflects our estimates of appropriate multiples applied to fee-related earnings and carried interest in the alternative asset management
industry based on, among other things, current industry reports. These factors are used to translate earnings metrics into value in order to
measure performance and value creation for business planning purposes. These factors may differ from those used by other alternative asset
management companies and other industry experts in determining value.
3. See definition of Plan Value in the Notice to Readers on page 15.
4. Includes $230 million of perpetual subordinated notes issued in November 2020 by a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield, included within
non-controlling interest.
13
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Performance Highlights
Fee-Bearing Capital1
AS AT DEC. 31 (BILLIONS)
Fee-Related Earnings1
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
$312
$121
$290
$110
$110
$49
$50
$126
$62
$51
$138
$58
$66
$79
$94
$86
$84
$851
$712
$754
$1,428
$1,201
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Long-term private funds
Perpetual strategies
Fee-related earnings, excluding performance fees
Public securities
Credit strategies
Carry Eligible Capital1
AS AT DEC. 31 (BILLIONS)
Accumulated Unrealized Carried Interest1
AS AT DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
$140
$85
$85
$120
$80
$80
$58
$40
$42
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Brookfield
Oaktree
$4,024
$3,647
$2,389
$2,601
$2,486
$1,732
$2,079
$1,430
2017
2018
2019
2020
$898
$576
2016
Accumulated unrealized carried interest, net
Accumulated unrealized carried interest, gross
Cash Available for Distribution and/or Reinvestment1,2
Distributions to Common Shareholders3
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
$3,103
$2,859
$2,602
$2,358
$1,994
$2,041
$2,216
$1,845
$1,825
$1,892
$726
$620
$575
$540
$500
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Excluding realized carried interest, net, and
performance fees
Realized carried interest, net, and performance fees
1. See definition in MD&A Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2. Comparative numbers have been revised to reflect new definition.
3. Excludes special dividends.
1 4
2020 ANNUAL REPORT NOTICE TO READERS
Pages 1 through 14 of the 2020 Annual Report must be read in conjunction with the cautionary statements included
elsewhere in the 2020 Annual Report. Except where otherwise indicated, the information provided herein is based
on matters as they exist as of December 31, 2020 and not as any future date.
In addition, for pages 1 through 14 of the 2020 Annual Report, the following terms have the definitions provided
below:
Current fee-related earnings are annualized fee revenues net of associated direct costs. Annualized fee revenues
are the sum of (i) base management fees on current fee-bearing capital based on the associated contractual fee
rates; (ii) incentive distributions based on BEP, BIP and BPY’s current annual distribution policies; (iii) performance
fees from BBU assuming a 10% annualized unit price appreciation; and (iv) transaction and public securities
performance fees equal to a simple average of the last two years’ revenues. We assume that direct costs represent
40% of current fee revenues from Brookfield funds and 70% on Oaktree funds.
Plan value is used to measure value creation for business planning and performance measurement. The metrics
used in the measurement of plan value include current fee-related earnings, target carried interest, net,
accumulated unrealized carried interest, net and invested capital, net. The multiples applied to current fee-related
earnings and target carried interest, net to determine plan value reflect Brookfield’s estimates of appropriate
multiples used in the alternative asset management industry based on, among other things, industry reports.
Target carried interest, net is target carried interest net of associated direct costs. Target carried interest
represents the carried interest we will earn, straight-lined over the life of the fund, assuming that we achieve the
target fund returns. This is calculated by multiplying carry eligible fund capital by the net target return of a fund and
the fund’s carried interest percentage. Target gross returns are typically 20%+ for opportunistic funds; 13% to 15%
for value add funds; 12% to 15% for credit and core funds. Fee terms vary by investment strategy (carried interest is
approximately 15% to 20% subject to a preferred return and catch-up) and may change over time. Target carried
interest on uncalled fund commitments is discounted for two years at 10%. We assume that direct costs represent
30% of target carried interest on Brookfield funds and 50% on Oaktree funds. There can be no assurance that
targeted returns will be met.
15 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (“MD&A”)
PART 1 – OUR BUSINESS AND STRATEGY
Infrastructure.......................................................................
Overview.............................................................................
19
Private Equity......................................................................
PART 2 – REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED
Residential Development.....................................................
FINANCIAL RESULTS
Corporate Activities.............................................................
Overview.............................................................................
32 PART 4 – CAPITALIZATION AND LIQUIDITY
Income Statement Analysis.................................................
Balance Sheet Analysis.......................................................
Consolidation and Fair Value Accounting..........................
Foreign Currency Translation..............................................
Corporate Dividends............................................................
33
39
44
45
47
Capitalization.......................................................................
Liquidity..............................................................................
Review of Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.............
Contractual Obligations.......................................................
Exposures to Selected Financial Information......................
Summary of Quarterly Results............................................
48 PART 5 – ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND INTERNAL
PART 3 – OPERATING SEGMENT RESULTS
CONTROLS
Basis of Presentation...........................................................
50 Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments..................
Summary of Results by Operating Segment........................
51 Management Representations and Internal Controls...........
Asset Management..............................................................
52
Related Party Transactions..................................................
Real Estate...........................................................................
59 PART 6 – BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND RISKS.......
67
71
75
76
78
81
84
85
86
87
95
95
96
Renewable Power................................................................
63 GLOSSARY OF TERMS....................................................... 115
“Brookfield,” “BAM,” the “company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries. The “Corporation” refers to our asset management business which is comprised of our asset management and
corporate business segments. Our “invested capital” includes our “listed affiliates,” Brookfield Property Partners L.P.,
Brookfield Property REIT Inc., Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P., Brookfield Renewable Corporation, Brookfield
Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation and Brookfield Business Partners L.P., which are separate
public issuers included within our Real Estate, Renewable Power, Infrastructure and Private Equity segments, respectively.
Additional discussion of their businesses and results can be found in their public filings. We use “private funds” to refer to our
real estate funds, infrastructure funds and private equity funds.
Please refer to the Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115 which defines our key performance measures that we use to
measure our business. Other businesses include Residential Development and Corporate.
Additional information about the company, including our Annual Information Form, is available on our website at
www.brookfield.com, on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website at www.sec.gov.
We are incorporated in Ontario, Canada, and qualify as an eligible Canadian issuer under the Multijurisdictional Disclosure
System and as a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Rule 3b-4 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As a result, we comply with U.S.
continuous reporting requirements by filing our Canadian disclosure documents with the SEC; our MD&A is filed under
Form 40-F and we furnish our quarterly interim reports under Form 6-K.
Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the websites mentioned throughout this report does not form part of this
report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are not incorporated by reference. Any other reports
of the company referred to herein are not incorporated by reference unless explicitly stated otherwise.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 16
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION
This Report contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian provincial securities laws and “forward-
looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 21E of the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, “safe harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995 and in any applicable Canadian securities regulations. We may provide such information and make such
statements in the Report, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or in other
communications. Forward-looking statements include statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future
events or conditions, include statements which reflects management’s expectations regarding the operations, business, financial
condition, expected financial results, performance, prospects, opportunities, priorities, targets, goals, ongoing objectives,
strategies and outlook of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, as well as the outlook for North American and international
economies for the current fiscal year and subsequent periods, and include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,”
“believes,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “forecasts” or negative versions thereof and other similar
expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” In particular, the forward-
looking statements contained in this Report include statements referring to the impact of current market or economic conditions
on our businesses and the impact of COVID-19 and the global economic shutdown on the market, economic conditions, or our
businesses.
Although we believe that our anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-
looking statements and information are based upon reasonable assumptions and expectations, the reader should not place undue
reliance on forward-looking statements and information contained in this Report. The statements and information involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the ongoing and
developing COVID-19 pandemic and the global economic shutdown, which may cause the actual results, performance or
achievements of the Corporation to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievement expressed
or implied by such forward-looking statements and information.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to: (i) investment returns that are lower than target; (ii) the impact or unanticipated impact of
general economic, political and market factors in the countries in which we do business, including as a result of COVID-19 and
the global economic shutdown; (iii) the behavior of financial markets, including fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange
rates; (iv) global equity and capital markets and the availability of equity and debt financing and refinancing within these
markets; (v) strategic actions including dispositions; the ability to complete and effectively integrate acquisitions into existing
operations and the ability to attain expected benefits; (vi) changes in accounting policies and methods used to report financial
condition (including uncertainties associated with critical accounting assumptions and estimates); (vii) the ability to
appropriately manage human capital; (viii) the effect of applying future accounting changes; (ix) business competition;
(x) operational and reputational risks; (xi) technological change; (xii) changes in government regulation and legislation within
the countries in which we operate; (xiii) governmental investigations; (xiv) litigation; (xv) changes in tax laws; (xvi) ability to
collect amounts owed; (xvii) catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, or pandemics/epidemics, including
COVID-19; (xviii) the possible impact of international conflicts and other developments including terrorist acts and
cyberterrorism; (xix) the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies; (xx) the failure of
effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and other risks; (xxi) health, safety
and environmental risks; (xxii) the maintenance of adequate insurance coverage; (xxiii) the existence of information barriers
between certain businesses within our asset management operations; (xxiv) risks specific to our business segments including
our real estate, renewable power, infrastructure, private equity, credit and residential development activities; and (xxv) factors
detailed from time to time in our documents filed with the securities regulators in Canada and the U.S., including in “Part 6 –
Business Environment and Risks” of our Annual Report available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and EDGAR at www.sec.gov.
We caution that the foregoing list of important factors that may affect future results is not exhaustive. Readers are urged to
consider the foregoing risks, as well as other uncertainties, factors and assumptions carefully in evaluating the forward-looking
information and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking information. Except as required by law, the
Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or information, whether
written or oral, that may be as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Past performance is not indicative nor a guarantee of future results. There can be no assurance that comparable results will be
achieved in the future, that future investments will be similar to the historic investments discussed herein (because of economic
conditions, the availability of investment opportunities or otherwise), that targeted returns, diversification or asset allocations
will be met or that an investment strategy or investment objectives will be achieved.
17 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
STATEMENT REGARDING USE OF NON-IFRS MEASURES
We disclose a number of financial measures in this Report that are calculated and presented using methodologies other than in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards
Board (“IASB”). We utilize these measures in managing the business, including for performance measurement, capital
allocation and valuation purposes and believe that providing these performance measures on a supplemental basis to our IFRS
results is helpful to investors in assessing the overall performance of our businesses. These financial measures should not be
considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, similar
financial measures calculated in accordance with IFRS. We caution readers that these non-IFRS financial measures or other
financial metrics may differ from the calculations disclosed by other businesses and, as a result, may not be comparable to
similar measures presented by other issuers and entities. Reconciliations of these non-IFRS financial measures to the most
directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, where applicable, are included
within this Report. Please refer to our Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115 for all non-IFRS measures.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 18
PART 1 – OUR BUSINESS AND STRATEGY
OVERVIEW
We are a leading global alternative asset manager1 with a history spanning over 100 years. We have $600 billion of assets
under management1 across a broad portfolio of real estate, infrastructure, renewable power, private equity and credit. Our
$312 billion in fee-bearing capital1 is invested on behalf of some of the world’s largest institutional investors, sovereign wealth
funds and pension plans, along with thousands of individuals.
We provide a diverse product mix of private funds1 and dedicated public vehicles, which allow investors to invest in our five
key asset classes and participate in the strong performance of the underlying portfolio. We invest in a disciplined manner,
targeting returns of 12-15% over the long-term with strong downside protection, allowing our investors and their stakeholders
to meet their goals and protect their financial futures.
ü Investment focus
We predominantly invest in real assets across real estate, infrastructure, renewable power and private equity, and hold a
significant investment in Oaktree Capital Management (“Oaktree”)1, which is a leading global alternative investment
management firm with an expertise in credit.
ü Diverse product offering
We offer public and private vehicles to invest across a number of product lines, including core, value-add, and
opportunistic growth equity and credit strategies in both closed-end and perpetual vehicles.
ü Focused investment strategies
We invest where we can bring our competitive advantages to bear, such as our strong capabilities as an owner-operator,
our large-scale capital and our global reach.
ü Disciplined financing approach
We employ leverage1 in a prudent manner to enhance returns while preserving capital throughout business cycles.
Underlying investments are typically funded at investment-grade levels on a standalone and non-recourse basis, providing
us with a stable capitalization. Only 6% of the total leverage reported in our consolidated financial statements has recourse
to the Corporation.
ü Sustainability
We are committed to ensuring that the assets and businesses in which we invest are set up for long-term success, and we
seek to have a positive impact on the environment and the communities in which we operate.
In addition, we maintain significant invested capital1 on the Corporation’s balance sheet where we invest alongside our
investors. This capital generates annual cash flows that enhance the returns we earn as an asset manager, create a strong
alignment of interest, and enable us to bring the following strengths to bear on all our investments:
1. Large-scale capital
We have approximately $600 billion in assets under management and $312 billion in fee-bearing capital.
2. Operating expertise
We have approximately 150,000 operating employees worldwide focused on maximizing value and cash flows from our
assets and businesses.
3. Global reach
We operate in more than 30 countries on five continents around the world.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
19 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The value of the business is comprised of two key components: Our asset management activities that we refer to as Asset
Management, and our balance sheet investments that we refer to as Invested Capital. Our financial returns are represented by
the combination of the earnings of our Asset Management business, as well as capital appreciation and distributions from our
Invested Capital. The primary performance measure we use is funds from operations (“FFO”)1 which we use to evaluate the
performance of our segments.
Asset Management
Our Asset Management activities encompass $312 billion of fee-bearing capital across a broad portfolio of real estate,
infrastructure, renewable power, private equity and credit, and we have approximately $33 billion of additional committed
capital that will be fee-bearing when invested. This capital is managed within long-term private funds, perpetual strategies and
public securities1. Together with our investment in Oaktree, we have approximately 2,000 unique institutional investors across
our private funds business.
Fee-Bearing Capital Diversification
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
Long-term Private Funds – $84 billion fee-bearing capital
We manage and earn fees on a diverse range of real estate, renewable power, infrastructure, private equity and credit funds.
These funds are long duration in nature and include closed-end value-add, credit and opportunistic strategies. On long-term
private fund capital, we earn:
1. Diversified and long-term base management fees1 on capital that is typically committed for ten years with two one-year
extension options.
2. Carried interest1, which enables us to receive a portion of overall fund profits provided that our investors receive a
minimum prescribed preferred return. Carried interest is recognized when a fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of
preferred returns and when it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
Perpetual Strategies – $94 billion fee-bearing capital
We manage perpetual capital in our publicly listed affiliates1, as well as core and core plus private funds, which can continually
raise new capital. From our perpetual strategies, we earn:
1. Long-term perpetual base management fees, which as general partner of our listed affiliates, are based on total
capitalization of our listed affiliates and the net asset value (“NAV”) of our perpetual private funds.
2.
Stable incentive distributions1 which are linked to cash distributions from listed affiliates (BPY/BPYU, BEP/BEPC and
BIP/BIPC) that exceed pre-determined thresholds. These cash distributions have a historical track record of growing
annually and each of these listed affiliates target annual distribution growth rates within a range of 5-9%.
3. Performance fees1 based on unit price performance (BBU) and carried interest on our perpetual private funds.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
1.
2. Credit Strategies have been allocated across long-term private funds, perpetual strategies and other.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 20
Asset Management (continued)
Credit Strategies – $121 billion fee-bearing capital
We hold an approximate 62% interest in Oaktree, which provides a diverse range of long-term private fund and perpetual
strategies to its investor base. Similar to our long-term private funds, we earn base management fees and carried interest on
Oaktree’s fund capital.
Public Securities – $13 billion fee-bearing capital
We manage publicly listed funds and separately managed accounts, focused on fixed income and equity securities across real
estate, infrastructure and natural resources. We earn base management fees, which are based on committed capital and fund
NAV, and performance income based on investment returns.
Invested Capital
We have approximately $58 billion of invested capital on our balance sheet as a result of our history as an owner and operator
of real assets. This capital provides attractive financial returns and important stability and flexibility to our asset management
business.
Key attributes of our invested capital:
•
•
•
Transparent – approximately 81% of our invested capital is in our listed affiliates and other smaller publicly traded
investments. The remainder is primarily held in a residential homebuilding business, and a few other directly held
investments.
Diversified, long-term, stable cash flows – received from our underlying public investments. These cash flows are
underpinned by investments in real assets which should provide inflation protection and less volatility compared to
traditional equities, and higher yields compared to fixed income.
Strong alignment of interest with our investors – we are the largest investor into each of our listed affiliates, and in turn,
the listed affiliates are typically the largest investor in each of our private funds.
21 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
We have three distinct competitive advantages that enable us to consistently identify and acquire high-quality assets and create
significant value in the assets that we own and operate.
Large-Scale Capital
We have approximately $600 billion in assets under management.
We offer our investors a large portfolio of private funds that have global mandates and diversified strategies. Our access to
large-scale, flexible capital enables us to pursue transactions of a size that lessens competition. In addition, investing significant
amounts of our own capital either through our listed affiliates or through our own balance sheet ensures strong alignment of
interest with our investors.
Operating Expertise
We have approximately 150,000 operating employees worldwide who are instrumental in maximizing the value and cash flows
from our operations.
We believe that strong operating experience is essential in maximizing efficiency and productivity – and ultimately, returns.
We do this by maintaining a culture of long-term focus, alignment of interest and collaboration through the people we hire and
our operating philosophy. This in-house operating expertise developed through our heritage as an owner-operator is invaluable
in underwriting acquisitions and executing value-creating development and capital projects.
Global Reach
We operate in more than 30 countries on five continents around the world.
Our global reach allows us to diversify and identify a broad range of opportunities. We are able to invest where capital is
scarce, and our scale enables us to move quickly and pursue multiple opportunities across different markets. Our global reach
also allows us to operate our assets more effectively: we believe that a strong on-the-ground presence is critical to operating
successfully in many of our markets, and many of our businesses are truly local. Furthermore, the combination of our strong
local presence and global reach allows us to bring global relationships and operating practices to bear across markets to
enhance returns.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 22
INVESTMENT CYCLE
Raise Capital
As an asset manager, the starting point is establishing new funds and other investment products for investors. This in turn
provides the capital to invest, from which we earn base management fees, incentive distributions and performance-based
returns such as carried interest. Accordingly, we create value by increasing our amount of fee-bearing capital and by
achieving strong investment performance that leads to increased cash flows and asset values.
Identify and Acquire High-Quality Assets
We follow a value-based approach to investing and allocating capital. We believe that our disciplined approach, global reach
and our operating expertise enable us to identify a wide range of potential opportunities, and allow us to invest at attractive
valuations and generate superior risk-adjusted returns. We also leverage our considerable expertise in executing
recapitalizations, operational turnarounds and large development and capital projects, providing additional opportunities to
deploy capital.
Secure Long-Term Financing
We finance our operations predominantly on a long-term investment-grade basis, and most of our capital consists of equity
and standalone asset-by-asset financing with minimal recourse to other parts of the organization. We utilize relatively modest
levels of corporate debt to provide operational flexibility and optimize returns. This provides us with considerable stability,
improves our ability to withstand financial downturns and enables our management teams to focus on operations and other
growth initiatives.
Enhance Value and Cash Flows Through Operating Expertise
Our strong, time-tested operating capabilities enable us to increase the value of the assets within our businesses and the cash
flows they produce, and they help to protect capital in adverse conditions. Our operating expertise, development capabilities
and effective financing can help ensure that an investment’s full value creation potential is realized, which we believe is one
of our most important competitive advantages.
Realize Capital from Asset Sales or Refinancings
We actively monitor opportunities to sell or refinance assets to generate proceeds; in our limited life funds that capital is
returned to investors, and in the case of our perpetual funds, we then redeploy the capital to enhance returns. In many cases,
returning capital from private funds completes the investment process, locks in investor returns and gives rise to performance
income.
Our Operating Cycle Leads to Value Creation
We create value from earning robust returns on our
investments that compound over time and grow our fee-
bearing capital. By generating value for our investors and
shareholders, we increase fees and carried interest received in
our asset management business, and grow cash flows that
compound value in our invested capital.
23 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Corporation has $7 billion of liquidity and $77 billion on a group basis as at December 31, 2020, and we manage our
liquidity and capitalization on a group-wide basis, which we organize into three principal tiers:
i)
The Corporation:
•
•
•
•
Strong levels of liquidity are maintained to support growth and ongoing operations.
Capitalization consists of a large common equity base, supplemented with perpetual preferred shares, long-dated
corporate bonds and, from time to time, draws on our corporate credit facilities.
Negligible guarantees are provided on the financial obligations of listed affiliates and managed funds.
High levels of cash flows are available after payment of common share dividends.
ii) Our listed affiliates (BPY/BPYU, BEP/BEPC, BIP/BIPC and BBU):
•
•
•
Strong levels of liquidity are maintained at each of the listed affiliates to support their growth and ongoing operations.
Listed affiliates are intended to be self-funding with stable capitalization through market cycles.
Financial obligations have no recourse to the Corporation.
iii) Managed funds, or investments, either held directly or within listed affiliates:
•
•
•
Each underlying investment is typically funded on a standalone basis.
Fund level borrowings are generally limited to subscription facilities backed by the capital commitments to the fund.
Financial obligations have no recourse to the Corporation.
Approach to Capitalization
We maintain a prudent level of long-dated capitalization in the form of common equity, perpetual preferred shares and
corporate bonds, which provides a very stable capital structure. In addition, we maintain appropriate levels of liquidity
throughout the organization to fund operating, development and investment activities as well as unforeseen requirements.
A key element of our capital strategy is to maintain significant liquidity at the corporate level, primarily in the form of cash,
financial assets and undrawn credit lines.
Within our listed affiliates and private funds, we strive to:
•
•
•
•
Ensure our listed affiliates can finance their operations on a standalone basis without recourse to or reliance
on the Corporation.
Structure borrowings and other financial obligations associated with assets or portfolio companies in our private funds to
provide a stable capitalization at levels that are attractive to investors, are sustainable on a long-term basis and can
withstand business cycles.
Ensure the vast majority of this debt is at investment-grade levels; however, periodically, we may borrow at sub-
investment grade levels in certain parts of our business where the borrowings are carefully structured and monitored.
Provide recourse only to the specific businesses or assets being financed, without cross-collateralization or parental
guarantees.
• Match the duration of our debt to the underlying leases or contracts and match the currency of our debt to that of the assets
such that our remaining exposure is on the net equity of the investment.
As at December 31, 2020, only $9 billion of long-term debt has recourse to the Corporation. The remaining debt on our
Consolidated Balance Sheet is held within managed entities and has no recourse to the Corporation but is consolidated under
IFRS.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 24
Liquidity
•
•
The Corporation has very few capital requirements. Nevertheless, we maintain significant liquidity ($7 billion in the
form of cash and financial assets and undrawn credit facilities as at December 31, 2020) at the corporate level to
bridge larger fund transactions, seed new fund products, invest in businesses alongside our fund investors or
participate in equity issuances by our listed affiliates.
On a group basis, we have approximately $77 billion of liquidity, which includes corporate liquidity, listed affiliate
liquidity and uncalled private fund commitments. Uncalled private fund commitments are third-party commitments
available for drawdown in our private funds.
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Cash and financial assets, net...................................................................................................................... $
Undrawn committed credit facilities...........................................................................................................
Core liquidity1..............................................................................................................................................
Third-party uncalled private fund commitments.........................................................................................
Total liquidity1........................................................................................................................................... $
Corporate
Liquidity
Group
Liquidity
6,823
9,194
16,017
60,594
76,611
4,456 $
2,526
6,982
—
6,982 $
Capital Management
We utilize a metric we call the Corporation’s Capital to manage the business in a number of ways, including operating
performance, value creation, credit metrics and capital efficiency. The performance of the Corporation’s Capital is closely
tracked and monitored by the company’s key management personnel and evaluated relative to management’s objectives. The
primary goal of the company is to earn a 12-15% return compounded over the long-term while always maintaining excess
capital to support ongoing operations.
The Corporation’s Capital consists of the capital invested in its asset management activities, including investments in entities
that it manages, its corporate investments that are held outside of managed entities and its net working capital, and is computed
as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................................................................................... $
Other financial assets.................................................................................................................................
Common equity in managed investments..................................................................................................
Other assets and liabilities of the Corporation...........................................................................................
Corporation’s Capital.............................................................................................................................. $
2020
1,283 $
3,809
33,732
6,321
45,145 $
2019
807
2,722
33,839
4,728
42,096
The Corporation’s Capital is funded with common equity, preferred equity and corporate borrowings issued by the Corporation.
Common equity.......................................................................................................................................... $
Preferred shares..........................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interest.............................................................................................................................
Corporate borrowings................................................................................................................................
Corporation’s Capital..............................................................................................................................
2020
31,693 $
4,145
230
9,077
45,145
2019
30,868
4,145
—
7,083
42,096
We maintain a prudent level of capitalization at the Corporation with 72% of our book capitalization in the form of common
and preferred equity. Consistent with our conservative approach, our corporate borrowings represent only 18% of our corporate
book capitalization and equate to just 6% of our consolidated debt.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
25 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The remaining 94% of our consolidated debt is non-recourse and is held within managed entities and has virtually no cross-
collateralization or parental guarantees by the Corporation.
The following table presents our total capitalization on a corporate and consolidated basis. Total capitalization also includes
amounts payable under long-term incentive plans, fixed annuity liabilities fully backed by financial asset portfolios, deferred
tax liabilities and other working capital balances:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Corporate borrowings............................................................................................. $
Non-recourse borrowings
Corporate
2020
9,077 $
2019
7,083 $
Consolidated
2020
9,077 $
2019
7,083
Subsidiary borrowings.........................................................................................
Property-specific borrowings..............................................................................
8,423
127,869
143,375
35,013
Corporation’s Capital, excluding corporate borrowings........................................
145,581
Accounts payable, deferred taxes and other...........................................................
Total capitalization................................................................................................. $ 50,540 $ 47,083 $ 343,696 $ 323,969
10,768
128,556
148,401
36,068
159,227
—
—
7,083
35,013
4,987
—
—
9,077
36,068
5,395
Debt to capitalization..............................................................................................
18%
15%
43%
44%
Cash Flow Generation from our Capital
Our Corporation’s Capital generates significant, recurring cash flows at the corporate level, which may be used for (i)
reinvestment into the business; or (ii) returning cash to shareholders. These cash flows are underpinned by:
•
•
Fee-related earnings2 that are supported by long-term and perpetual contractual agreements.
Distributions from listed investments that are stable and backed by high-quality operating assets.
These cash flows are supplemented with carried interest as we monetize mature investments and return capital to our investors.
Cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment1 was $3.1 billion for 2020, and over the past five years has grown at a 9%
compound annual growth rate.
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Fee-related earnings2...................................................................................................................................... $
Realized carried interest, net2.........................................................................................................................
Our share of Oaktree’s distributable earnings................................................................................................
Distributions from investments......................................................................................................................
Other invested capital earnings
Corporate activities......................................................................................................................................
Other wholly owned investments.................................................................................................................
Preferred share dividends...............................................................................................................................
Add back: equity-based compensation costs..................................................................................................
Total cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment2...................................................................... $
2020
1,242 $
244
259
1,929
(539)
16
3,151
(142)
94
3,103 $
2019
1,169
386
42
1,589
(483)
(36)
2,667
(152)
87
2,602
1.
2.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
Excludes $186 million and $104 million of fee-related earnings and realized carried interest, net from Oaktree, respectively (2019 – $32 million and $10 million). See
definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 26
RISK MANAGEMENT
Our Approach
Managing risk is an integral and critical part of our business. We have a well-established, proactive and disciplined risk
management approach that is based on clear operating methods and a strong risk management culture. We ensure that we have
the necessary capacity and resilience to respond to changing environments by evaluating both current and emerging risks. We
adhere to a robust risk management framework and methodology that is designed to enable comprehensive and consistent
management of risk across the organization.
We use a thorough and integrated risk assessment process to identify and evaluate risk areas across the business such as human
capital, climate change, liquidity, disruption, compliance and other strategic, financial, regulatory and operational risks.
Management and mitigation approaches and practices are tailored to the specific risk areas and executed by business and
functional groups for their businesses, with appropriate coordination and oversight through monitoring and reporting processes.
27 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Focus on Risk Culture
A strong risk culture is the cornerstone of our risk management program: one that promotes measured and appropriate risk-
taking, addresses current and emerging risks and ensures employees conduct business with a long-term perspective and in a
sustainable and ethical manner. This culture is reinforced by strong commitment and leadership from our senior executives, as
well as the policies and practices we have implemented, including our compensation approach.
Shared Execution
Given the diversified and decentralized nature of our operations, we seek to ensure that risk is managed as close to its source
as possible and by the management teams that have the most knowledge and expertise in the specific business or risk area.
As such, business specific risks overall—such as safety, environment and other operational risks—are generally managed at the
operating business group level, as the risks vary based on the nature of each business. At the same time, we monitor many of
these risks organization-wide to ensure adequacy of risk management, adherence to applicable Brookfield policies, and sharing
of best practices.
For risks that are more pervasive and correlated in their impact across the organization—such as liquidity, foreign exchange
and interest rates or where we can bring specialized knowledge—we utilize a centralized approach amongst our corporate and
our operating business groups. Management of strategic, reputational and regulatory compliance risks are similarly coordinated
to ensure consistent focus and implementation across the organization.
Oversight & Coordination
We have implemented strong governance practices to monitor and oversee our risk management program. Management
committees bring together required expertise to manage key risk areas, ensuring appropriate application and coordination of
approaches and practices across our business and functional groups, and include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Risk Management Steering Committee – supports the overall corporate risk management program, and coordinates risk
assessment and mitigation on an enterprise-wide basis
Investment Committees – oversees the investment process and reviews and approves investment transactions
Conflicts Committee – resolves potential conflict situations in the investment process and other corporate transactions
Financial Risk Oversight Committee – reviews and monitors financial exposure
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Steering Committee – oversees ESG initiatives, with a focus on health,
safety, security and environmental matters
Disclosure Committee – oversees the public disclosure of material information
Brookfield’s Board of Directors oversees risk management with a focus on more significant risks, and leverages management’s
monitoring processes. The Board has delegated responsibility for oversight of specific risks to the following board committees:
•
•
Risk Management Committee – oversees the management of Brookfield’s significant financial and non-financial risk
exposures, including review of risk assessment and risk management practices, and confirms that the company has an
appropriate risk-taking philosophy and suitable risk capacity
Audit Committee – oversees the management of risks related to Brookfield’s systems and procedures for financial
reporting, as well as for associated audit processes (internal and external)
• Management Resources and Compensation Committee – oversees risks related to Brookfield’s management resource
planning, including succession planning, executive compensation and senior executives’ performance
• Governance and Nominating Committee – oversees risks related to Brookfield’s governance structure, including the
effectiveness of board and committee activities and potential conflicts of interest
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 28
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (“ESG”) MANAGEMENT
ESG at Brookfield
We believe that acting responsibly toward our stakeholders is fundamental to operating a productive, profitable and sustainable
business. This underlies our philosophy of conducting business with a long-term perspective in a sustainable and ethical
manner. Our bottom line is that having robust ESG principles and practices is good business for a wide variety of reasons, and
we have been imbedding many of these into our asset management activities and underlying business operations for many
years.
Brookfield’s Board of Directors, through the Governance and Nominating Committee, has ultimate oversight of Brookfield’s
ESG strategy and receives regular updates on the company’s ESG initiatives throughout the year. The ESG Steering
Committee, which comprises senior executives from BAM and each of our business groups, is the primary decision-making
body on all ESG matters and drives ESG initiatives based on our business imperatives, industry developments and best
practices. The Steering Committee executes its mandate through the ESG Working Group, comprising operational
professionals from each of these constituencies.
We incorporate ESG factors into our investment decisions, starting with the due diligence of a potential investment through to
the exit process. During the initial due diligence phase, we utilize our operating expertise and industry-specific engagement
guidance to identify material ESG risks and opportunities relevant to the potential investment. We perform deeper due
diligence if required, utilizing internal experts and third-party advisors as needed. All investments made by the company are
approved by our investment committees based on a comprehensive set of predetermined criteria that evaluate potential risks,
mitigants and opportunities. ESG matters are part of this evaluation, including anti-bribery and corruption, health and safety,
and other environmental, social and governance considerations.
As part of each acquisition, the investment teams create a tailored integration plan that, among other things, includes material
ESG-related matters for review or execution. ESG risks and opportunities through the investment’s life cycle are identified and
assessed during due diligence and then actively managed by each portfolio company with support from the investment team
responsible for the investment. This recognizes the importance of local expertise, which provides valuable insight given the
wide range of asset types and locations in which we invest, coupled with Brookfield’s broad investment expertise. We believe
there is a strong correlation between actively managing all facets of ESG effectively and enhancing investment returns.
The below provides a summary of select ESG initiatives undertaken during the year. For additional information please refer to
Brookfield’s ESG report, which can be accessed on the Responsibility page of the Corporation’s website.
Environmental
We believe that our operating businesses are well positioned as the world transitions toward a net zero-carbon economy.
Our renewable power business continues to be one of the largest pure-play global owners and operators of hydroelectric, wind
and solar power generation facilities and is committed to supporting the global transition toward a net zero-carbon economy.
Further, we are one of the world’s largest owners of real estate and our office and retail portfolios are heavily weighted towards
properties that meet high environmental sustainability standards consistent with the expectations of our tenants, which we view
as enhancing rental revenues and lowering operating costs. Our infrastructure and private equity businesses include a wide
variety of businesses, many of which are well positioned to have a positive environmental impact and benefit from our focus on
operational efficiency, including energy efficiency.
From a decarbonization standpoint, we intend to be a leader in both driving the transition to net zero and measuring and
reporting on the same, in line with industry standards. We are working from a strong foundation and intend to do more. This
includes enhancing our climate change mitigation and adaptation processes to ensure they are properly factored into our
governance and risk management protocols and measuring and monitoring our greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions across the
business. The latest GHG emissions information for our asset management business is available in our 2019 ESG report.
We continue our work to align with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(“TCFD”). We have assessed our practices against TCFD recommendations, and are following an implementation roadmap for
continued progress in our alignment.
We have also been active in the sustainable finance market, with issuances in 2020 reaching more than $3.5 billion across green
bonds, sustainability-linked debt and green preferred shares, up from $2.7 billion from last year. Some of our assets and
investments are well-suited for sustainable financing, and we continue to look for opportunities to access capital in this manner.
29 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Social
We value our 2,000 asset management employees and we actively seek opportunities to develop them and to ensure they are
engaged. Our commitment to a positive, open and inclusive work environment in all of our offices globally creates an
environment that encourages strong relationships, provides an environment conducive to development and enables us to benefit
from diverse perspectives, further enhancing our ability to add value to our people. We also recognize that we must be positive
contributors to the communities in which we operate and not just an employer.
In addition to having a positive impact on the communities in which we operate, philanthropic and other community activities
are an opportunity to increase the engagement of our teams and support the development of our people. The COVID-19
pandemic was a focus for our philanthropic efforts during the year, and we were able to use the breadth of our global footprint
to support relief efforts around the world. This included making donations, either in cash or supplies, to health organizations
and other not-for-profit organizations focused on vulnerable members of our communities. We also expanded our global gift
matching program from a one-to-one to a two-to-one match for COVID-19 related donations, and we worked with our
operating businesses to find numerous ways in which to support relief efforts. Examples of these relief efforts include offering
our retail parking lots for blood drives, food banks and mobile COVID-19 testing sites; providing hotel rooms for first
responders; and feeding furloughed workers and their families out of hotel kitchens.
A focus on diversity and inclusion is another aspect of a positive work environment and our efforts in this regard have resulted
in significant progress. Specifically, over the last five years, we have more than doubled our employee population in the asset
management business and during this period, we have also doubled our female representation at the most senior level of the
organization; Managing Partner/Managing Director female representation increased from 6% to 13% and Senior Vice President
representation increased from 14% to 34%. In 2020, we broadened our focus beyond gender to include ethnic diversity. As a
first step we created a Global Diversity Advisory Group to support this effort. The initial mandate of the group is to provide
insights into the concerns, challenges, and successes around attracting and retaining members of the Black community within
North America. Early initiatives include the development of a process for employees to self-identify their ethnicity to help us
identify where to focus on increasing ethnic diversity. In addition, this group is providing support in the areas of recruiting, and
diversity and inclusion education.
Finally, while the health and safety of our employees has always been a priority, it required additional focus as we managed
through the COVID-19 pandemic. In each of our locations, as soon as it was permissible, and subject to individual personal
health considerations, we brought our employees back to the office. We believe this was important to reinforce our culture of
collaboration, enable the development of our employees and benefit their mental health. There were four key principles we
followed to accomplish this safely: adherence to local requirements, strong safety protocols—often exceeding government
requirements, mitigating the risk through continuous reviews of changing protocols, and respect for each employee’s privacy.
The safety protocols included installation of glass partitions between workspaces, access to regular, free COVID-19 testing and
clear protocols for addressing situations where an employee contracted COVID-19.
Health and safety in the workplace also represent an integral part of how our businesses are managed. As health and safety risk
varies across industry sectors and the nature of operations, we emphasize the importance of having operating businesses
directly accountable and responsible for managing and reporting risks within their operations, while Brookfield provides an
important level of oversight and support. For details on our operational health and safety framework as it relates to our
operating businesses, please refer to Brookfield’s 2019 ESG report.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 30
Governance
We continue to prioritize our data privacy and security. In 2020, we undertook initiatives to further protect our environment by
enhancing our access controls and anti-malware protections, and improving our detection and response capabilities through the
use of automated technologies. Annually we review our cybersecurity program and periodically we have an external party
assess our program maturity based on the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. The results of the recent assessment validated the
strength of our program. Finally, in addition to continued mandatory cybersecurity education for all employees, we
implemented additional training for specific groups, such as new employees or employees in roles where the impact of a cyber
incident is greatest (e.g., finance teams, human resources). The strength of this effort was evidenced through improved results
in our phishing simulations.
Finally, we continue to align our business practices with leading frameworks for responsible investing and demonstrate our
commitment by serving as a member and active participant in industry forums and other organizations. In early 2020, we
became a signatory to the United Nations-supported Principles for Responsible Investment (“PRI”), which reinforces the
incorporation of ESG into our investment management activities. We also are active members of several sustainability
organizations, such as Accounting for Sustainability (“A4S”) and the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (“SASB”)
Alliance. Through our membership in these organizations, we remain actively involved in discussions aimed at advancing ESG
awareness across private and public markets and enhance our reporting and protocols in line with evolving best practices.
31 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
PART 2 – REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL RESULTS
The following section contains a discussion and analysis of line items presented within our consolidated financial statements.
The financial data in this section has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Starting on page 44 we provide an overview of
our fair value accounting process and why we believe it provides useful information for investors about our performance. We
also provide an overview of our application of the control-based model under IFRS used to determine whether or not an
investment should be consolidated.
OVERVIEW
During 2020, we benefited from strong results and growth within our asset management businesses, while many of our
underlying businesses generated strong operating performance throughout the year.
Net income was $707 million in the current year, with a $134 million loss attributable to common shareholders
($0.12 per share) and the remaining income attributable to non-controlling interests.
The $4.6 billion decrease in consolidated net income and the $2.9 billion decrease in net income attributable to common
shareholders were primarily attributable to:
•
•
•
•
valuation losses of $1.7 billion in our real estate business both on consolidated and equity accounted investment properties
mostly within our retail properties;
an income tax expense of $837 million compared to $495 million in the prior year. The prior period benefited from the
recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses; and
higher depreciation expense primarily as a result of recent acquisitions; partially offset by
contributions from acquisitions over the last twelve months.
Our consolidated balance sheet increased as a result of assets acquired, net of liabilities, from business combinations completed
in the year, most notably our acquisition of Summit Digitel Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. (“Summit DigiTel”)1, a telecom tower
operation in India and IndoStar Capital Finance Limited (“IndoStar”)1, an Indian financing company. In addition, other
financial assets increased primarily due to financial asset positions entered into during the year. Our cash and cash equivalents
increased as a result of net proceeds from corporate debt issuances. These increases were partially offset by depreciation and a
decrease in intangible assets due to dispositions.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 32
INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS
The following table summarizes the financial results of the company for 2020, 2019 and 2018:
Change
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Revenues............................................................................ $
Direct costs........................................................................
Other income and gains.....................................................
Equity accounted (loss) income.........................................
Expenses
Interest............................................................................
Corporate costs...............................................................
Fair value changes.............................................................
Depreciation and amortization...........................................
Income tax (expense) recovery..........................................
Net income........................................................................
Non-controlling interests...................................................
Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders............. $
Net (loss) income per share1............................................ $
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split effective April 1, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
2020
2019
62,752 $ 67,826 $
(47,386)
785
(79)
(52,728)
1,285
2,498
2018
56,771 $
(45,519)
1,166
1,088
2020 vs. 2019
(5,074) $
5,342
(500)
(2,577)
2019 vs. 2018
11,055
(7,209)
119
1,410
(7,213)
(101)
(1,423)
(5,791)
(837)
707
(841)
(134) $
(0.12) $
(7,227)
(98)
(831)
(4,876)
(495)
5,354
(2,547)
2,807 $
1.73 $
(4,854)
(104)
1,794
(3,102)
248
7,488
(3,904)
3,584 $
2.27 $
14
(3)
(592)
(915)
(342)
(4,647)
1,706
(2,941) $
(1.85) $
(2,373)
6
(2,625)
(1,774)
(743)
(2,134)
1,357
(777)
(0.54)
Revenues for the year were $62.8 billion, a decrease of $5.1 billion compared to 2019, primarily due to the impact of the global
economic shutdown, including:
•
•
•
•
lower volumes at Greenergy Fuels Holdings Limited (“Greenergy”)1, a road fuel distribution business. Included within
Greenergy’s revenues and direct costs are import duties that are passed through to the customers. These are recorded on a
gross basis in revenues and direct costs without impact on the margin generated by the business, and as a result there was
an equal impact on costs;
lower contributions from our U.K. construction service business; and
lower revenues at our hospitality assets held within our Real Estate segment due to closures and cancellations which
reduced occupancy levels, primarily at the Atlantis Paradise Island Resort (“Atlantis”)1 and Center Parcs U.K. properties;
partially offset by
a full year of contributions from acquisitions completed in 2019, including Clarios Global LP (“Clarios”)1, Healthscope
Limited (“Healthscope”)1 and Sagen MI Canada Inc. (“Sagen”, formerly referred to as “Genworth MI Canada Inc.”)1, as
well as acquisitions completed during the year and the benefits of organic growth from our midstream and utilities
operations, net of the impact of foreign exchange in our Infrastructure segment.
A discussion of the impact on revenues and net income from recent acquisitions and dispositions can be found on
pages 35 and 36.
Direct costs decreased by 10% or $5.3 billion compared to a 7% decrease in revenues. The decrease is primarily due to the
aforementioned lower volumes at Greenergy and cost saving initiatives across a number of our businesses. These decreases
were offset by higher direct costs related to recent acquisitions, net of dispositions, as well as incremental costs associated with
organic growth initiatives at our operations.
Other income and gains of $785 million relate primarily to the sale of Nova Cold Logistics ULC (“Nova Cold”)1 in the first
quarter, Simply Storage Inc. and Healthscope’s pathology business in the fourth quarter, as well as the partial sale of Dalrymple
Bay Coal Terminal (“DBCT”)1 in the fourth quarter.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
33 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
We recorded an equity accounted loss of $79 million this year compared to an equity accounted income of $2.5 billion in the
prior year. The decrease of $2.6 billion primarily relates to:
•
•
valuation losses in our core retail portfolio as we made adjustments to the discounted cash flows in light of the economic
shutdown; partially offset by
a deferred tax recovery at our Brazilian data center operations in our Infrastructure segment and strong operating
performance at Norbord Inc. (“Norbord”)1.
Interest expense of $7.2 billion remained consistent over the prior year as the benefits from lower interest rates on the recently
issued borrowings and our variable rate debt held at our real estate operations were offset by additional interest expense paid on
new debt offerings.
We recorded fair value losses of $1.4 billion, compared to $831 million in the prior year, primarily as a result of:
•
•
valuation losses resulting from revised valuation assumptions, including rental growth and leasing assumptions, in our core
retail and core office portfolios; partially offset by
valuation gains in our LP investments portfolio, including our life sciences portfolio held within Forest City Realty Trust,
Inc. (“Forest City”)1.
Refer to pages 36 and 37 for discussion on fair value changes.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $915 million to $5.8 billion due to businesses acquired in the year, as well
as the impact of revaluation gains in the fourth quarter of 2019, which increased the current year’s opening balance of our
property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) from which the current year depreciation is determined. These increases were partially
offset by the impact of recent dispositions and foreign exchange.
Income tax expense increased by $342 million primarily attributable to the absence of the prior year deferred income tax
recovery of $475 million which relates to the recognition of deferred tax assets due to the projected utilization of net operating
loss carryforwards.
2019 vs. 2018
Revenues increased by $11.1 billion in 2019 primarily due to the acquisitions during 2019 and 2018 across each of our listed
affiliates, most notably the purchase of Clarios in the second quarter of 2019, and the purchase of Westinghouse Electric
Company (“Westinghouse”)1, a leading supplier of infrastructure services to the power industry, in the third quarter of 2018.
Same-store growth was attributable largely to the utilities and transport operations in our Infrastructure segment, strong leasing
activity in our core office assets in the Real Estate segment, as well as higher realized pricing in our Renewable Power
segment. These increases were partially offset by lower revenues from our road fuel distribution business and the absence of
revenues from businesses sold in 2019 and 2018.
Direct costs increased by $7.2 billion in 2019 due to the acquisitions and growth initiatives as discussed above. These increases
were partially offset by the impact of adopting IFRS 16, the new lease accounting standard, which reallocated operating lease
expenses previously reported through direct costs to interest expense and depreciation and amortization.
Other income and gains of $1.3 billion in 2019 include gains from the sale of our businesses, including BGIS, BGRS and our
residential management services company all in the second quarter of 2019.
Equity accounted income increased from $1.1 billion to $2.5 billion primarily related to valuation gains at certain Brookfield
Property REIT Inc. (“BPR”)1 properties and our Canary Wharf investment. These increases were partially offset by decreases
in earnings from our investment in Norbord due to lower product pricing compared to 2018.
Interest expense increased by $2.4 billion as a result of additional borrowings associated with acquisitions across our portfolio,
the addition of debt within newly acquired businesses, and additional interest expense from lease liabilities recognized on
adoption of IFRS 16.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 34
We recorded fair value losses of $831 million in 2019, compared to gains of $1.8 billion in 2018, primarily as a result of:
•
•
•
•
higher transaction related expenses, primarily attributable to a number of acquisitions across our portfolios;
higher impairment and provisions related to businesses within our Private Equity segment; and
the absence of large step-up gains reported in 2018 related to the acquisition of Teekay Offshore1 (now known as “Altera”)
and privatization of GGP Inc. (“GGP”)1; partially offset by
higher appraisal gains on investment properties in our Real Estate segment.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $1.8 billion to $4.9 billion primarily from the impact of acquisitions, as
well as the impact of revaluation gains in the fourth quarter of 2018, which increased the carrying value of our PP&E from
which depreciation is determined. The adoption of IFRS 16 also increased depreciation charges in 2019.
Income tax expense was $495 million in 2019, compared to a $248 million recovery in 2018. This increase in income tax
expense was primarily due to higher taxable income in flow-through entities attributed to Brookfield compared to 2018 and a
lower amount of loss carryforwards recognized in 2019.
Significant Acquisitions and Dispositions
We have summarized below the impact of recent significant acquisitions and dispositions on our results for 2020:
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Revenue
Net Income
Revenue
Net Income
Acquisitions
Dispositions
Real estate................................................................................................. $
420 $
(147) $
(275) $
Renewable power.....................................................................................
Infrastructure............................................................................................
Private equity............................................................................................
294
2,668
4,017
79
111
6
(75)
(323)
(1,479)
$
7,399 $
49 $
(2,152) $
52
(1)
11
(27)
35
Acquisitions
Acquisitions over the past year contributed incremental revenues and net income of $7.4 billion and $49 million in the current
year, respectively.
Real Estate
Recent acquisitions contributed incremental revenues of $420 million and net loss of $147 million in 2020. The most
significant contributions were from acquisitions made through Brookfield Strategic Real Estate Partners III (“BSREP III”),
which added $382 million of revenues and $164 million of net loss in the current year. The net loss is largely due to impairment
losses and mortgage interest expenses of the recently acquired hospitality assets in BSREP III, resulting from the impact of the
economic shutdown.
Renewable Power
Within our Renewable Power segment, incremental revenues of $294 million and net income of $79 million are primarily due
to acquisitions of wind and solar assets completed in late 2019.
Infrastructure
Recent acquisitions contributed incremental revenues of $2.7 billion and net income of $111 million. In late 2019, we acquired
Genesee & Wyoming Inc. (“Genesee & Wyoming”)1, contributing incremental revenues and net income of $2.0 billion and
$97 million in the current year, respectively. In addition, the recent acquisition of Summit DigiTel in the third quarter of 2020
and the acquisition of NorthRiver Midstream Inc. (“NorthRiver”)1 in 2019 collectively contributed $541 million of revenues
and $8 million of net income in the current year, respectively.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
35 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Private Equity
The current year’s revenues of $4.0 billion and net income of $6 million included impacts from Clarios and Healthscope
acquired in the second quarter of 2019 and Sagen acquired in the fourth quarter of 2019. These three businesses collectively
contributed $3.7 billion of revenues and $125 million of net income in the current year. The net income was partially offset
by the higher equity accounted current taxes and interest due to the acquisition of Brand Industrial Holdings Inc.
(“BrandSafway”)1 in the first quarter of 2020, which contributed a net loss of $98 million in the current year.
Further details relating to the significant acquisitions described above that were completed during the year ended December 31,
2020 are provided in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements.
Dispositions
Recent asset sales reduced revenues and net loss by $2.2 billion and $35 million in the current year, respectively. The assets
sold that most significantly impacted our results were BGIS, BGRS and North American Palladium Ltd. (“NAP”)1, our
palladium mining operations, in our Private Equity segment.
Fair Value Changes
The following table disaggregates fair value changes into major components to facilitate analysis:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Change
Investment properties............................................................................................ $
(269) $
1,710 $
(1,979)
Transaction related expenses, net of gains............................................................
Financial contracts.................................................................................................
Impairment and provisions....................................................................................
Other fair value changes........................................................................................
20
686
(808)
(1,052)
(895)
(140)
(825)
(681)
Total fair value changes........................................................................................ $
(1,423) $
(831) $
915
826
17
(371)
(592)
Investment Properties
Investment properties are recorded at fair value with changes recorded in net income. The following table disaggregates
investment property fair value changes by asset type:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Change
Core office............................................................................................................. $
(237) $
946 $
(1,183)
Core retail...............................................................................................................
LP investments and other.......................................................................................
(1,662)
1,630
(683)
1,447
(979)
183
$
(269) $
1,710 $
(1,979)
We discuss the key valuation inputs of our investment properties on pages 87 and 88.
Core Office
Valuation losses of $237 million primarily relate to:
•
•
•
•
updated near- and mid-term cash flow projections, primarily in the U.S. markets, incorporating a decrease in rental growth
and tenant-specific credit loss assumptions; partially offset by
a compression of capitalization rates for some of our core office properties in New York and the U.K.;
development milestones reached for a property in our Toronto portfolio; and
gains at 100 Bishopsgate in London as the property neared completion.
Valuation gains of $946 million in the prior year were primarily as a result of improved leasing assumptions on development
properties in the U.K. and U.S. as they neared substantial completion, strong occupancy and compression of terminal
capitalization rates in our Canadian portfolio to reflect comparable market transactions and rate compression from improved
rental markets in Australia.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 36
Core Retail
Valuation losses of $1.7 billion are mainly attributable to changes to a number of assumptions on a space-by-space basis to
reflect the impacts of the economic shutdown. We revised valuation metrics where necessary to reflect changes in certain
property level risk profiles.
Appraisal losses of $683 million in the prior year were due to lower assumed future cash flows on certain consolidated retail
assets and adjustments to the timing of when those cash flows are received, partially offset by a decrease in capitalization and
discount rates.
LP Investments and Other
Valuation gains of $1.6 billion relate primarily to:
•
•
•
gains on the life science assets at Forest City to reflect recent broker valuations as well as discount rate compression and
higher leasing at our Shanghai mixed-use property; and
gains in our Brazil office portfolio, driven by capitalization rate compression to reflect the historically low interest rate
environment, as well as gains in our U.K. student housing and U.S. manufactured housing portfolios; partially offset by
updated assumptions on our opportunistic retail assets and office assets to reflect near-term cash flow assumptions as a
result of the economic shutdown.
In the prior year, valuation gains of $1.4 billion were primarily related to improved market conditions in Brazil and India. In
addition, a decrease in terminal capitalization rates and higher projected cash flows at our U.K. student housing portfolio as
well as strong leasing activity in our directly held portfolios contributed to the valuation gains.
Transaction Related Gains, Net of Expenses
Transaction related gains, net of expenses, totaled $20 million for the year. These gains were primarily due to a restructuring
gain on our Australian coal export terminal business in our Infrastructure segment and a gain from debt restructuring at an
operating company within our Private Equity segment; partially offset by the early redemption of debt across a number of our
businesses as well as restructuring costs and transaction costs related to recent acquisitions.
The prior year transaction related expenses of $895 million primarily relate to the acquisition of Oaktree, Clarios, Genesee &
Wyoming and Aveo Group.
Financial Contracts
Financial contracts include mark-to-market gains and losses on financial contracts related to foreign currency, interest rate and
pricing exposures that are not designated as hedges.
The gain of $686 million is primarily attributable to gains on our financial contracts in our Private Equity segment and mark-to-
market movements on aforementioned market and currency hedges, partially offset by losses on interest rate and cross-currency
swaps, which do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Unrealized losses of $140 million in the prior year primarily relate to mark-to-market movements on our interest rate and cross-
currency swaps and fair value changes on our currency hedges, which do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Impairment and Provisions
Impairment and provision expense for the year of $808 million are primarily related to the impact of the economic shutdown on
operating businesses within our Private Equity segment and hospitality assets in our Real Estate segment. Included in this
balance is the impairment taken on vessels at Altera related to the reassessment of future assumptions surrounding estimated
salvage values, expected earnings and redeployment opportunities.
Other Fair Value Changes
Other fair value losses of $1.1 billion were reported for the year. These losses were primarily due to unrealized foreign
exchange losses in our Private Equity segment. Included in this balance are also various other one-time charges across our
segments.
37 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Income Taxes
We recorded an aggregate income tax expense of $837 million in 2020 (2019 – $495 million), including current tax expenses of
$756 million (2019 – $970 million) and deferred tax expense of $81 million (2019 – recovery of $475 million).
The increase in the effective income tax rate is primarily attributed to minimal tax implications from valuation losses incurred
in our Real Estate segment, which are subject to lower global tax rates. As a result, the international operations subject to
different tax rates contributed 52% to the increase of our effective tax rate in 2020.
Our effective income tax rate is different from the Canadian domestic statutory income tax rate due to the following
differences:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
2020
Statutory income tax rate..............................................................................................................
26%
2019
26%
Change
—%
Increase (reduction) in rate resulting from:
Portion of gains subject to different tax rates............................................................................
Change in tax rates and new legislation....................................................................................
Taxable income attributed to non-controlling interests.............................................................
International operations subject to different tax rates...............................................................
Recognition of deferred tax assets.............................................................................................
Non-recognition of the benefit of current year’s tax losses.......................................................
Other..........................................................................................................................................
(10)
12
(31)
52
(10)
8
7
(1)
(2)
(4)
(7)
(9)
4
1
(9)
14
(27)
59
(1)
4
6
Effective income tax rate..............................................................................................................
54%
8%
46%
As an asset manager, many of our operations are held in partially-owned “flow-through” entities, such as partnerships, and
any tax liability is incurred by the investors as opposed to the entity. As a result, while our consolidated earnings include
income attributable to non-controlling ownership interests in these entities, our consolidated tax provision includes only our
proportionate share of the associated tax provision of these entities. In other words, we are consolidating all the net income, but
only our share of the associated tax provision. This reduced our effective tax rate by 31% and 4% in 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
Our income tax provision does not include a number of non-income taxes paid that are recorded elsewhere in our consolidated
financial statements. For example, a number of our operations in Brazil are required to pay non-recoverable taxes on revenue,
which are included in direct costs as opposed to income taxes. In addition, we pay considerable property, payroll and other
taxes that represent an important component of the tax base in the jurisdictions in which we operate, which are also
predominantly recorded in direct costs.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 38
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
The following table summarizes the statement of financial position of the company as at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Assets
2020
2019
2018
Investment properties1........................................................... $
Property, plant and equipment1..............................................
Equity accounted investments................................................
Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................
Accounts receivable and other...............................................
Intangible assets.....................................................................
Goodwill................................................................................
Other assets............................................................................
96,782 $
100,009
41,327
9,933
18,928
24,658
14,714
37,345
96,686 $
89,264
40,698
6,778
18,469
27,710
14,550
29,814
84,309 $
67,294
33,647
8,390
16,931
18,762
8,815
18,133
Total assets............................................................................... $ 343,696 $ 323,969 $ 256,281 $
Liabilities
Change
2020 vs.
2019
2019 vs.
2018
96 $
10,745
629
3,155
459
(3,052)
164
7,531
19,727 $
12,377
21,970
7,051
(1,612)
1,538
8,948
5,735
11,681
67,688
Corporate borrowings............................................................ $
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities......................
Other non-current financial liabilities1...................................
Other liabilities.......................................................................
9,077 $
7,083 $
6,409 $
139,324
28,524
44,129
136,292
23,997
39,751
111,809
13,528
27,385
1,994 $
3,032
4,527
4,378
674
24,483
10,469
12,366
Equity
Preferred equity......................................................................
Non-controlling interests.......................................................
Common equity......................................................................
Total equity..............................................................................
4,145
86,804
31,693
122,642
4,145
81,833
30,868
116,846
$ 343,696 $ 323,969 $ 256,281 $
4,168
67,335
25,647
97,150
—
4,971
825
5,796
19,727 $
(23)
14,498
5,221
19,696
67,688
1. The amounts for December 31, 2019 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 16. Prior period amounts have not been restated (refer to Note 2 of the consolidated
financial statements).
39 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
2020 vs. 2019
Total assets were $343.7 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $19.7 billion compared to December 31, 2019. The
increase is driven by both business combinations and asset acquisitions, which totaled $28.5 billion for the year. Recently
completed business combinations added $11.0 billion of total assets, whereas asset acquisitions contributed $17.5 billion. Net
valuation gains recognized on our PP&E during the year also contributed to the increase in total assets. These increases were
partially offset by assets sold during the year.
We have summarized the impact of business combinations as well as equity accounted investment, investment properties and
property, plant and equipment additions for the year ended December 31, 2020 in the table below:
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Private
Equity
Infrastructure
Real Estate
Renewable
Power and
Other
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $
105 $
— $
16 $
22 $
Accounts receivable and other...................................
Inventory....................................................................
Equity accounted investments...................................
Investment properties................................................
Property, plant and equipment...................................
Intangible assets.........................................................
Goodwill....................................................................
Deferred income tax assets........................................
1,441
12
1,346
—
1,569
27
63
31
408
—
1,776
3
8,595
532
27
—
9
54
828
8,470
1,111
66
14
1
Total
143
1,925
67
4,103
8,473
67
1
153
—
1,665
12,940
—
41
14
625
145
46
Total assets................................................................
4,594
11,341
10,569
1,963
28,467
Less:
Accounts payable and other....................................
Non-recourse borrowings.......................................
Deferred income tax liabilities...............................
Non-controlling interests1.......................................
(55)
(1,016)
—
(227)
(2,518)
(2,356)
(22)
—
(1,298)
(4,896)
(17)
(1)
(12)
(47)
(77)
(210)
(469)
—
—
(2,800)
(3,842)
(34)
(274)
(679)
(6,950)
Net assets acquired.................................................... $
3,296 $
6,445 $
10,492 $
1,284 $
21,517
1.
Includes non-controlling interests recognized on business combinations measured as the proportionate share of fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
date of acquisition.
We have summarized below the major contributors to the year-over-year variances for the statement of financial position.
PP&E increased by $10.7 billion primarily as a result of:
•
•
•
•
acquisitions and net additions during the year contributing $12.9 billion of PP&E; and
revaluation surplus of $4.8 billion with the majority of the increase attributable to our Renewable Power segment, which
benefited from lower discount rates, as well as the continued successful implementation of cost saving and revenue
enhancing initiatives; partially offset by
depreciation of $4.5 billion in the year; and
the deconsolidation of a hospitality investment and other businesses, which reduced PP&E by $1.8 billion.
We provide a continuity of PP&E in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.
Investment properties consist primarily of the company’s real estate assets. The balance as at December 31, 2020 remained
consistent compared to the prior year after accounting for the following:
•
•
•
additions of $8.2 billion, mainly through enhancement or expansion of properties through capital expenditures and the
purchase of investment properties during the year; and
the positive impact of foreign currency translation of $984 million; offset by
asset sales, including a self-storage portfolio and a core office asset in London, as well as reclassifications to assets held
for sale for a total of $9.3 billion; and
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 40
•
net valuation losses of $269 million, driven by revaluations of our retail and office portfolios.
We provide a continuity of investment properties in Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements.
Equity accounted investments increased by $629 million to $41.3 billion in the current year, mainly due to:
•
•
•
•
net additions of $2.6 billion, including the $1.3 billion acquisition of an interest in BrandSafway in our Private Equity
segment in the first quarter of the year, as well as the acquisition of a $1.3 billion interest in Cheniere Energy Partners,
L.P. (“Cheniere”)1 in our Infrastructure segment in the third quarter; and
our proportionate share of the comprehensive income reported; partially offset by
the reclassification of $1.3 billion of interest in Norbord to held for sale; and
distributions and return of capital received of $1.4 billion.
We provide a continuity of equity accounted investments in Note 10 of the consolidated financial statements.
Cash and cash equivalents increased by $3.2 billion as at December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year end primarily due to
net proceeds from corporate debt issuances, the secondary offerings of BEP units, BEPC and BIPC shares, as well as cash
received from asset sales, partially offset by cash used in business combinations completed during the year. For further
information, refer to our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and to the Review of Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
within Part 4 – Capitalization and Liquidity.
Intangible assets decreased by $3.1 billion due to the impact of foreign currency translation and amortization, partially offset by
additions from acquisitions in our Infrastructure segment. Goodwill increased by $164 million due to the acquisition of new
businesses and the impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by the sale of the pathology business at Healthscope.
Other assets are comprised of inventory, deferred income tax assets, assets classified as held for sale and other financial assets.
The increase of $7.5 billion is primarily a result of:
•
•
an increase in other financial assets of $5.3 billion, primarily due to strategic investments acquired within our Real Estate,
Infrastructure and Private Equity segments and opportunistic financial asset positions entered into during the year; and
an increase in assets held for sale of $2.4 billion, primarily attributable to the reclassification of three mall assets, four
triple net lease assets in the U.S. and an office asset in Australia within our Real Estate segment as well as our equity
investment in Norbord, partially offset by the sale of Genesee & Wyoming’s Australian assets and a Colombian regulated
distribution operation, within our Infrastructure segment.
Corporate borrowings increased by $2.0 billion due to issuances of a $600 million 30-year note, a $750 million 10-year note, a
$500 million 31-year note and a $400 million 60-year note during the year. These were partially offset by a repayment of
a $251 million (C$350 million) note in the first quarter.
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities increased by $3.0 billion as a result of:
•
•
an increase in subsidiary borrowings across the businesses, as they took advantage of the low interest rate environment to
strengthen liquidity; and
an increase in property-specific borrowings, mainly as a result of the aforementioned acquisitions.
Other non-current financial liabilities consist of our subsidiary equity obligations, non-current accounts payable and other
long-term financial liabilities that are due after one year. Non-current accounts payable and other increased by $4.5 billion,
primarily due to the aforementioned acquisitions as well as an increase in lease obligations in our Real Estate segment. Please
see Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.
The increase of other liabilities of $4.4 billion is primarily attributable to an increase in financial liabilities associated with
hedges in our Infrastructure segment as well as liabilities associated with assets held for sale in our Real Estate segment. Please
see Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.
Refer to Part 4 – Capitalization and Liquidity for more information.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
41 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
2019 vs. 2018
Consolidated assets as at December 31, 2019 were $324.0 billion, compared to $256.3 billion as at December 31, 2018. Year-
over-year increases were primarily due to business combinations and asset acquisitions completed in 2019. Our acquisition of
Oaktree further increased the assets in our equity accounted investment. The adoption of IFRS 16 increased our property, plant
and equipment and investment properties through the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets. These increases were
partially offset by assets sold in 2019.
Investment properties were $12.4 billion higher at the end of 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to the impact of various real
estate investments completed in 2019, in particular our acquisition of Aveo Group. The adoption of IFRS 16 in 2019 resulted
in the recognition of ROU investment properties, primarily land leases on which some of our investment properties are built. In
addition, the impact of capital expenditures and valuation gains were partially offset by losses in our core retail portfolio and
numerous asset sales across our core office and LP investments portfolios.
Property, plant and equipment increased by $22.0 billion during 2019. The increase was primarily a result of acquisitions
completed across our operating segments during the year and revaluation gains largely in our Renewable Power segment. The
increase was also due to the recognition of property, plant and equipment ROU assets upon adopting IFRS 16 in 2019. These
increases were partially offset by dispositions and reclassification to assets held for sale as well as depreciation recorded during
the year.
Equity accounted investments were $40.7 billion as at December 31, 2019, an increase of $7.1 billion compared to 2018. The
increase was mainly due to $9.1 billion of additions across multiple businesses, including the acquisition of interest
in Oaktree and the equity accounted investments assumed within the acquisition of Clarios in our Private Equity segment. In
addition, the increase from our share of comprehensive income from equity accounted investments was partially offset by the
aforementioned step-up to a controlling interest of a portfolio of retail malls in our Real Estate segment as well as dispositions
and reclassifications to held for sale.
Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $1.6 billion as at December 31, 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to the impact of
cash used in business combinations, net of cash acquired, and the timing of recent asset sales and debt refinancings.
Intangible assets and goodwill increased by $8.9 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively, due to the acquisitions completed in our
Private Equity and Infrastructure segments in 2019, partially offset by the impact of amortization, impairment and
foreign exchange.
Other assets increased by $11.7 billion as a result of acquisitions completed in our Private Equity segment, including the
increase in inventory and other financial assets, as well as additions and appreciation of our existing financial asset portfolios.
In addition, the increase was due to reclassifying certain assets in our Infrastructure segment to assets held for sale; partially
offset by the sale of assets in our Real Estate and Renewable Power segments.
Corporate borrowings increased by $674 million as the issuance of $1.0 billion 10-year note as well as the impact of
strengthened foreign exchange rates during 2019 were partially offset by a repayment of a $450 million (C$600 million) note.
Non-recourse borrowings increased by $24.5 billion in 2019 as result of increased borrowings to finance acquisitions, including
our acquisition of Genesee & Wyoming in our Infrastructure segment, Aveo Group in our Real Estate segment, Clarios,
Healthscope and the Brazilian heavy equipment and light vehicle fleet management company in our Private Equity segment.
These increases were partially offset by the partial repayment of credit facilities within our Real Estate segment as well as
dispositions and reclassification of businesses to held for sale.
Other non-current financial liabilities increased by $10.5 billion in 2019 primarily due to the recognition of non-current lease
liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16, aforementioned acquisitions, higher insurance liabilities within our annuities business and a
higher stock compensation liability due to share price appreciation.
Other liabilities increased by $12.4 billion primarily due to the impact of acquisitions in 2019, including deferred income tax
liabilities recorded in business combinations, and current lease liabilities recognized on adoption of IFRS 16 in 2019.
Equity
The significant variances in common equity and non-controlling interests are discussed below. Preferred equity is discussed in
Part 4 of this MD&A.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 42
Common Equity
The following table presents the major contributors to the year-over-year variances for common equity:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Common equity, beginning of year........................................................................................................... $
30,868
$
25,647
Changes in period
Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders.......................................................................................
Common dividends................................................................................................................................
Preferred dividends................................................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income.................................................................................................................
Share repurchases, net of issuances........................................................................................................
Ownership changes and other................................................................................................................
(134)
(726)
(141)
818
(270)
1,278
825
2,807
(620)
(152)
524
2,477
185
5,221
Common equity, end of year..................................................................................................................... $
31,693
$
30,868
Common equity increased by $825 million to $31.7 billion during the year. The change includes:
•
•
•
•
•
net loss attributable to shareholders of $134 million;
distributions of $867 million to shareholders as common and preferred share dividends;
other comprehensive income of $818 million as a result of:
◦
◦
◦
revaluation gains of $1.0 billion primarily attributable to valuation gains within our renewable power and
infrastructure groups, partially offset by additional deferred income taxes reserved against these gains; and
other OCI gains of $145 million from mark-to-market movement on cash flow hedges held in our real estate,
infrastructure and private equity segments; partially offset by
foreign currency translation loss, net of hedges, of $332 million as a result of our unhedged exposure mainly on the
Brazilian real and Colombian peso. Refer to Foreign Currency Translation on pages 45 and 46;
share repurchases, net of issuances, of $270 million, primarily related to the repurchase of approximately 8.9 million
common shares through the NCIB program; and
ownership changes and other of $1.3 billion primarily related to:
◦
◦
◦
◦
gains on BPY units acquired at a discount to book value as part of purchases made through their substantial issuer bid
as well as the normal course issuer bid program;
dilution gain from the issuance of BEPC shares in conjunction with the TerraForm Power, Inc. (“TERP”)1
privatization; and
gains recognized on partial sell-down of businesses at values above IFRS book value, primarily related to the block
sale of GrafTech International Ltd. (“GrafTech”)1 as well as the secondary offering of BEP units, BEPC shares and
BIPC shares; partially offset by
the impact of a partial sell-down of our interest in AVN (our Chilean toll road) in the first quarter, and an accretion
loss on the privatization of Altera, a global service provider to the offshore oil production industry.
1
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
43 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Non-controlling Interests
Non-controlling interests in our consolidated results primarily consist of third-party interests in BPY, BEP, BIP, BBU, and their
consolidated entities as well as co-investors and other participating interests in our consolidated investments as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Brookfield Property........................................................................................................................................... $ 25,986 $ 29,165
Brookfield Renewable ......................................................................................................................................
Brookfield Infrastructure ..................................................................................................................................
Brookfield Business Partners L.P......................................................................................................................
17,194
19,753
9,162
Other participating interests...............................................................................................................................
14,709
13,321
20,036
8,664
10,647
$ 86,804 $ 81,833
Non-controlling interests increased by $5.0 billion during the year, primarily due to:
•
•
•
•
equity issuances to non-controlling interests totaling $12.7 billion;
comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests which totaled $2.3 billion, including $3.4 billion of
revaluation surplus less $1.0 billion of foreign currency translation losses; partially offset by
$6.5 billion of distributions to non-controlling interests; and
ownership changes decreased amounts attributable to non-controlling interests by $3.6 billion.
CONSOLIDATION AND FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING
As a Canadian domiciled public corporation, we report under IFRS, while many of our alternative asset manager peers report
under U.S. GAAP. There are many differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS, but the two principal differences affecting our
consolidated financial statements compared to those of our peers are consolidation and fair value accounting.
In particular, U.S. GAAP allows some of our alternative asset manager peers to report certain investments, which qualify as
variable interest entities, at fair value on one line in their balance sheet on a net basis as opposed to consolidating the funds.
This approach is not available under IFRS. This can create significant differences in the presentation of our financial statements
as compared to our alternative asset manager peers.
Consolidation
Our consolidation conclusions under IFRS may differ from our peers who report under U.S. GAAP for two primary reasons:
•
•
U.S. GAAP uses a voting interest model or a variable interest model to determine consolidation requirements, depending
on the circumstances, whereas IFRS uses a control-based model. We generally have the contractual ability to unilaterally
direct the relevant activities of our funds; and
we generally invest significant amounts of capital alongside our investors and partners, which, in addition to our
customary management fees and incentive fees, means that we earn meaningful returns as a principal investor in addition
to our asset management returns compared to a manager who acts solely as an agent.
As a result, in many cases, we control entities in which we hold only a minority economic interest. For example, a Brookfield-
sponsored private fund to which we have committed 30% of the capital may acquire 60% of the voting interest in an investee
company. The contractual arrangements generally provide us with the irrevocable ability to direct the funds’ activities. Based
on these facts, we would control the investment because we exercise decision-making power over a controlling interest of that
business and our 18% economic interest provides us with exposure to the variable returns of a principal.
All entities that we control are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. As a result, we include 100% of these entities’
revenues and expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, even though a substantial portion of their net income is
attributable to non-controlling interests. Furthermore, we include all of the assets, liabilities, including non-recourse
borrowings, of these entities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and include the portion of equity held by others as non-
controlling interests.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 44
Intercompany revenues and expenses between Brookfield and its subsidiaries, such as asset management fees, are eliminated in
our Consolidated Statements of Operations; however, these items affect the attribution of net income between shareholders and
non-controlling interests. For example, asset management fees paid by our listed affiliates to the Corporation are eliminated
from consolidated revenues and expenses. However, as the common shareholders are attributed all of the fee revenues1 while
only attributed their proportionate share of the listed affiliates’ expenses, the amount of net income attributable to common
shareholders is increased with a corresponding decrease in net income attributable to non-controlling interests.
Fair Value Accounting
Under U.S. GAAP, many of our alternative asset manager peers account for their funds as investment companies and reflect
their investments at fair value.
Under IFRS, as a parent company, we are required to look through our consolidated and equity accounted investments and
account for their assets and liabilities under the applicable IFRS guidance. We reflect a large number of assets at fair value,
namely our commercial properties, renewable power facilities and certain infrastructure assets which are typically recorded at
amortized cost under U.S. GAAP. However, there are other assets that are not subject to fair value accounting under IFRS and
are therefore carried at amortized cost, which would be more consistent with U.S. GAAP.
Under both IFRS and U.S. GAAP, the value of asset management activities is generally not reflected on the balance sheet
despite being material components of the value of these businesses.
For additional details on the valuation approach for the relevant segments, critical assumptions and related sensitivities, refer to
Part 5 of this MD&A.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Approximately half of our capital is invested in non-U.S. currencies and the cash flows generated from these businesses,
as well as our equity, are subject to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. From time to time, we utilize financial
contracts to adjust these exposures. The most significant currency exchange rates that impact our business are shown in the
following table:
Year End Spot Rate
Change
Average Rate
Change
AS AT DEC. 31
Australian dollar...
Brazilian real1.......
British pound........
Canadian dollar....
Colombian peso1..
Euro......................
2020
2019
2018
0.7694
0.7018
0.7050
5.1975
4.0306
3.8745
1.3670
1.3255
1.2760
0.7853
0.7699
0.7331
3,428.3
3,287.2
3,254.3
1.2217
1.1214
1.1469
1. Using Brazilian real and Colombian peso as the price currency.
2020 vs.
2019
2019 vs.
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020 vs.
2019
2019 vs.
2018
10 %
(22) %
3 %
2 %
(4) %
9 %
— % 0.6908
0.6953
0.7475
(1) %
(4) % 5.1546
3.9463
3.6550
(23) %
4 % 1.2838
1.2767
1.3350
5 % 0.7464
0.7538
0.7718
1 %
(1) %
(1) % 3,695.4
3,280.8
2,956.1
(11) %
(2) % 1.1416
1.1194
1.1810
2 %
(7) %
(7) %
(4) %
(2) %
(10) %
(5) %
As at December 31, 2020, our common equity of $31.7 billion was invested in the following currencies: U.S. dollars – 58%
(2019 – 54%); Brazilian reais – 8% (2019 – 12%); British pounds – 12% (2019 – 13%); Canadian dollars – 7% (2019 – 8%);
Australian dollars – 7% (2019 – 6%); Colombian pesos – 2% (2019 – 2%); and other currencies – 6% (2019 – 5%). Currency
exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar at the end of 2020 were higher than December 31, 2019 for all of our significant non-
U.S. dollar investments with the exception of the Brazilian real and Colombian peso.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
45 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table disaggregates the impact of foreign currency translation on our equity by the most significant non-U.S.
currencies:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Change
Australian dollar......................................................................................................................... $
775 $
66 $
709
Brazilian real...............................................................................................................................
(3,215)
(547)
(2,668)
British pound..............................................................................................................................
Canadian dollar...........................................................................................................................
370
186
Colombian peso..........................................................................................................................
(103)
Euro............................................................................................................................................
Other...........................................................................................................................................
Total cumulative translation adjustments...................................................................................
Currency hedges1........................................................................................................................
Total cumulative translation adjustments net of currency hedges.............................................. $
Attributable to:
593
291
(1,103)
(228)
400
282
(53)
(99)
38
87
(482)
(1,331) $
(395) $
Shareholders............................................................................................................................ $
(332) $
(190) $
Non-controlling interests.........................................................................................................
(999)
(205)
$
(1,331) $
(395) $
1. Net of deferred income tax expense of $37 million (2019 – $8 million).
(30)
(96)
(50)
692
253
(1,190)
254
(936)
(142)
(794)
(936)
The foreign currency translation of our equity, net of currency hedges, for the year ended December 31, 2020 generated a loss
of $1.3 billion. This was primarily attributable to lower period end and average rates for the Brazilian real and the Colombian
peso, partially offset by gains on the higher period end rates for our investments in the Australian dollar, British pound,
Canadian dollar and Euro.
We seek to hedge foreign currency exposure where the cost of doing so is reasonable. Due to the high historical costs
associated with hedging Brazilian real, Colombian peso and other emerging market currencies, hedge levels against those
currencies were low at year end.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 46
CORPORATE DIVIDENDS
The dividends paid by Brookfield on outstanding securities during the past three years are summarized in the following table.
Dividends to the Class A and B Limited Voting Shares have been adjusted to reflect a three-for-two stock split on April 1,
2020.
Class A and B1 Limited Voting Shares (“Class A and B shares”)2.............................................. $
Class A Preferred Shares
Distribution per Security
2020
2019
0.48 $
0.43 $
2018
0.40
Series 2....................................................................................................................................
Series 4 ...................................................................................................................................
Series 8....................................................................................................................................
Series 9....................................................................................................................................
Series 13..................................................................................................................................
Series 15..................................................................................................................................
Series 17..................................................................................................................................
Series 18..................................................................................................................................
Series 24..................................................................................................................................
Series 253.................................................................................................................................
Series 26..................................................................................................................................
Series 28..................................................................................................................................
Series 30..................................................................................................................................
Series 324.................................................................................................................................
Series 345.................................................................................................................................
Series 36..................................................................................................................................
Series 37..................................................................................................................................
Series 386.................................................................................................................................
Series 407.................................................................................................................................
Series 428.................................................................................................................................
Series 44..................................................................................................................................
Series 46..................................................................................................................................
Series 48..................................................................................................................................
0.38
0.38
0.54
0.51
0.38
0.24
0.89
0.89
0.56
0.60
0.65
0.51
0.87
0.94
0.83
0.90
0.91
0.70
0.75
0.72
0.93
0.90
0.89
0.52
0.52
0.74
0.52
0.52
0.46
0.89
0.89
0.57
0.75
0.65
0.51
0.88
0.95
0.82
0.91
0.92
0.83
0.83
0.85
0.94
0.90
0.90
0.48
0.48
0.68
0.53
0.48
0.40
0.92
0.92
0.58
0.68
0.67
0.53
0.90
0.89
0.81
0.94
0.95
0.85
0.87
0.87
0.96
0.93
0.92
1. Class B Limited Voting Shares (“Class B shares”).
2. Adjusted to reflect three-for-two stock split effective April 1, 2020.
3. Dividend rate reset commenced the last day of each quarter.
4. Dividend rate reset commenced September 30, 2018.
5. Dividend rate reset commenced March 31, 2019.
6. Dividend rate reset commenced March 31, 2020.
7. Dividend rate reset commenced September 30, 2019.
8. Dividend rate reset commenced June 30, 2020.
Dividends on the Class A and B shares are declared in U.S. dollars whereas Class A Preferred share dividends are declared in
Canadian dollars.
47 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS
The quarterly variances in revenues over the past two years are due primarily to acquisitions and dispositions. Variances in net
income to shareholders relate primarily to the timing and amount of non-cash fair value changes and deferred tax provisions, as
well as seasonality and cyclical influences in certain businesses. Changes in ownership have resulted in the consolidation and
deconsolidation of revenues from some of our assets, particularly in our real estate and private equity businesses. Other factors
include the impact of foreign currency on non-U.S. revenues, net income attributable to non-controlling interests, and the
global economic shutdown.
Our real estate operations typically generate consistent results on a quarterly basis due to the long-term nature of contractual
lease arrangements subject to the intermittent recognition of disposition and lease termination gains. Our retail properties
typically experience seasonally higher retail sales during the fourth quarter, and our resort hotels tend to experience higher
revenues and costs as a result of increased visits during the first quarter. We fair value our real estate assets on a quarterly basis
which results in variations in net income based on changes in the value.
Renewable power hydroelectric operations are seasonal in nature. Generation tends to be higher during the winter rainy season
in Brazil and spring thaws in North America; however, this is mitigated to an extent by prices, which tend not to be as strong as
they are in the summer and winter seasons due to the more moderate weather conditions and reductions in demand for
electricity. Water and wind conditions may also vary from year to year. Our infrastructure operations are generally stable in
nature as a result of regulation or long-term sales contracts with our investors, certain of which guarantee minimum volumes.
Revenues and direct costs in our private equity operations vary from quarter to quarter primarily due to acquisitions and
dispositions of businesses, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, business and economic cycles, and weather and seasonality in
underlying operations. Broader economic factors and commodity market volatility may have a significant impact on a number
of our businesses, in particular within our industrials portfolio. For example, seasonality affects our contract drilling and well-
servicing operations as the ability to move heavy equipment safely and efficiently in western Canadian oil and gas fields is
dependent on weather conditions. Within our infrastructure services, the core operating plants business of our service provider
to the power generation industry generates the majority of its revenue during the fall and spring, when power plants go offline
to perform maintenance and replenish their fuel. Some of our business services operations will typically have stronger
performance in the latter half of the year whereas others, such as our fuel marketing and road fuel distribution businesses, will
generate stronger performance in the second and third quarters. Net income is impacted by periodic gains and losses on
acquisitions, monetization and impairments.
Our residential development operations are seasonal in nature and a large portion is correlated with the North America housing
market and, to a lesser extent, economic conditions in Brazil. Results in these businesses are typically higher in the third and
fourth quarters compared to the first half of the year, as weather conditions are more favorable in the latter half of the year
which tends to increase construction activity levels.
Our condensed statements of operations for the eight most recent quarters are as follows:
FOR THE PERIODS ENDED
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Q4
2020
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q4
2019
Q3
Q2
Q1
Revenues............................................. $ 17,088 $ 16,249 $ 12,829 $ 16,586 $ 17,819 $ 17,875 $ 16,924 $ 15,208
Net income (loss)................................
1,815
Net income (loss) to shareholders......
Per share1
643
542
172
(1,493)
(656)
(157)
(293)
1,638
846
1,756
947
704
399
1,256
615
– diluted........................................... $
0.40 $
0.10 $
(0.43) $
(0.20) $
0.50 $
0.61 $
0.24 $
– basic..............................................
0.41
0.10
(0.43)
(0.20)
0.51
0.62
0.25
0.39
0.39
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split effective April 1, 2020.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 48
The following table shows fair value changes and income taxes for the last eight quarters, as well as their combined impact on
net income:
FOR THE PERIODS ENDED
(MILLIONS)
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Fair value changes.............................. $
175 $
(31) $ (1,153) $
(414) $
4 $
394 $ (1,398) $
169
Income taxes.......................................
(243)
(225)
(5)
(364)
(200)
180
(239)
(236)
Net impact........................................... $
(68) $
(256) $ (1,158) $
(778) $
(196) $
574 $ (1,637) $
(67)
2020
2019
Over the last eight completed quarters, the factors discussed below caused variations in revenues and net income to
shareholders on a quarterly basis:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
In the fourth quarter of 2020, revenues increased in comparison to the prior quarter due to same-store1 growth in most of
our businesses. The higher net income in the quarter is a result of gains from asset sales in the quarter as well as a positive
contribution from our equity accounted investments and fair value changes.
In the third quarter of 2020, revenues increased relative to the prior quarter due to increased contributions from recent
acquisitions across our operating segments. We had net income in the quarter, relative to the prior quarter’s net loss, as a
result of improved performance across many of our businesses and a positive contribution from fair value changes
stemming from consolidated investment properties, particularly within our BSREP III fund.
In the second quarter of 2020, revenues decreased in comparison to the prior quarter due to the impact of the economic
shutdown for a large part of the quarter. The higher net loss in the quarter is primarily attributed to a decline in
the valuation of our investment property portfolio as cash flow assumptions were adjusted downwards to reflect the impact
of the shutdown.
In the first quarter of 2020, revenues decreased compared to the prior quarter primarily due to lower same-store growth as
a result of seasonality and the impact of the economic shutdown. Contributions from acquisitions across our operating
segments were partially offset by recent asset sales from our Private Equity and Renewable Power segments. Net income
also decreased due to unrealized fair value changes brought about by the current environment.
In the fourth quarter of 2019, revenues remained consistent with the prior quarter as we continued to benefit from
contributions from recently acquired businesses and strong same-store growth across our operating segments. Net income
decreased primarily due to lower fair value gains and the absence of a deferred tax recovery, partially offset by an increase
in equity accounted income.
In the third quarter of 2019, revenues increased from a full quarter contribution from Clarios and Healthscope, which we
acquired in the second quarter of 2019. In addition, net income increased from the prior quarter due to the recognition of
deferred income tax recoveries and valuation gains in our core office and LP investment properties.
In the second quarter of 2019, revenues increased due to recent acquisitions across a number of segments, in particular
industrials and infrastructure services in the Private Equity segment. The increase in revenue was offset by higher direct
operating costs, interest expense from incremental borrowing, as well as valuation losses on some of our core retail
properties and our service provider to the offshore oil production industry in the Private Equity segment.
In the first quarter of 2019, revenues decreased slightly from the prior quarter primarily due to seasonality at our
residential homebuilding business and certain of our private equity operations as well as a decrease in sales volumes at
our road fuel distribution business. In addition, the absence of a deferred tax recovery in our Corporate segment, as well as
higher depreciation and amortization expenses due to the impact of revaluation gains reported in the fourth quarter
contributed to the decrease in net income.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
49 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
PART 3 – OPERATING SEGMENT RESULTS
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
How We Measure and Report Our Operating Segments
Our operations are organized into our asset management business, five operating groups and our corporate activities, which
collectively represent seven operating segments for internal and external reporting purposes. We measure operating
performance primarily using FFO generated by each operating segment and the amount of capital invested by the Corporation
in each segment using common equity. Common equity relates to invested capital allocated to a particular business segment
which we use interchangeably with segment common equity. To further assess operating performance for our Asset
Management segment, we also provide unrealized carried interest1 which represents carried interest generated on unrealized
changes in value within our private fund investment portfolios.
Our operating segments are global in scope and are as follows:
i.
Asset management operations include managing our long-term private funds, perpetual strategies and public securities on
behalf of our investors and ourselves, as well as our share of the asset management activities of Oaktree. We generate
contractual base management fees for these activities as well as incentive distributions and performance income, including
performance fees, transaction fees and carried interest.
ii. Real estate operations include the ownership, operation and development of core office, core retail, LP investments and
other properties.
iii. Renewable power operations include the ownership, operation and development of hydroelectric, wind, solar and energy
transition power generating facilities.
iv.
Infrastructure operations include the ownership, operation and development of utilities, transport, midstream, data and
sustainable resource assets.
v. Private equity operations include a broad range of industries, and are mostly focused on business services, infrastructure
services and industrials.
vi. Residential development operations consist of homebuilding, condominium development and land development.
vii. Corporate activities include the investment of cash and financial assets, as well as the management of our corporate
leverage, including corporate borrowings and preferred equity, which fund a portion of the capital invested in our other
operations. Certain corporate costs such as technology and operations are incurred on behalf of our operating segments and
allocated to each operating segment based on an internal pricing framework.
In assessing results, we separately identify the portion of FFO and common equity within our segments that relate to our
primary listed affiliates. We believe that identifying the FFO and common equity attributable to our listed affiliates enables
investors to understand how the results of these public entities are integrated into our financial results and is helpful in
analyzing variances in FFO between reporting periods. Additional information with respect to these listed affiliates is available
in their public filings. We also separately identify the components of our asset management FFO and realized disposition gains1
included within the FFO of each segment in order to facilitate analysis of variances in FFO between reporting periods.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 50
SUMMARY OF RESULTS BY OPERATING SEGMENT
The following table presents revenues, FFO and common equity by segment on a year-over-year basis for comparative
purposes:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Revenues1
2019
FFO
Common Equity
Change
2020
2019
Change
2020
2019
Change
Asset Management...................... $ 3,524 $ 2,614 $
910 $ 1,776 $ 1,597 $
179 $ 4,947 $ 4,927 $
Real Estate...................................
8,883
10,475
(1,592)
876
1,185
(309)
19,331
18,781
Renewable Power........................
4,085
3,974
111
1,044
Infrastructure...............................
9,301
7,093
2,208
Private Equity..............................
37,775
43,578
(5,803)
Residential Development............
2,243
2,456
Corporate Activities....................
871
459
(213)
412
569
935
66
333
464
844
125
711
5,154
5,320
105
2,552
2,792
91
3,965
4,086
(59)
2,730
2,859
(86)
(359)
273
(6,986)
(7,897)
Total segments............................. $ 66,682 $ 70,649 $ (3,967) $ 5,180 $ 4,189 $
991 $ 31,693 $ 30,868 $
20
550
(166)
(240)
(121)
(129)
911
825
1. Revenues include inter-segment revenues which are adjusted to arrive at external revenues for IFRS purposes. Please refer to Note 3(c) of the consolidated
financial statements.
Total revenues and FFO were $66.7 billion and $5.2 billion in the current year compared to $70.6 billion and $4.2 billion in the
prior year, respectively. FFO includes realized disposition gains of $1.6 billion in 2020, compared to $882 million in the prior
year. Excluding disposition gains, FFO increased by $321 million from the prior year.
Revenues decreased primarily as a result of the impact of the global economic shutdown, particularly within our Real Estate,
Private Equity and Residential Development segments, as well as the absence of contribution from assets sold during the year.
These decreases were partially offset by our acquisition of an interest in Oaktree during the third quarter of 2019, as well as
recent acquisitions within our Private Equity and Infrastructure segments.
The increase in FFO, excluding disposition gains, is primarily a result of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
increased fee-related earnings1 in our Asset Management segment from fees earned on higher market capitalization across
our listed affiliates and increases in our private fund capital as well as contributions from Oaktree;
improved same-store results at Norbord, one of the world’s largest producers of OSB, which benefited from strong product
pricing and volume during the year;
contributions from our financial assets portfolio, benefiting from higher realized and unrealized gains in the current year;
and
contributions from recent acquisitions, net of the impact of asset sales; partially offset by
lower income from our core retail portfolio and hospitality assets due to higher credit loss reserves, temporary tenants and
lower occupancy; and
the negative impact of foreign currency translation.
We recognized $1.6 billion of disposition gains during the year which mainly consisted of gains on secondary offerings of
units/shares in BEP, BEPC and BIPC. Further gains were recognized from the sale of real estate assets within our Fairfield
portfolio and our One London Wall place building in our Real Estate segment, as well as the continued sales of shares of
GrafTech in our Private Equity segment.
Common equity increased by $825 million to $31.7 billion primarily from comprehensive income recognized during the year,
an accretion gain from the purchase of BPY units at a discount to book value, as well as gains on the issuance of BEPC shares,
as part of the TERP privatization, and the secondary offering of BEPC shares. Additional contributors to the increase include
gains on our partial sale of BEP units and the secondary offering of BIPC shares. The aforementioned contributions were
partially offset by dividends paid and the impact of share buybacks.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
51 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Business Overview
• We manage $312 billion of fee-bearing capital, including $84 billion in long-term private funds, $94 billion in perpetual
strategies, $121 billion in credit strategies and $13 billion within our public securities group. We earn recurring long-term
fee revenues from this fee-bearing capital, in the form of:
◦
◦
◦
Long-term, diversified base management fee revenues from third party capital in our closed-end and perpetual private
funds and perpetual fee revenues based on the total capitalization of our listed affiliates;
Incentive distributions from BIP, BEP and BPY, all of which have exceeded pre-determined thresholds; and
Performance fees, linked to the unit price performance of BBU and other transaction and advisory fees.
•
Included within our private fund fee-bearing capital is $140 billion of carry eligible capital. We earn carried interest from
this capital when fund performance achieves its preferred return, allowing us to receive a portion of fund profits returned
to investors. We recognize this carried interest when a fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of preferred returns and
when it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
Fee-Bearing Capital1
AS AT DEC. 31 (BILLIONS)
Fee-Related Earnings1
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
Carry Eligible Capital1
AS AT DEC. 31 (BILLIONS)
Accumulated Unrealized Carried Interest1
AS AT DEC. 31 (MILLIONS)
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 52
Five-Year Review
Our long-term private funds and co-investments have grown considerably, almost doubling in size over the last five years. In
addition, the capitalization of our listed affiliates has grown as a result of higher unit/share prices and increased capital markets
activity. These factors have contributed to higher base fees and incentive distributions and a corresponding increase in asset
management FFO. The result has been a 26% and 22% cumulative annual growth rate in fee-bearing capital and total fee-
related earnings over the last five years.
Our accumulated unrealized carried interest has increased each of the past five years due to the growth in our fund sizes and
addition of new strategies and the strong investment performance. As our private fund business has grown and diversified, the
nature of our carried interest has as well. We expect to recognize an increasing amount of realized carried interest into FFO and
net income as our earlier vintage funds continue to monetize investments and return significant capital to investors.
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
Alternative assets provide an attractive investment opportunity to institutional and high net worth investors. In periods when
global interest rates are lower than they have ever been, alternatives continue to be an attractive investment as they have
demonstrated the ability to provide attractive risk adjusted returns and retain their value across cycles. These asset classes also
provide investors with alternatives to fixed income investments by providing a strong, inflation protected return profile.
Institutional investors, in particular pension funds, must earn and generate returns to meet their long-term obligations while
protecting their capital. As a result, inflows to alternative asset managers are continuing to grow and managers are focused on
new product development to meet this demand.
Our business model has proven to be resilient through economic cycles, due to our strong foundation and discipline. Overall,
our business is stronger and more diversified than ever and well positioned to deliver continued growth.
Looking forward, our business plan remains essentially unchanged. Early this year, we surpassed our target of $50 billion
raised in the latest round of flagship fundraising and we have now set the objective of targeting $100 billion for the next round
of flagship funds. We held our first close on our flagship distressed debt fund in Oaktree for $13 billion in 2020, and continue
to raise capital for the fund. We also recently launched our fourth flagship real estate fund, as well as our inaugural Global
Transition fund. The Global Transition fund will invest with the dual objectives of earning an attractive financial return and
generating a measurable positive environmental change. Our two remaining flagship funds should launch over the next twelve
months.
In addition to our flagship funds, we are progressing a number of newer strategies, including our reinsurance business,
secondaries business and growing our investing expertise in technology. These new initiatives, in addition to our five flagship
strategies, are expected to have a very meaningful impact on our growth trajectory in the long term.
We continue to expand our investor base through existing relationships and new channels. As of the final close of our latest
flagship funds in early 2020, and with the addition of Oaktree in 2019, we have approximately 2,000 investors. With respect to
our investor base, our high net worth channel continues to grow and accounts for nearly 10% of current commitments. While
the geographical split of capital raised across all channels has remained largely consistent with the prior year, our commitments
from Asia as well as Europe, the Middle East and Africa continue to increase.
Operations
Long-Term Private Funds ($84 billion of fee-bearing capital)
• We manage our fee-bearing capital through 42 active private funds across our major asset classes: real estate,
infrastructure, renewable power and private equity. These funds include core, credit, value-add and opportunistic closed-
end funds which are primarily invested in the equity of private companies, although in certain cases, are invested in
publicly traded equities. Our credit strategies invest in debt of companies in our areas of focus.
• We refer to our largest private fund series as our flagship funds. We have flagship funds within each of our major asset
classes: Real Estate (BSREP series), Infrastructure (BIF series, which includes infrastructure and Renewable Power
investments), Private Equity (BCP series), Distressed Debt and Global Transition.
•
Closed-end private fund capital is typically committed for 10 years from the inception of the fund with two one-year
extension options.
• We are compensated for managing these private funds through base management fees, which are generally determined on
committed capital during the investment period and invested capital thereafter. We are entitled to receive carried interest
on these funds, which represents a portion of fund profits above a preferred return to investors.
53 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Perpetual Strategies ($94 billion of fee-bearing capital)
• We manage fee-bearing capital through publicly listed perpetual capital entities, including BPY, BEP, BIP, and BBU,
along with core, core plus and credit perpetual private funds.
•
Perpetual private funds are able to continually raise capital as new investments arise.
• We are compensated for managing these entities through (i) base management fees, which are primarily determined by the
market capitalization or NAV of these entities and funds; and (ii) incentive distributions or performance fees.
•
Incentive distributions for BPY, BEP and BIP are a portion of the increases in distributions above predetermined hurdles.
Performance fees for BBU are based on increases in the unit price of BBU above an escalating threshold.
Credit Strategies ($121 billion of fee-bearing capital)
•
•
•
Oaktree operates and manages their respective investment business, earning management fees on fee-bearing capital
within their long-term closed-end, open-end and evergreen funds.
Long-term private funds, which have an investment period generally ranging from three to five years from inception of the
fund, typically pay management fees based on committed capital, drawn capital, gross assets, NAV or cost basis during
the investment period.
Perpetual strategies, which include open-end funds that do not have an investment period and do not distribute proceeds of
realized investments to clients, and evergreen funds, which invests in marketable securities, private debt and equity on a
long or short-term basis, generally without distributing proceeds of realized investments to clients. Perpetual strategies
typically pay management fees based on NAV.
Public Strategies ($13 billion of fee-bearing capital)
• We manage our fee-bearing capital through numerous funds and separately managed accounts, focused on fixed income
and equity securities.
• We act as advisor and sub-advisor, earning both base and performance fees.
Fee-Bearing Capital
The following table summarizes fee-bearing capital:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Long-Term
Private Funds
Perpetual
Strategies
Credit
Strategies
Public
Securities
Total 2020
Total 2019
Real estate............................. $
28,555 $
24,441 $
— $
— $
52,996 $
Renewable power..................
Infrastructure.........................
Private equity.........................
Oaktree..................................
Diversified.............................
10,881
29,549
14,738
—
—
34,559
29,786
5,263
—
—
—
—
—
121,026
—
—
—
—
—
12,822
45,440
59,335
20,001
121,026
12,822
December 31, 2020............... $
83,723 $
94,049 $
121,026 $
12,822 $
311,620
56,056
33,520
54,220
20,710
110,349
14,957
n/a
December 31, 2019............... $
85,825 $
78,681 $
110,349 $
14,957
n/a
$
289,812
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 54
Fee-bearing capital increased by $21.8 billion during the year. The principal changes are set out in the following table:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Long-Term
Private Funds
Perpetual
Strategies
Credit
Strategies
Public
Securities
Total
Balance, December 31, 2019............................. $
85,825 $
78,681 $
110,349 $
14,957 $
289,812
Inflows...............................................................
Outflows............................................................
Distributions......................................................
Market valuation...............................................
Other..................................................................
Change...............................................................
5,670
—
(717)
(24)
(7,031)
(2,102)
4,840
(83)
(4,478)
16,728
(1,639)
15,368
18,132
(6,053)
(1,470)
3,210
(3,142)
10,677
3,780
(3,729)
—
(2,169)
(17)
(2,135)
32,422
(9,865)
(6,665)
17,745
(11,829)
21,808
Balance, December 31, 2020........................... $
83,723 $
94,049 $
121,026 $
12,822 $
311,620
Long-term private fund fee-bearing capital decreased by $2.1 billion due to:
•
•
•
$0.7 billion of distributions; and
$7.0 billion of other decreases, primarily related to uninvested capital in our funds that ended their investment periods
during the year. This capital has predominantly been earmarked for follow-on investments and will become fee-earning
again once it is deployed; partially offset by
$5.7 billion of inflows, including $3.3 billion of co-investment capital, $1.5 billion from our latest flagship infrastructure
fund, $0.3 billion within our renewable energy strategies, $0.2 billion from our second infrastructure debt fund, and
$0.4 billion of additional capital across numerous other strategies.
Perpetual strategies fee-bearing capital increased by $15.4 billion since the prior year, due to:
•
•
•
•
$16.7 billion price appreciation across our listed affiliates;
$4.8 billion of inflows primarily related to capital market transactions at BEP, BPY and BIP, as well as capital deployed
across our core and core plus perpetual funds; partially offset by
$4.5 billion of distributions, including quarterly distributions paid to the investors of our listed affiliates; and
$1.6 billion of other decreases, primarily from the decrease in third-party capital as a result of the TERP privatization in
the third quarter of 2020.
Credit strategies fee-bearing capital increased by $10.7 billion, due to:
•
•
•
•
$18.1 billion of capital fundraising and deployment across various strategies;
$3.2 billion of market valuation increases, reflecting the positive fair value increases in funds whose management fees are
based on the net asset values of the funds; partially offset by
$6.1 billion of outflows within open-end and evergreen funds, as well as $1.5 billion of distributions within closed-end
funds; and
$3.1 billion of other decreases, primarily related to a decrease in the fee-bearing capital managed by an affiliate of Oaktree.
Public securities capital decreased by $2.1 billion, due to:
•
•
•
$3.7 billion of redemptions, primarily within our real estate and natural resources public funds and separately managed
accounts; and
$2.2 billion of decreases in market valuations, which began to recover in the fourth quarter; partially offset by
$3.8 billion of fund inflows.
We have approximately $33 billion of additional committed capital that does not currently earn fees but will generate fees once
deployed.
55 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Carry Eligible Capital
Carry eligible capital1 increased $19.8 billion during the year to $139.6 billion as at December 31, 2020 (2019 –
$119.8 billion). The increase was primarily related to capital raised in our latest distressed debt fund, as well as additional
capital raised in other credit strategies, our latest flagship infrastructure fund and perpetual private funds. This increase was
partially offset by uninvested capital in three of our flagship funds that ended their investment period during the year. This
capital is earmarked for follow-on investments and will become carry eligible again once it is invested.
As at December 31, 2020, $90.8 billion of carry eligible capital was deployed (2019 – $72.2 billion). This capital is either
currently earning carried interest or will begin earning carried interest once its related funds have reached their preferred return
threshold. There are currently $48.8 billion of uncalled fund commitments that will begin to earn carried interest once the
capital is deployed and fund preferred returns are met (2019 – $47.6 billion).
Operating Results
Asset management FFO includes fee-related earnings and realized carried interest1 earned in respect of capital managed for our
investors. Fee-related earnings include fees earned on the capital invested by us in the listed affiliates. This is representative of
how we manage the business and measure the returns from our asset management activities.
To facilitate analysis, the following table disaggregates our Asset Management segment revenues and FFO into fee-related
earnings and realized carried interest, net1, as these are the measures that we use to analyze the performance of the Asset
Management segment. We also analyze unrealized carried interest, net, to provide insight into the value our investments have
created in the period.
We have provided additional detail, where referenced, to explain significant variances from the prior year.
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Fee-related earnings.....................................................................................
Realized carried interest..............................................................................
Asset management FFO...............................................................................
Ref.
i
ii
$
$
Revenues
2020
2,840 $
684
3,524 $
2019
2,014 $
600
2,614 $
FFO
2020
1,428 $
348
1,776 $
Unrealized carried interest
Generated..................................................................................................
Foreign exchange......................................................................................
Less: direct costs..........................................................................................
Unrealized carried interest, net....................................................................
Less: unrealized carried interest not attributable to BAM...........................
iii
$
$
1,206 $
(39)
1,167
(494)
673
(117)
556 $
2019
1,201
396
1,597
1,001
(21)
980
(292)
688
(28)
660
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 56
i. Fee-Related Earnings
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Fee revenues1
Base management fees..................................................................................................................................... $
2020
2019
2,509 $
1,708
Incentive distributions......................................................................................................................................
Transaction and advisory fees..........................................................................................................................
306
25
2,840
Less: direct costs................................................................................................................................................
(1,296)
Less: fee-related earnings not attributable to BAM...........................................................................................
1,544
(116)
262
44
2,014
(792)
1,222
(21)
Fee-related earnings........................................................................................................................................... $
1,428 $
1,201
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
Fee-related earnings increased by $227 million at our share, primarily due to higher base management fees and incentive
distributions earned during the year. This was partially offset by increased direct costs and lower transaction and advisory fees.
Base management fees increased by $801 million to $2.5 billion, a 47% increase from 2019. The increase is broken down as
follows:
•
•
•
•
$700 million, or $432 million at our share, increase in fee revenues from our credit strategy, due to the inclusion of a full
year of Oaktree’s management fees, following the acquisition in September 2019;
$99 million increase in perpetual strategies, as a result of increased market capitalizations at BEP and BIP, capital market
transactions across the listed affiliates, and additional capital raised and deployed in our perpetual private fund strategies;
and
$30 million increase in long-term private fund fees, primarily due to additional fees from third-party commitments raised
within our latest flagship infrastructure and private equity funds; partially offset by
$28 million decrease in our public securities fees due to a decrease in fee-bearing capital, predominantly in our mutual
fund strategies.
Incentive distributions from BIP, BEP and BPY increased by $44 million to $306 million, a 17% increase from 2019. The
growth represents our share as manager of increases in per unit distributions by BIP, BEP and BPY.
Direct costs consist primarily of employee expenses and professional fees, as well as business related technology costs and
other shared services. Excluding Oaktree, direct costs increased $53 million or 8% from the prior year quarter as we continue to
build out the franchise to support new strategies, and launch the next round of flagship funds, while enhancing our client
service.
The margin on our fee-related earnings, including our share of Oaktree’s fee-related earnings, was 57% in the current year
(2019 – 62%). Our fee-related earnings margin, including 100% of Oaktree’s fee-related earnings, was 54% in the
current year (2019 – 61%), with the decrease attributable to the inclusion of a year of Oaktree at a lower margin. The Brookfield
margin on a standalone basis was 64% for the year, consistent with the prior period.
ii. Realized Carried Interest
We realize carried interest when a fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of preferred returns and when it is highly probable
that a significant reversal will not occur. During the year, we realized $348 million of carried interest, net of direct costs (2019
– $396 million). Realizations during the year were mainly attributable to realizations within our credit platform, fourth flagship
private equity fund, first real estate flagship fund, multifamily funds and Colombian infrastructure fund.
We provide supplemental information and analysis below on the estimated amount of unrealized carried interest
(see section iii) that has accumulated based on fund performance up to the date of the consolidated financial statements.
57 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
iii. Unrealized Carried Interest
The amounts of accumulated unrealized carried interest1 and associated costs are not included in our Consolidated Balance
Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Operations as they are still subject to clawback. These amounts are shown in the
following table:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Unrealized
Carried
Interest
2020
Direct
Costs
Unrealized
Carried
Interest
Net
2019
Direct
Costs
Net
Accumulated unrealized, beginning of year.............. $
Oaktree acquisition1...................................................
4,212 $
(1,553) $
2,659 $
2,486 $
(754) $
1,732
—
—
—
4,212
(1,553)
2,659
1,346
3,832
(704)
(1,458)
642
2,374
In-period change
Unrealized in period................................................
Foreign currency revaluation..................................
Less: realized..........................................................
Accumulated unrealized, end of year.........................
Oaktree carried interest not attributable to BAM’s
shareholders.............................................................
Accumulated unrealized, end of year, net.................. $
1,206
(39)
1,167
(684)
483
(516)
22
(494)
273
(221)
690
(17)
673
(411)
262
1,001
(21)
980
(600)
380
(294)
2
(292)
197
(95)
707
(19)
688
(403)
285
4,695
(1,774)
2,921
4,212
(1,553)
2,659
(671)
4,024 $
351
(1,423) $
(320)
2,601 $
(565)
3,647 $
295
(1,258) $
(270)
2,389
1. Represents the amounts, at 100%, assumed on the acquisition of Oaktree.
Unrealized carried interest generated in the current year before foreign exchange and associated costs was $1.2 billion,
primarily related to higher valuations within our credit and flagship funds.
Accumulated unrealized carried interest, at our share, totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2020. We estimate that
approximately $1.4 billion of associated costs will arise on the realization of the amounts accumulated to date, predominantly
related to employee long-term incentive plans and taxes. We expect to recognize $2.5 billion of this carry, before costs, within
the next three years; however, realization of this carried interest is dependent on future investment performance and the timing
of monetizations.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 58
Business Overview
• We own and operate real estate assets primarily through a 62% (57% fully diluted) economic ownership interest in BPY,
a 27% interest in a portfolio of operating and development assets in New York and an 18% direct interest in our third
flagship real estate fund (“BSREP III”).
•
•
BPY is listed on the Nasdaq and Toronto Stock Exchange and had a market capitalization of $14.6 billion as at
December 31, 2020.
BPY owns real estate assets directly as well as through private funds that we manage.
Operations
Core Office
• We own interests in and operate Class A office assets in gateway markets around the globe, consisting of 139 premier
properties totaling 97 million square feet of office space.
•
The properties are located primarily in the world’s leading commercial markets such as New York City, London,
Los Angeles, Washington, D.C., Toronto, Berlin, Sydney and São Paulo.
• We also develop properties on a selective basis; active development and redevelopment projects consist of six office sites,
four multifamily sites and three hotel sites, totaling approximately 7 million square feet.
Core Retail
• We own interests in and operate 121 best-in-class malls and urban retail properties in the U.S., totaling 119 million square
feet.
Our portfolio consists of 100 of the top 500 malls in the U.S.
Our retail mall portfolio has a redevelopment pipeline that is expected to exceed 3 million square feet in new mall space.
•
•
LP Investments
• We own and operate global portfolios of real estate investments through our opportunistic real estate funds, which are
targeted to achieve higher returns than our core office and core retail portfolios.
•
•
Our LP investment business strategy is to acquire high quality assets at a discount to replacement cost or intrinsic value,
to execute clearly defined strategies for operational improvement and to achieve opportunistic returns through net
operating income (“NOI”) growth and realized gains on exit.
Our LP investments portfolios consist of high-quality assets with operational upside across the multifamily, triple
net lease, hospitality, office, retail, mixed-use, logistics, manufactured housing and student housing sectors.
Other Real Estate Investments
We own a direct interest in BSREP III, which is our third flagship real estate fund, a portfolio of operating and development
assets in New York and a portfolio of residential and multifamily properties.
59 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
Our real estate group remains focused on increasing the value of our properties through proactive leasing and select
redevelopment initiatives, as well as recycling capital from mature properties, primarily core office assets, to fund new higher
yielding investments, particularly in our LP investments real estate business. Our $4.4 billion capital backlog gives us the
opportunity to deploy additional capital throughout our portfolio for planned capital expansion that should continue to increase
earnings for the next several years as these projects are completed. Our development track record reflects on-time and on-
budget completions. This includes development projects in progress across our premier office buildings, retail malls and mixed-
use complexes located primarily in North America and Europe.
In our core retail operations, we are focused on operating and developing high-quality shopping centers as these destinations
continue to provide an attractive physical location for retailers and continue to demonstrate meaningful outperformance,
relative to lower tier malls, despite a changing retail landscape.
In our LP investments operations, we will continue to acquire high-quality properties through our global opportunistic private
funds as these generally produce higher returns relative to core strategies. These funds have a wide scope in terms of real estate
asset classes and geographic reach. We target to earn opportunistic returns in our portfolio. These investments have a defined
hold period and typically generate the majority of profits from gains recognized from realization events, including the sale of an
asset or portfolio of assets, or exit of the entire investment. Funding for these transactions will continue to include proceeds
from asset sales as part of our capital recycling program.
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues and our share of FFO and common equity of entities in our Real Estate
segment. We have provided additional detail, where referenced, to explain significant movements from the prior period.
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Ref.
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
Brookfield Property
Equity units1.....................................................
Preferred shares................................................
Other real estate investments...............................
Realized disposition gains...................................
ii
iii
i
$
6,597 $
8,196 $
413 $
699 $ 15,522 $ 15,770
—
6,597
2,286
—
11
8,207
2,268
—
—
413
70
393
11
710
71
404
9
8
16
15,538
3,793
—
16
15,786
2,995
—
$
8,883 $ 10,475 $
876 $ 1,185 $ 19,331 $ 18,781
1. Brookfield’s equity units in BPY consist of 451.4 million redemption-exchange units, 118.6 million Class A limited partnership units, 4.8 million special limited
partnership units, 0.1 million general partnership units, and 3.0 million BPYU Class A shares, together representing an effective economic interest of 62% of BPY. See
“Economic ownership interest” in the Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
Revenues from our real estate operations decreased by $1.6 billion as the benefits from acquisitions were more than offset by
the decrease in revenue from closures related to the economic shutdown, lower occupancy rates in our hospitality assets, a
decrease in parking income and lease expirations in our core office portfolio. We also saw lower occupancy rates, abatements
and tenant bankruptcies as a result of the economic slowdown in our core retail business. FFO prior to realized disposition
gains decreased by $298 million primarily due to the aforementioned reasons, as well as lower same-store net operating income
from certain retail tenants in our core office portfolio, partially offset by lower interest expense during the year and our
increased ownership in BPY.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 60
i. Brookfield Property
The following table disaggregates BPY’s FFO by business line to facilitate analysis of the year-over-year variances in FFO:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Core office......................................................................................................................................................... $
540 $
Core retail...........................................................................................................................................................
LP investments...................................................................................................................................................
Corporate............................................................................................................................................................
Attributable to unitholders.................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests...................................................................................................................................
Segment reallocation and other1........................................................................................................................
Brookfield’s interest........................................................................................................................................... $
550
95
(370)
815
(344)
(58)
413 $
2019
662
772
309
(398)
1,345
(611)
(35)
699
1. Reflects preferred dividend distributions as well as fee-related earnings, net carried interest and associated asset management expenses not included in FFO reclassified
to the Asset Management segment.
BPY’s FFO for the year was $815 million, of which our share was $413 million, compared to $699 million in the prior year.
Core Office
FFO decreased by $122 million to $540 million primarily due to:
•
•
lower same-store net operating income mainly from certain retail tenants in our office portfolio, and lower contributions
from recently completed developments which become operational but are not yet stabilized; and
the absence of a one-time performance fee at Five Manhattan West and income from tax credits at The Eugene earned in
the prior year.
Core Retail
FFO decreased by $222 million from the prior year to $550 million as a result of:
• mall closures in the second quarter due to the economic shutdown;
•
•
•
incremental credit loss reserves, bankruptcy and co-tenant claims, and a reduction in income from temporary tenants and
overage revenue; and
the prior year period benefited from gains associated with the sale of a land parcel and financial assets, as well as
incremental lease termination income; partially offset by
lower interest expense and transaction income on the sale of investments.
LP Investments
BPY’s share of the FFO from its LP investments decreased by $214 million from the prior year due to closures and lower
occupancy in our hospitality properties as a result of the economic shutdown, as well as dispositions during the year. These
decreases were partially offset by lower interest expense and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation.
Corporate
BPY’s corporate expenses of $370 million, which includes interest expense, management fees and other costs, decreased from
the prior year due to lower asset management fees resulting from a lower market capitalization.
ii. Other Real Estate Investments
FFO was $70 million in the current year, relatively consistent with the prior year.
61 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
iii. Realized Disposition Gains
Realized disposition gains of $393 million primarily relate to the sale of investment properties, most notably:
•
•
•
•
the sale of a portfolio of assets within our directly held Fairfield investment generating gains of $221 million;
One London Wall Place in our core office portfolio, contributing $91 million;
our portfolio of self-storage assets in our LP investments portfolio for gains of $36 million; and
the sale of two assets within our Brazilian office portfolio, contributing $22 million.
Disposition gains of $404 million in the prior year relate to:
•
•
•
a directly held residential management service company, contributing $101 million;
certain core office properties in Australia and North America with gains totaling $67 million; and
a number of multifamily and other LP investment properties.
Common Equity
Common equity in our Real Estate segment increased to $19.3 billion as at December 31, 2020 compared to $18.8 billion as at
December 31, 2019. The benefits from FFO, additional shares purchased in BPY at a discount to book value, and incremental
investments into our BSREP III fund were partially offset by distributions and valuation losses.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 62
Business Overview
• We own and operate renewable power assets primarily through a 51% ownership interest in BEP, which is listed on the
New York and Toronto Stock Exchanges and had a market capitalization of $30.5 billion at December 31, 2020.
•
BEP owns one of the world’s largest publicly traded renewable power portfolios.
Operations
Hydroelectric
• We own, operate and invest in 219 hydroelectric generating stations on 82 river systems in North America, Brazil and
Colombia. Our hydroelectric operations have 7,924 megawatts (“MW”) of installed capacity and annualized long-term
average (“LTA”)1 generation of 19,661 gigawatt hours (“GWh”) on a proportionate basis1.
Wind
•
Our wind operations include 102 wind facilities globally with 4,690 MW of installed capacity and annualized LTA
generation of 7,322 GWh on a proportionate basis.
Solar
•
Our solar operations include 82 solar facilities globally with 2,050 MW of installed capacity and 1,941 GWh of annualized
LTA generation on a proportionate basis.
Energy Transition
•
•
Our distributed generation operation includes 4,912 facilities with 912 MW of installed capacity and 732 GWh of
annualized LTA generation on a proportionate basis.
Our storage operations have 3,268 MW of installed capacity at our nine facilities and two river systems in North America
and Europe.
Energy Contracts
•
•
Based on LTA, we purchase approximately 3,600 GWh of power from BEP each year. We purchase 20% of BEP’s power
generated in North America pursuant to a long-term contract at a predetermined price.
The fixed price that we are required to pay BEP will gradually step down over time resulting in an approximate $20 per
megawatt hour (“MWh”) reduction by 2026 until the contract expires in 2046. Refer to Part 5 of this MD&A for additional
information.
• We sell the power into the open market and also earn ancillary revenues, such as capacity fees and renewable power
credits and premiums. This provides us with increased participation in future increases or decreases in power prices.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
63 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
Revenues in our Renewable Power segment are 84% contracted over an average contract term of 14 years, on a proportionate
basis, with pricing that is inflation linked. By combining this with a stable cost profile, we are able to achieve consistent growth
year over year within our existing business. In addition, we consistently identify capital development projects that provide an
additional source of same-store growth. Our development pipeline represents approximately 23,000 MW of potential capacity
globally, of which 2,789 MW are currently under construction. We expect them to contribute an incremental $61 million to
BEP’s FFO when commissioned. We also have a strong track record of expanding our business through accretive acquisitions
and will continue to seek out these opportunities.
We believe that the growing global demand for low-carbon energy will lead to continued growth opportunities for us in the
future. In 2021, we intend to remain focused on progressing our key priorities, which includes surfacing margin expansion
opportunities, progressing our development pipeline and assessing select contracting opportunities across the portfolio. We
believe the investment environment for renewable power remains favorable and we expect to continue to advance our pipeline
of opportunities.
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues and our share of FFO and common equity of entities in our Renewable
Power segment. We have provided additional detail, where referenced, to explain significant movements from the prior period.
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Brookfield Renewable1.................................
Energy contracts............................................
Ref.
Realized disposition gains.............................
i
ii
iii
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
$
4,151 $
4,152 $
397 $
430 $
4,573 $
4,810
(66)
—
(178)
—
(126)
773
(194)
97
581
—
510
—
$
4,085 $
3,974 $
1,044 $
333 $
5,154 $
5,320
1. Brookfield’s interest in BEP consists of 194.5 million redemption-exchange units, 68.7 million Class A limited partnership units, 4.0 million general partnership units,
as well as 59.8 million Class A shares in Brookfield Renewable Corporation (“BEPC”), together representing an economic interest of 51% of BEP.
Compared to the prior year, revenues and FFO excluding realized disposition gains increased by $111 million and $35 million,
respectively. This was primarily due to higher contributions from our increased ownership in TERP, contributions from other
recent acquisitions, higher realized margins on generation sold within our directly held energy contracts, and benefits from cost
saving initiatives. This was partially offset by higher BEP management expenses, lower ownership in BEP, and unfavorable
foreign currency impact in Brazil and Colombia.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 64
i. Brookfield Renewable
The following table disaggregates BEP’s generation and FFO by business line to facilitate analysis of the year-over-year
variances in FFO:
Actual
Generation (GWh)1
Long-Term
Average (GWh)1
FFO
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(GIGAWATT HOURS AND MILLIONS)
Hydroelectric2..............................................................
Wind2...........................................................................
Solar2...........................................................................
Energy transition2........................................................
Corporate.....................................................................
Attributable to unitholders...........................................
Non-controlling interests and other3............................
Segment reallocation4..................................................
Brookfield’s interest....................................................
2020
2019
2020
2019
19,658
19,722 $
662 $
2020
18,525
5,448
1,284
795
—
2019
19,921
4,794
773
550
—
6,355
1,510
475
—
5,489
782
196
—
26,052
26,038
27,998
26,189
237
139
103
(334)
807
(386)
(24)
$
397 $
710
175
74
70
(268)
761
(331)
—
430
Proportionate to BEP; see “Proportionate basis generation” in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
1.
2. BEP reclassified its segments during the year. Comparative figures have been restated to conform with the new segment presentation.
3.
4.
Includes incentive distributions paid to Brookfield of $65 million (2019 – $48 million) as the general partner of BEP.
Segment reallocation refers to disposition gains, net of NCI, included in BEP’s operating FFO that we reclassify to realized disposition gains. This allows us to present
FFO attributable to unitholders on the same basis as BEP.
BEP’s FFO for 2020 was $807 million, of which our share was $397 million. Generation for the year totaled 26,052 GWh,
7% below the long-term average (“LTA”)1. Generation was largely in line with the prior year as the benefit from recent
acquisitions was offset by lower hydrology.
Hydroelectric
The primary contributors to the $48 million decrease in FFO were:
•
•
•
•
lower generation in North America; and
the negative impact of foreign currency translation at our Brazilian and Colombian operations; partially offset by
a one-time benefit in the fourth quarter of 2020 relating to a regulatory settlement in Brazil; and
cost savings initiatives across the operations.
Wind
Wind operations’ FFO increased by $62 million to $237 million due to:
•
•
•
the gain on the sale of wind assets in Ireland;
additional contributions from the privatization of TERP; and
cost saving initiatives across the operations.
Solar
FFO from our solar operations was $65 million higher than the prior year mainly as a result of our increased ownership in
TERP and recently acquired solar assets in India and Spain.
65 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Energy Transition
FFO from our energy transition business increased by $33 million from the prior year due to:
•
•
•
the contribution from our distributed generation portfolio through our increased ownership in TERP and other recent
acquisitions; and
benefits from cost reduction initiatives; partially offset by
lower realized capacity prices and ancillary revenue in northeast U.S. and lower generation at our biomass facilities in
Brazil.
Corporate
The corporate FFO loss increased by $66 million as a result of an increase in management fees due to higher market
capitalization.
ii. Energy Contracts
During the year, we purchased 2,988 GWh (2019 – 4,066 GWh) from BEP at $80 per MWh (2019 – $79 per MWh) and sold
the purchased generation at an average selling price of $39 per MWh (2019 – $31 per MWh). As a result we incurred an FFO
loss of $126 million compared to a loss of $194 million in the prior year.
iii. Realized Disposition Gains
Disposition gains of $773 million for the year primarily relate to the sale of approximately 15.4 million LP units of BEP,
7 million Class A BEPC shares, and the sale of certain solar and wind assets.
Prior year disposition gains relate to the sale of interests in certain hydro and wind assets, particularly within North America.
Common Equity
Common equity in our Renewable Power segment decreased to $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2020 from $5.3 billion as at
December 31, 2019. Contributions from FFO, revaluation gains, and the dilution gain on the issuance of BEPC shares as part of
the TERP privatization, as well as gains from the secondary offering of BEP units and BEPC shares in the year, were more than
offset by the foreign exchange impact on invested capital denominated in foreign currencies, depreciation, and distributions
paid to investors. Our critical estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation of PP&E have not changed materially as a
result of the global economic shutdown. Refer to Part 5 for further discussions.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 66
Business Overview
• We own and operate infrastructure assets primarily through our 28% economic ownership interest in BIP, which is listed
on the New York and Toronto Stock Exchanges and had a market capitalization of $24.0 billion at December 31, 2020.
•
BIP is one of the largest globally diversified owners and operators of infrastructure in the world.
• We also have direct investments in sustainable resource operations.
Principal Operations
Utilities
•
•
•
Our regulated transmission business includes ~4,200 km of natural gas pipelines in North America, South America and
India, and ~5,300 km of transmission lines in Brazil, of which ~2,000 km are operational.
Our commercial and residential distribution business provides residential energy infrastructure services to ~1.9 million
customers annually in the U.S. and Canada and ~330,000 contract sub-metering services within Canada. We own and
operate ~6.9 million connections, predominantly electricity and natural gas in the U.K and Colombia, and ~1.5 million
acquired smart meters in the U.K.
These businesses typically generate long-term returns on a regulated or contractual asset base which increase with capital
we invest to upgrade and/or expand our systems.
Transport
• We operate ~22,000 km of railroad track in North America and Europe, ~5,500 km of railroad track in Western Australia
and ~4,800 km of railroad track in South America.
•
•
•
Our toll road operations include ~3,800 km of motorways in Brazil, Chile, Peru and India.
Our diversified terminals operations include 13 terminals in North America, the U.K., and Australia, and we provide
~25 million tonnes per annum in our LNG export terminal in the U.S. and ~85 million tonnes per annum export facility in
Australia.
These operations are comprised of networks that provide transportation for freight, commodities and passengers. This
includes businesses with price ceilings as a result of regulation, such as our rail and toll road operations, as well as
unregulated businesses, such as our diversified terminals.
Midstream
• We own and operate ~15,000 km of transmission pipelines, primarily in the U.S., and ~600 billion cubic feet of natural gas
storage in the U.S. and Canada. There are 16 natural gas processing plants with ~2.9 Bcf per day of total processing
capacity and ~3,400 km of gas gathering pipelines in Canada.
•
These operations are comprised of businesses, typically unregulated or subject to price ceilings, that provide transmission
and storage services, with profitability based on the volume and price achieved for the provision of these services.
Data
• We own and operate ~137,000 operational telecom towers in India, ~7,000 towers and active rooftop sites in France and
~10,000 km of fiber located in France and Brazil. In addition, we own ~1,600 cell sites and 11,500 km of fiber optic cable
in New Zealand as well as ~2,100 active telecom towers and 70 distributed antenna systems primarily located in the U.K.
•
•
In our data storage business, we manage 54 data centers with ~1.6 million square feet of raised floors and 198 MW of
critical load capacity.
These businesses provide critical infrastructure and essential services to media broadcasting and telecom sectors and are
secured by long-term inflation-linked contracts.
67 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
Our infrastructure business owns and operates assets that are critical to the global economy. Our expertise in managing and
developing such assets make us ideal partners for the stakeholders. Our goal is to continue demonstrating our stewardship of
critical infrastructure which should enable us to participate in future opportunities to acquire high-quality infrastructure
businesses.
Approximately 95% of the FFO in our Infrastructure segment is supported by regulated or long-term contracts with pricing that
is inflation-linked. Approximately 75% of FFO should capture the inflationary tariff increases, and approximately 35% of FFO
should benefit from GDP growth by capturing increased volumes. As a result, we are able to achieve consistent growth year to
year within our existing business. In addition, we have been consistently able to identify capital development projects that
enable us to provide an additional source of growth. At the end of 2020, total capital to be commissioned in the next two to
three years is ~$2.4 billion. Our backlog, coupled with inflation indexation and higher volumes from our GDP sensitive
businesses, should result in another year of same-store growth at the high end of our 6 to 9% target range. Furthermore, we are
continuing to target to deploy over $2 billion in 2021 in new investments. The contribution from new investments is expected
to be enhanced by our capital recycling program which is on track to deliver over $2 billion of proceeds, a record for us in a
given year.
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues and our share of FFO and common equity of entities in our Infrastructure
segment. We have provided additional detail, where referenced, to explain significant movements from the prior period.
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Brookfield Infrastructure1...............................
Sustainable resources and other......................
Realized disposition gains...............................
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
Ref.
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
i
ii
iii
$
9,068 $
6,805 $
358 $
354 $
1,920 $
2,141
233
—
288
—
10
201
22
88
632
—
651
—
$
9,301 $
7,093 $
569 $
464 $
2,552 $
2,792
1. Brookfield’s interest consists of 122.0 million redemption-exchange units, 0.2 million limited partnership units, 1.6 million general partnership units of BIP LP, as well
as 8.7 million Class A shares in Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation (“BIPC”), together representing an economic interest of approximately 28% of BIP.
Revenue generated by our Infrastructure segment increased by $2.2 billion compared to the prior year, primarily due to the
contributions from recently acquired businesses in transport, midstream and data operations, as well as organic growth
initiatives in our utilities operation. These positive contributions were partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange.
FFO excluding realized disposition gains decreased by $8 million, as the positive contributions from newly acquired businesses
at BIP were more than offset by lower contributions from our sustainable resources business.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 68
i. Brookfield Infrastructure
The following table disaggregates BIP’s FFO excluding realized gains by business line to facilitate analysis of the year-over-
year variances:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Utilities1............................................................................................................................................................. $
Transport1...........................................................................................................................................................
Midstream1.........................................................................................................................................................
Data....................................................................................................................................................................
Corporate............................................................................................................................................................
Attributable to unitholders.................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests and other2..................................................................................................................
Segment reallocation3........................................................................................................................................
Brookfield’s interest........................................................................................................................................... $
2020
2019
659 $
590
289
196
(280)
1,454
672
603
244
136
(271)
1,384
(1,083)
(1,024)
(13)
(6)
358 $
354
1. BIP reclassified its segments during the year. Comparative figures have been restated to conform with the new segment presentation.
2.
3.
Includes incentive distributions paid to Brookfield of $183 million (2019 – $158 million) as the general partner of BIP.
Segment reallocation refers to certain items, net of NCI, included in BIP’s FFO that we reclassify. This allows us to present FFO attributable to unitholders on the same
basis as BIP.
BIP’s FFO for 2020 was $1.5 billion, of which our share was $358 million compared to $354 million in the prior year. Key
variances for our businesses are described below.
Utilities
FFO of $659 million was $13 million lower than the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to:
•
•
•
delay in the recognition of connections revenue at our U.K. regulated distribution business; and
the sale of our Australian district energy business and Colombian distribution utility; partially offset by
benefits of inflation-indexation, as well as capital deployed and the impact of acquisitions during the year.
Transport
FFO in our transport segment of $590 million was $13 million lower than the prior year. The decrease is primarily due to:
•
•
•
lower volumes at our toll road businesses due to the impact from the economic shutdown; and
the partial sale of Chilean toll road operations; partially offset by
higher volumes across our rail networks in Australia and Brazil, as well as contributions from recently acquired
businesses.
Midstream
FFO from our midstream operations of $289 million was $45 million higher than the prior year due to:
•
•
strong transportation volumes and improved storage spreads across our portfolio; and
the commissioning of two growth projects in the fourth quarter at our North American natural gas pipeline.
Data
FFO from our data operations of $196 million was $60 million higher than the prior year due to:
•
•
inflation-indexation and new points-of-presence added at our French telecom business; and
the acquisition of our Indian telecom tower operation, as well as increased contributions from our data distribution
businesses in New Zealand and in the U.K.
69 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Corporate
The Corporate FFO loss of $280 million increased by $9 million from the prior year as a result of higher base management fee
expenses from an increase in market capitalization, partially offset by higher investment income.
ii. Sustainable Resources and Other
FFO at our agriculture operations decreased from prior year due to the depreciation of the Brazilian real and the sale of
Acadian, resulting in a decrease of $12 million.
iii. Realized Disposition Gains
In the current year, disposition gains of $201 million primarily relate to the gain recognized on the secondary offering of BIPC
shares and the sale of our North American electricity transmission operation located in Texas.
The prior year disposition gain of $88 million relates to the sale of Acadian and our partial interest in a Chilean toll business.
This gain was partially offset by a loss on the sale of a European port business.
Common Equity
Common equity in our Infrastructure segment was $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $2.8 billion).
The contributions from earnings and revaluation surplus were more than offset by the depreciation of foreign currencies against
the U.S. dollar, losses on financial instruments and distributions to unitholders.
This equity is primarily our investment in PP&E and certain concessions, which are recorded as intangible assets. Our PP&E is
recorded at fair value and revalued annually while concessions are considered intangible assets under IFRS and therefore
recorded at historical cost and amortized over the life of the concession. Accordingly, a smaller portion of our equity is
impacted by revaluation compared to our Real Estate and Renewable Power segments, where a larger portion of the
balance sheet is subject to revaluations. Our critical estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation of PP&E, as well as
intangibles assets have not changed materially as a result of the global economic shutdown. Refer to Part 5 for discussions.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 70
Business Overview
• We own and operate private equity assets primarily through our 64% interest in BBU. BBU is listed on the New York and
Toronto Stock Exchanges and had a market capitalization of $5.6 billion at December 31, 2020.
•
BBU focuses on owning and operating high-quality businesses that benefit from barriers to entry and/or low production
costs.
• We also own certain businesses directly, including a 42% interest in Norbord as at December 31, 2020. Norbord was
acquired by West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (“West Fraser”) on February 1, 2021. As part of the transaction, the company’s
investment in Norbord was converted into a 19% interest in West Fraser’s outstanding common shares.
Operations
Business Services
•
Genworth, now operating as Sagen, is the largest private sector residential mortgage insurer in Canada, providing
mortgage default insurance to Canadian residential mortgage lenders.
• We own a leading private hospital provider in Australia that provides doctors and patients with access to operating
theaters, nursing staff, accommodations, and other critical care and consumables.
• We provide contracting services with a focus on high-quality construction of large-scale and complex landmark buildings
and social infrastructure. Construction projects are generally delivered through contracts, whereby we take responsibility
for design, program, procurement and construction at a defined price. We also provide services to residential real estate
brokers through franchise arrangements under a number of brands in Canada.
•
•
•
•
Investments also include a road fuel distribution and marketing business with significant import and storage infrastructure,
an extensive distribution network, and long-term diversified customer relationships.
Our Indian financing company, IndoStar, is a leading non-bank financial company focused on commercial vehicle lending.
Our Brazilian fleet management business is one of the leading providers in the country of heavy equipment and light
vehicle leasing with value-added services.
Other operations in our business services include entertainment facilities in the Greater Toronto Area and other financial
advisory, logistics and wireless broadband services.
Infrastructure Services
• We are the leading supplier of infrastructure services to the power generation industry, through our investment in
Westinghouse, and we generate a significant majority of earnings from regularly recurring refueling and maintenance
services, primarily under long-term contracts. Westinghouse is the original equipment manufacturer or technology
provider for approximately 50% of global commercial nuclear power plants and services approximately two thirds of the
world’s operating fleet.
• We also provide services to the offshore oil production industry, through our investment in Altera, operating in the North
Sea, Canada and Brazil. Altera provides marine transportation, offshore oil production, facility storage, long-distance
towing and offshore installation, maintenance and safety services to the offshore oil production industry.
• We provide scaffolding and related services to the industrial and commercial markets, through our investment in
BrandSafway, servicing over 30,000 customers in 30 countries worldwide. BrandSafway’s scale and reputation as a leader
in engineering innovation and productivity are competitive advantages in a fragmented industry.
Industrials
•
Our industrials portfolio is comprised of capital-intensive businesses with significant barriers to entry that require technical
operating expertise.
71 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
• We own Clarios, which is a global market leader in manufacturing automotive batteries. Clarios batteries power both
internal combustion engine and electric vehicles. Clarios manufactures and distributes over 150 million batteries per year.
• We own the largest private water company in Brazil that provides water and wastewater services, including collection,
treatment and distribution, to a broad range of residential, industrial, commercial and government customers through long-
term concessions, public-private partnerships, and take-or-pay contracts.
• We own and operate a leading manufacturer of a broad range of high-quality graphite electrodes, GrafTech, and a
manufacturer of returnable plastics packaging.
• We also own and operate a natural gas exploration and production business, and a contract drilling and well servicing
business in western Canada.
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
Our private equity business utilizes our expertise in evaluating investment opportunities and applying an operational approach
to create value within the businesses we acquire. Our private equity investments are well diversified across industries and
geographies, and we expect the business to continue to expand its operations and move forward with a number of recently
announced initiatives.
In October 2020, within our business services segment, we entered into an agreement to acquire the 43% publicly held shares
of Sagen. Privatizing the company will provide us additional opportunities to optimize the capital structure and enhance the
long-term cash generation potential of the business. Subsequent to year end, together with institutional partners, we completed
the acquisition of Everise, a process outsourcing company which specializes in managing complex customer interactions for
large global healthcare and technology clients. We believe this business has significant opportunities to grow and expand,
particularly in the high growth healthcare and technology sectors.
Within our infrastructure services segment, our BrandSafway investment is well positioned to capitalize on market
consolidation opportunities which we believe will accelerate as a result of the current economic environment. In December
2020, BrandSafway acquired Big City Access, becoming Texas’ largest premier commercial work access provider. Within our
Westinghouse investment, demand remained consistent throughout the year and we continue to advance initiatives to build
value within the business.
Within our industrials segment, we continue to enhance the operations at Clarios which has now recovered from a decline in
sales volume in the first half of the year due to the economic shutdown. We continue to meaningfully advance business
improvement plans at Clarios focused on optimizing its U.S. manufacturing operations. We remain focused on capital recycling
initiatives and have further reduced our ownership in GrafTech during 2020 and early 2021, to crystalize strong returns for our
investors. The market downturn in early 2020 created an opportunity for us, alongside institutional partners, to invest in the
equity of high-quality businesses. With the recovery in public markets during the second half of the year, the market value of
these securities has increased significantly, and we have begun to monetize our positions which we expect to generate strong
returns for our investors.
Geographically, we continue to be committed to taking a long-term view on the regions where Brookfield has an established
presence and to invest further during periods of market weakness.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 72
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues and our share of FFO and common equity of entities in our Private Equity
segment. We have provided additional detail, where referenced, to explain significant movements from the prior year.
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Brookfield Business Partners1........................
Other investments...........................................
Realized disposition gains..............................
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
Ref.
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
i
ii
iii
$ 37,710 $ 43,420 $
498 $
494 $
2,175 $
2,389
65
—
158
—
$ 37,775 $ 43,578 $
323
114
935 $
57
1,790
293
844 $
—
3,965 $
1,697
—
4,086
1. Brookfield’s interest in BBU consists of 69.7 million redemption-exchange units, 24.8 million limited partnership units and eight general partnership units together
representing an economic interest of 64% of BBU.
Revenues generated from our private equity operations decreased by $5.8 billion primarily due to lower volumes at Greenergy,
reduced contribution from Multiplex due to lower activity in the U.K, and the absence of contributions from the dispositions of
BGIS and BRGS in the prior year period. This was partially offset by a full year of contributions from the acquisitions
of Clarios and Healthscope in the second quarter of 2019, and Sagen in the fourth quarter of 2019.
FFO, prior to disposition gains, increased $270 million to $821 million primarily due to an increase in OSB pricing at Norbord,
as well as contributions from the aforementioned acquisitions, and increased ownership in Altera. Disposition gains were
$179 million lower in the current year. Current year gains primarily included the sale of Nova Cold, the pathology business at
Healthscope, a partial interest in GrafTech, and a number of public securities.
i. Brookfield Business Partners
The following table disaggregates BBU’s FFO by business line to facilitate analysis of the year-over-year variances in FFO:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Business services............................................................................................................................................... $
229 $
Infrastructure services........................................................................................................................................
Industrials...........................................................................................................................................................
Corporate............................................................................................................................................................
Attributable to unitholders.................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests...................................................................................................................................
Segment reallocation and other1........................................................................................................................
Brookfield’s interest........................................................................................................................................... $
364
336
(59)
870
(320)
(52)
498 $
494
432
314
393
(37)
1,102
(379)
(229)
1.
Segment reallocation and other refers to disposition gains, net of NCI, included in BBU’s FFO that we reclassify to realized disposition gains. This allows us to present
FFO attributable to unitholders on the same basis as BBU.
BBU generated $870 million of FFO compared to $1.1 billion in the prior year, including realized gains. Excluding these gains,
our share was $498 million, consistent with $494 million in the prior year.
Business Services
Business services’ FFO decreased by $203 million to $229 million primarily due to the absence of realized gains on the sales of
BGIS and BGRS in the second quarter of 2019, partially offset by disposition gains on Nova Cold in the first quarter of 2020
and Healthscope’s pathology business in the fourth quarter of 2020. Excluding gains on assets sold that we reclassify to
realized disposition gains, FFO increased primarily due to:
•
•
•
a full year of contributions from Healthscope and Sagen, which were acquired in the second and fourth quarter of 2019,
respectively; and
contributions from IndoStar, which was acquired in the third quarter of 2020; partially offset by
lower volumes at Greenergy and decreased project activity at Multiplex.
73 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Infrastructure Services
Within our infrastructure services operations, we generated $364 million of FFO, compared to $314 million in the prior year.
The increase was primarily due to:
•
•
•
increased contributions from Altera following the privatization of the business, in which we increased our ownership from
31% to 43%;
contributions from the acquisition of BrandSafway in the first quarter of 2020; and
higher contributions from Westinghouse due to new plant projects, strong performance in the core plant servicing
operations and ongoing cost saving initiatives.
Industrials
FFO from our industrials portfolio decreased by $57 million to $336 million due to the realized gain on the sale of NAP
benefiting the fourth quarter of 2019. Excluding realized gains, FFO increased primarily due to:
•
•
higher sales volume from Clarios; partially offset by
lower sales volume and prices charged at GrafTech and a decreased ownership in the business.
Corporate
The Corporate FFO deficit increased by $22 million due to higher interest expenses, partially offset by an increase to current
income tax recoveries.
ii. Other Investments
FFO from other investments increased by $266 million to $323 million as a result of higher earnings at Norbord due to higher
realized OSB pricing.
iii. Realized Disposition Gains
Realized disposition gains were $114 million in the year, compared to $293 million in the prior year. During the current year,
we completed the sale of Nova Cold, the pathology business at Healthscope, a partial interest in GrafTech, and a number of
public securities.
In the prior year, we recognized disposition gains related to the sale of BGRS, BGIS, several industrial assets at our wastewater
and industrial water treatment business in Brazil, our controlling interest in palladium mining operations, and a partial interest
in GrafTech.
Common Equity
Common equity in our Private Equity segment was $4.0 billion as at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $4.1 billion).
The decrease is primarily attributable to foreign currency translation, distributions to unit holders and depreciation expense.
These decreases were partially offset by contributions from operating performance. The assets held in these operations are
recorded at amortized cost, with depreciation recorded on a quarterly basis, with the exception of investments in financial
assets, which are carried at fair value based predominantly on quoted prices.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 74
Business Overview
•
•
•
Our residential development business operates predominantly in North America and Brazil.
Our North American business is conducted through Brookfield Residential Properties Inc., is active in 12 principal markets
in Canada and the U.S. and controls approximately 85,000 lots.
Our Brazilian business includes construction, sales and marketing of a broad range of residential and commercial office
units, with a primary focus on middle income residential units in Brazil’s largest markets of São Paulo and Rio de Janeiro.
Outlook and Growth Initiatives
At our North American residential business, we are actively working on closing our residential housing backlog of $1 billion,
while growing our mixed-use development business and evaluating other built forms to keep us in step with the changing
preferences and requirements of our consumer base.
Residential real estate development in Brazil remains challenging following years of industry overdevelopment. However,
recently implemented regulatory changes are expected to positively impact the industry going forward. We remain focused on
developing high margin projects in select key markets and excelling in all operational areas.
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues, FFO and common equity into the amounts attributable to the two
principal operating regions of our wholly-owned residential development businesses:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
North America............................................................. $
1,904 $
1,987 $
76 $
146 $
2,119 $
2,083
Brazil and other...........................................................
339
469
(10)
(21)
611
776
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
$
2,243 $
2,456 $
66 $
125 $
2,730 $
2,859
North America
FFO from our North American business decreased by $70 million to $76 million. The decrease is largely driven by fewer land
closings and lower gross margin due to the geographic mix of the land sold. These impacts were partially offset by cost savings
measures and reductions in sales commission, in line with the reduced quantity of home and land closings.
Residential housing sales activity were significantly stronger in the second half of the year compared to the prior period, and
we expect to recognize this benefit through income in 2021 as we complete construction.
As at December 31, 2020, we had 80 active housing communities (2019 – 93) and 22 active land communities (2019 – 28).
Brazil and Other
Our FFO loss at our Brazilian and other operations decreased compared to the prior year. The improvement in FFO is largely
driven by the sale of recently constructed projects at higher margins and a deferred income tax recovery at our Australian
residential business.
Our Brazilian operations began 2020 with 23 projects under construction and as of December 31, 2020, we have 24 projects
under construction, all of which relates to projects launched over the past few years with relatively higher margins than our
legacy projects.
Common Equity
Common equity was $2.7 billion as at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $2.9 billion) and consists largely of
residential development inventory which is carried at historical cost, or the lower of cost and market, notwithstanding the
length of time that we may have held these assets and created value through the development process. The decrease in common
equity is primarily attributable to weakening of the Brazilian real in comparison to the U.S. dollar.
75 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Business Overview
•
Our corporate activities provide support to the overall business, including both our asset management franchise and our
invested capital. These activities include the development, and seeding, of new fund strategies, supporting the growth in
our listed affiliates, and providing liquidity to the organization, when needed. In addition, we will make direct investments
on an opportunistic basis.
• We also hold cash and financial assets as part of our liquidity management operations and enter into financial contracts to
manage residual foreign exchange and other risks, as appropriate.
Summary of Operating Results
The following table disaggregates segment revenues, FFO and common equity into the principal assets and liabilities within our
corporate operations and associated FFO to facilitate analysis:
Revenues
FFO
Common Equity
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Corporate cash and financial assets, net...................... $
422 $
112 $
377 $
123 $
4,456 $
2,181
Corporate borrowings..................................................
Preferred equity1,2........................................................
Other corporate investments........................................
Corporate costs and taxes/net working capital............
Realized disposition gains...........................................
—
—
449
—
—
—
—
347
—
—
(388)
(348)
—
5
(151)
71
—
1
(135)
—
(9,077)
(4,375)
1,268
742
—
(7,083)
(4,145)
680
470
—
$
871 $
459 $
(86) $
(359) $
(6,986) $
(7,897)
1.
2.
FFO excludes preferred share distributions of $142 million (2019 – $152 million).
Includes $230 million of perpetual subordinated notes issued in November 2020 by a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield, included within non-controlling interest.
Our portfolio of corporate cash and financial assets is generally recorded at fair value with changes recognized through net
income, unless the underlying financial investments are classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, in which
case changes in value are recognized in other comprehensive income. Loans and receivables are typically carried at amortized
cost. As at December 31, 2020, our portfolio of corporate cash and financial assets includes $3.2 billion of cash and cash
equivalents (2019 – $789 million). The increase is a result of four issuances of corporate debt, totaling $2.3 billion in the
current year, our $230 million issuance of subordinated preferred shares, as well as proceeds received from the partial sale of
BIPC shares, BEP units and BEPC shares in the year. This was partially offset by the early redemption of $251 million
(C$350 million) of corporate debt in the first quarter, dividends paid to shareholders, funding of capital calls in our BSREP III
fund and the repurchase of 8.9 million Class A shares on a post-split basis.
Our corporate cash and financial assets generated FFO of $377 million compared to $123 million in the prior year, primarily
due to higher mark-to-market gains on our financial assets in the current year.
Corporate borrowings are generally issued with fixed interest rates. Some of these borrowings are denominated in
Canadian dollars and therefore the carrying value fluctuates with changes in the exchange rate. A number of these borrowings
have been designated as hedges of our Canadian dollar net investments within our other segments, resulting in the majority of
the currency revaluation being recognized in other comprehensive income. The $388 million FFO expense reported through
corporate borrowings reflects the interest expense on those borrowings. The increase from the prior year quarter was primarily
as a result of the aforementioned net increase in our borrowings, partially offset by the foreign exchange impact of our
Canadian dollar interest expense as a result of a decrease in the average exchange rate compared to the prior year.
Preferred equity increased by $230 million due to the aforementioned issuance of subordinated preferred shares. Preferred
shares do not revalue under IFRS.
We describe cash and financial assets, corporate borrowings and preferred equity in more detail within Part 4 – Capitalization
and Liquidity.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 76
Other corporate investments include warehoused investments on behalf of our insurance and pension businesses, as well as the
non-asset management related investment in Oaktree which was acquired in the third quarter of 2019. FFO pertains to margins
on pension assets acquired, returns on Oaktree’s balance sheet investments and a full year contribution of non-asset
management income at Oaktree.
Net working capital was in an asset position of $742 million as at December 31, 2020, an increase from the prior year balance
of $470 million. Included within this balance are net deferred income tax assets of $1.7 billion (2019 – $2.2 billion). The FFO
loss of $151 million includes corporate costs and cash taxes which increased primarily as a result of higher professional fees
and compensation expense and the absence of the release of a previously recorded tax reserve compared to the prior year.
Disposition gains of $71 million were the result of a partial sale of an investment previously recognized through other
comprehensive income.
77 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
PART 4 – CAPITALIZATION AND LIQUIDITY
CAPITALIZATION
We review key components of our capitalization in the following sections. In several instances we have disaggregated the
balances into the amounts attributable to our operating segments in order to facilitate discussion and analysis.
Corporate Capitalization – reflects the amount of debt that is recourse to the Corporation and held in the Corporate segment as
well as our issued and outstanding common and preferred shares. Corporate debt includes unsecured bonds and, from time to
time, draws on revolving credit facilities. At December 31, 2020, our corporate capitalization was $50.5 billion (December 31,
2019 – $47.1 billion) with a debt to capitalization of 18% (December 31, 2019 – 15%).
Consolidated Capitalization1 – reflects the full capitalization of wholly owned, partially-owned, and managed entities that we
consolidate in our financial statements. At December 31, 2020, consolidated capitalization increased compared to the prior year
largely due to acquisitions, which resulted in additional associated borrowings, working capital balances and non-controlling
interests. Much of the borrowings issued within our managed entities are included in our consolidated balance sheet not
withstanding that virtually none of this debt has any recourse to the Corporation.
The following table presents our capitalization on a corporate and consolidated basis:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Corporate borrowings................................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings
Ref.
i
Subsidiary borrowings............................................................................
Property-specific borrowings..................................................................
i
i
Accounts payable and other.......................................................................
Deferred income tax liabilities...................................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations.....................................................................
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale......................
Equity
Non-controlling interests.......................................................................
Preferred equity......................................................................................
Common equity......................................................................................
i
ii
iii
Total capitalization.....................................................................................
Corporate
2020
9,077 $
2019
7,083 $
$
Consolidated
2020
9,077 $
2019
7,083
—
—
9,077
4,963
432
—
—
—
—
7,083
4,708
279
—
—
10,768
128,556
148,401
50,682
15,913
3,699
2,359
8,423
127,869
143,375
43,077
14,849
4,132
1,690
230
4,145
31,693
36,068
81,833
4,145
30,868
116,846
$ 50,540 $ 47,083 $ 343,696 $ 323,969
86,804
4,145
31,693
122,642
—
4,145
30,868
35,013
Debt to capitalization............................................................................................
18%
15%
43%
44%
i. Borrowings
Corporate Borrowings
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Term debt....................................................................
Revolving facilities.....................................................
Deferred financing costs..............................................
Total............................................................................
Average Rate
2020
4.4%
—%
n/a
2019
4.6%
—%
n/a
Average Term (Years)
2019
10
4
n/a
2020
14
4
n/a
Consolidated
2020
9,147 $
—
(70)
9,077 $
2019
7,128
—
(45)
7,083
$
$
As at December 31, 2020, corporate borrowings included term debt of $9.1 billion (December 31, 2019 – $7.1 billion) which
had an average term to maturity of 14 years (December 31, 2019 – 10 years). Term debt consists of public and private bonds,
all of which are fixed rate and have maturities ranging from March 2023 until 2080. These financings provide an important
source of long-term capital and are appropriately matched to our long-term asset profile.
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 78
The increase in term debt compared to the prior year is due to the issuance of $600 million of 3.45% notes with a
2050 maturity, the issuance of $750 million of 4.35% notes with a 2030 maturity, the issuance of $500 million of 3.50% notes
with a 2051 maturity and the issuance of $400 million of 4.625% subordinated notes with a 2080 maturity, partially offset by
the early repayment of $251 million (C$350 million) of 5.30% notes due on March 1, 2021, as well as $20 million of foreign
currency appreciation.
We had no commercial paper or bank borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $nil). Our
commercial paper program is supplemented by our $2.6 billion revolving term credit facilities with maturities ranging from
2022 to 2024. As at December 31, 2020, $64 million of the facilities were utilized for letters of credit (December 31, 2019 –
$66 million).
Subsidiary Borrowings
We endeavor to capitalize our principal subsidiaries to enable continuous access to the debt capital markets, usually on an
investment-grade basis, thereby reducing the demand for capital from the Corporation.
Average Rate
Average Term (Years)
Consolidated
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Real estate...................................................................
Renewable power........................................................
Infrastructure...............................................................
Private equity...............................................................
Residential development.............................................
Total............................................................................
2020
3.1%
3.9%
2.7%
2.4%
5.5%
3.5%
2019
3.9%
4.0%
3.4%
—%
6.2%
4.2%
2020
2019
2020
2019
3
13
6
3
6
7
4 $
3,378 $
2,024
9
6
—
5
2,132
3,158
310
1,790
2,098
2,470
—
1,831
6 $ 10,768 $
8,423
Subsidiary borrowings include listed affiliates’ recourse term debt and credit facility draws. It has no recourse to the
Corporation.
Property-Specific Borrowings
As part of our financing strategy, the majority of our debt capital is in the form of property-specific borrowings and project
financings and is denominated in local currencies that have recourse only to the assets being financed and have no recourse to
the Corporation or the listed affiliates.
Average Rate
Average Term (Years)
Consolidated
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Real estate...................................................................
Renewable power........................................................
Infrastructure...............................................................
Private equity and other...............................................
Residential development.............................................
Total............................................................................
2020
3.8%
4.3%
4.3%
5.2%
5.1%
4.2%
2019
4.4%
5.0%
4.7%
5.4%
5.4%
4.7%
2020
2019
2020
2019
4
10
8
5
3
6
4 $ 67,073 $ 67,909
9
7
6
3
16,353
21,309
23,333
488
15,787
20,776
23,105
292
6 $ 128,556 $ 127,869
Property-specific borrowings have increased by $687 million since December 31, 2019. The increase in borrowings is largely
attributable to acquisitions in our infrastructure and private equity operations, partially offset by the deconsolidation of a
hospitality investment as well as the transfer of assets from our self-storage portfolio to assets held for sale.
Fixed and Floating Interest Rate Exposure
Many of our borrowings, including all corporate borrowings recourse to the Corporation, are fixed rate, long-term financings.
The remainder of our borrowings are at floating rates; however, from time to time, we enter into interest rate contracts to fix the
interest rate and reduce our floating rate exposure.
As at December 31, 2020, approximately 73% of consolidated debt outstanding, reflecting swaps, was fixed rate. Accordingly,
changes in interest rates are typically limited to the impact of refinancing borrowings at prevailing market rates or changes in
the level of debt as a result of acquisitions and dispositions.
79 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table presents the fixed and floating rates of interest expense:
Fixed Rate
Floating Rate
2020
2019
2020
2019
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Average Rate
Consolidated
Average Rate
Consolidated
Average Rate
Consolidated
Average Rate
Consolidated
Corporate borrowings............
4.4% $
9,077
4.6% $ 7,083
—% $
—
—% $
—
Subsidiary borrowings...........
4.3%
7,683
4.6%
6,152
1.7%
3,085
3.4%
2,271
Property-specific borrowings.
Total.......................................
5.2%
54,699
5.0% $ 71,459
5.2%
49,614
5.0% $ 62,849
3.4%
73,857
3.4% $ 76,942
4.4%
78,255
4.4% $ 80,526
Non-controlling interests
In November 2020, we issued $230 million of perpetual subordinated notes issued by a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield,
included within non-controlling interest. The notes have a coupon of 4.50% and the net proceeds from the sale of the notes will
be used to finance and/or refinance recently completed and future eligible climate and environmental projects.
ii. Preferred Equity
Preferred equity is comprised of perpetual preferred shares and represents permanent non-participating equity that provides
leverage to our common equity. The shares are categorized by their principal characteristics in the following table:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Term
Fixed rate-reset.................................................................................. Perpetual
Fixed rate..........................................................................................
Perpetual
Floating rate...................................................................................... Perpetual
Total..................................................................................................
Average Rate
2020
4.1%
4.8%
1.8%
3.9%
2019
2020
2019
4.3% $
2,875 $
2,875
4.8%
739
2.9%
4.2% $
531
4,145 $
739
531
4,145
Fixed rate-reset preferred shares are issued with an initial fixed rate coupon that is reset after an initial period, typically
five years, at a predetermined spread over the prevailing Canadian five-year government bond yield. The average reset spread
as at December 31, 2020 was 284 basis points.
iii. Common Equity
Issued and Outstanding Shares
Changes in the number of issued and outstanding Class A shares during the years are as follows:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Outstanding at beginning of year..........................................................................................................
Issued (repurchased)
Issuances............................................................................................................................................
Repurchases.......................................................................................................................................
Long-term share ownership plans2....................................................................................................
Dividend reinvestment plan and others.............................................................................................
Outstanding at end of year....................................................................................................................
Unexercised options and other share-based plans2...............................................................................
Total diluted shares at end of year........................................................................................................
20201
1,509.3
—
(8.9)
10.1
0.2
1,510.7
63.0
1,573.7
20191
1,432.7
79.2
(10.8)
8.0
0.2
1,509.3
70.0
1,579.3
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two-stock split effective April 1, 2020.
Includes management share option plan and restricted stock plan.
2.
The company holds 64.2 million Class A shares (2019 – 63.5 million) purchased by consolidated entities in respect of long-
term share ownership programs, which have been deducted from the total amount of shares outstanding at the date acquired.
Diluted shares outstanding include 14.6 million (2019 – 18.3 million) shares issuable in respect of these plans based on the
market value of the Class A shares at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, resulting in a net reduction of 49.6 million
(2019 – 45.2 million) diluted shares outstanding.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 80
During 2020, 6.4 million options were exercised, of which 2.6 million and 0.6 million were issued on a net-settled and gross
basis, respectively, resulting in the cancellation of 3.2 million vested options.
The cash value of unexercised options was $1.2 billion as at December 31, 2020 (2019 – $1.2 billion) based on the proceeds
that would be paid on exercise of the options.
On April 1, 2020, the company completed a three-for-two stock split by way of a stock dividend of one-half of a Class A share
for each Class A and Class B share outstanding, resulting in the issuance of 524 million Class A shares.
As of March 22, 2021, the Corporation had outstanding 1,510,383,395 Class A shares and 85,120 Class B shares. Refer to
Note 21 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information on equity.
LIQUIDITY
Corporate Liquidity
We maintain significant liquidity at the corporate level. Our primary sources of liquidity, which we refer to as core liquidity,
consist of:
•
•
cash and financial assets, net of other associated liabilities; and
undrawn committed credit facilities.
We further assess overall liquidity inclusive of our principal subsidiaries BPY, BEP, BIP, BBU and Oaktree because of their
role in funding acquisitions both directly and through our managed funds. Overall core liquidity at year end was $16.0 billion,
or inclusive of investor commitments to our private funds, was $76.6 billion at the end of the year, as we continue to pursue a
number of attractive investment opportunities. In addition to these balances, we hold approximately $1.5 billion of publicly
traded investments within our managed investments that can be readily sold in the public market.
Capital Requirements
Corporate
The Corporation has very few non-discretionary capital requirements. Our largest normal course capital requirement is our debt
maturities. There are no corporate debt maturities until March 2023 when $471 million (C$600 million) is due. Periodically, we
will also participate in our listed affiliates equity offerings and seed new investment strategies.
On January 31, 2019, the Corporation committed $2.75 billion to our third flagship real estate fund. As of December 31, 2020,
the Corporation has funded $1.3 billion of the total commitment.
On August 3, 2020, the Corporation committed $750 million to our latest distressed debt fund. As of December 31, 2020, the
Corporation has funded $38 million of the total commitment.
Listed Affiliates
At the listed affiliate level, the largest normal course capital requirements are debt maturities and the pro-rata share of private
fund capital calls. New acquisitions are primarily funded through the private funds or listed affiliates that we manage. We
endeavor to structure these entities so that they are self-funding, preferably on an investment-grade basis, and in almost all
circumstances do not rely on financial support from the Corporation.
In the case of private funds, the necessary equity capital is obtained by calling on commitments made by the limited partners in
each fund, which include commitments made by our listed affiliates. In the case of our real estate, infrastructure and
private equity funds, these commitments are expected to be funded by BPY, BEP, BIP and BBU. In the case of listed affiliates,
capital requirements are funded through their own resources and access to capital markets, which may be supported by us from
time to time through participation in equity offerings or bridge financings.
Asset Level
At the asset level, we schedule ongoing capital expenditure programs to maintain the operating capacity of our assets at existing
levels. We refer to this as sustaining capital expenditures. The sustaining capital expenditure program are typically funded by,
and represent a relatively small proportion of, the operating cash flows within each business. The timing of these expenditures
is discretionary; however, we believe it is important to maintain the productivity of our assets in order to optimize cash flows
and value accretion.
81 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Core and Total Liquidity
The following table presents core liquidity of the Corporation and operating segments:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Corporate1
Real
Estate1
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity1
Oaktree
Total
2020
Total
2019
Cash and financial assets, net............. $
4,456 $
36 $
474 $
464 $
552 $
841 $
6,823 $
3,575
Undrawn committed credit facilities..
Core liquidity2...................................
Uncalled private fund commitments...
2,526
6,982
1,792
1,828
—
11,270
1,525
1,999
4,748
1,236
1,700
11,528
1,465
2,017
6,171
650
1,491
26,877
9,194
16,017
60,594
9,808
13,383
50,735
Total liquidity2.................................. $
6,982 $ 13,098 $
6,747 $
13,228 $
8,188 $ 28,368 $ 76,611 $ 64,118
1. We secured an incremental $1 billion two-year credit facility in April 2020 to support growth initiatives; BPY and BBU can each draw up to $500 million or the
Corporation can draw up to $1 billion. Undrawn commitments of $500 million are reported within each of our Real Estate and Private Equity segments, respectively.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2.
As at December 31, 2020, the Corporation’s core liquidity was $7.0 billion, consisting of $4.5 billion in cash and financial
assets, net of other liabilities and $2.5 billion in undrawn credit facilities. The Corporation’s liquidity is readily available for
use without any material tax consequences. We utilize this liquidity to support the growth of our business which includes
supporting the activities of our listed affiliates and private funds, as well as seeding new investment products.
The Corporation also has the ability to raise additional liquidity through the issuance of securities and the partial sale of
holdings of our listed affiliates and other holdings including those listed on page 83. However, this is not included in our core
liquidity as we are generally able to finance our operations and capital requirements from core liquidity and recurring free cash
flow.
The Corporation generates significant cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment1. Our primary sources of recurring
cash flows include:
•
•
•
fee-related earnings from our asset management activities and proceeds in the form of realized carried interest from asset
sales within private funds;
distributions from invested capital, in particular our listed affiliates; and
other invested capital earnings: comprised of our wholly owned investments offset by corporate interest expense, corporate
costs and taxes and dividends paid on preferred shares.
During 2020, we generated $3.1 billion of cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment, inclusive of:
•
•
•
•
$1.2 billion of fee-related earnings and $244 million of realized carried interest, net, excluding Oaktree;
$259 million of distributable earnings from our investment in Oaktree; and
$1.9 billion of distributions from our listed affiliates, other investments, and corporate cash and financial assets; partially
offset by
other invested capital earnings, including corporate costs and interest expense, and preferred share dividends paid, net of
equity-based compensation costs, which resulted in expenses of $571 million.
The Corporation paid $726 million in cash dividends on its common equity during the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 –
$620 million).
1.
See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 82
Earnings and distributions received by the Corporation are available for distribution and/or reinvestment and are as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
1) Asset management FFO
Fee revenues........................................................................................................................................... $
Direct costs.............................................................................................................................................
Fee-related earnings1..............................................................................................................................
Realized carried interest, net1.................................................................................................................
2020
2019
1,943 $
(701)
1,242
244
1,486
1,817
(648)
1,169
386
1,555
Our share of Oaktree’s distributable earnings........................................................................................
259
42
2) Distributions from investments
Listed affiliates.......................................................................................................................................
Corporate cash and financial assets........................................................................................................
Other investments...................................................................................................................................
3) Other invested capital earnings
Corporate borrowings.............................................................................................................................
Corporate costs and taxes.......................................................................................................................
Other wholly owned investments...........................................................................................................
Preferred share dividends.......................................................................................................................
Add back: equity-based compensation costs..........................................................................................
Cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment................................................................................... $
1,390
448
91
1,929
(388)
(151)
16
(523)
(142)
94
3,103 $
1,359
123
107
1,589
(348)
(135)
(36)
(519)
(152)
87
2,602
1.
Excludes $186 million and $104 million of fee-related earnings and realized carried interest, net from Oaktree, respectively (2019 – $32 million and $10 million).
The following table shows the quoted market value of the company’s listed securities and annual cash distributions based on
current distribution policies for each entity:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
Distributions from investments
Ownership
%
Listed affiliates
Brookfield
Owned
Units
Distributions
Per Unit1
Current
Distributions
(Current Rate)2
YTD
Distributions
(Actual)
Brookfield Property3..............................................
Brookfield Renewable4..........................................
Brookfield Infrastructure5......................................
Brookfield Business Partners.................................
62%
51%
28%
64%
577.9 $
327.0
132.5
94.5
1.33 $
1.22
2.04
0.25
Corporate cash and financial assets6.........................
Other investments
Norbord7.................................................................
Other8.....................................................................
various
various
various
42%
various
34.8
various
0.63
various
Total........................................................................................................................................................ $
769 $
399
270
24
1,462
266
15
60
75
1,803 $
710
398
258
24
1,390
448
31
60
91
1,929
1. Based on current distribution policies.
2. Distributions (current rate) are calculated by multiplying units held as at December 31, 2020 by distributions per unit. Actual dividends may differ due to timing of dividend
increases and payment of special dividends, which are not factored into the current rate calculation. See definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
3. BPY’s quoted value includes $16 million of preferred shares. Fully diluted ownership is 57%, assuming conversion of convertible preferred shares held by a third party. For the year
ended December 31, 2020, BPY’s distributions include nominal amounts of preferred share dividends received by the Corporation (2019 – $11 million).
4. Brookfield owned units represent the combined units held in BEP LP and Brookfield Renewable Corporation (“BEPC”). On June 3, 2020, we completed the sale of approximately
15.4 million units of BEP. On October 13, 2020, we completed the sale of approximately 7.0 million class A shares of BEPC.
5. Brookfield owned units represent the combined units held in BIP and BIPC. On July 29, 2020, we completed the sale of approximately 5.1 million class A shares of BIPC.
6.
7. Norbord was acquired by West Fraser on February 1, 2021. As part of the transaction, the company’s investment in Norbord was converted into approximately 23.5 million shares of
Includes cash and cash equivalents and financial assets net of deposits.
West Fraser. The distributions per unit and current distributions reflect West Fraser’s current distribution policies.
8. Other includes cash distributions from our 27% interest in a portfolio of operating and development assets in New York and a listed investment in our Private Equity segment.
83 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
The following table summarizes the consolidated statements of cash flows within our consolidated financial statements:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Operating activities................................................................................................................................. $
8,341 $
Financing activities.................................................................................................................................
8,698
Investing activities...................................................................................................................................
(13,873)
2019
6,328
28,746
(36,674)
Change in cash and cash equivalents...................................................................................................... $
3,166 $
(1,600)
This statement reflects activities within our consolidated operations and therefore excludes activities within non-consolidated
entities.
Operating Activities
Cash flows from operating activities totaled $8.3 billion in 2020, a $2.0 billion increase from 2019. Operating cash flows prior
to non-cash working capital and residential inventory were $8.6 billion this year, $917 million higher than the prior year due to
the benefits of same-store growth from our existing operations and the contributions from assets acquired during the last twelve
months, partially offset by the negative impact of foreign currency translation.
Financing Activities
The company had a net cash inflow of $8.7 billion from financing activities in 2020, compared to $28.7 billion in 2019. Our
subsidiaries issued $37.6 billion (2019 – $64.6 billion) and repaid $33.5 billion (2019 – $42.2 billion) of non-recourse
borrowings, for a net issuance of $4.1 billion (2019 – $22.4 billion) during the year. We raised $16.3 billion of capital from our
institutional private fund partners and other investors to fund their portion of acquisitions, $1.7 billion of short-term borrowings
backed by private fund commitments and returned $10.1 billion to our investors in the form of either distributions or returns of
capital.
Investing Activities
During 2020, we invested $41.8 billion and generated proceeds of $28.6 billion from dispositions for net cash deployed in
investing activities of $13.3 billion. This compares to net cash deployed of $37.1 billion in 2019. We paid cash of $3.5 billion
to acquire consolidated subsidiaries, mainly at our Infrastructure segment, and a further $3.7 billion to acquire equity accounted
investments during the year. Refer to our Acquisitions of Consolidated Entities in Note 4 and Equity Accounted Investments in
Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further details. We continued to acquire and sell financial assets, which
represent a net outflow of $2.5 billion, relating to investments in debt and equity securities as well as contract assets associated
with managing currency risk.
Sustaining capital expenditures in the company’s renewable power operations were $493 million (2019 – $160 million), in
its real estate operations were $651 million (2019 – $767 million), in its infrastructure operations were $434 million (2019 –
$180 million) and in its private equity operations were $551 million (2019 – $482 million).
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 84
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table presents the contractual obligations of the company by payment periods:
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Recourse Obligations
Payments Due by Period
Less than 1
Year
1 – 3
Years
4 – 5
Years
After 5
Years
Corporate borrowings............................................ $
Accounts payable and other1..................................
Interest expense2
Corporate borrowings..........................................
— $
1,860
405
467
433
793
Non-recourse Obligations
Principal repayments
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities
Property-specific borrowings............................
20,792
Subsidiary borrowings......................................
Subsidiary equity obligations...............................
Accounts payable and other
Lease obligations.................................................
Accounts payable and other1,3..............................
Commitments.........................................................
Interest expense2,4
Non-recourse borrowings.....................................
Subsidiary equity obligations...............................
316
799
815
22,134
2,091
5,145
147
28,743
656
1,147
1,682
4,772
1,470
8,788
213
1. Excludes lease obligations and provisions.
2. Represents the aggregate interest expense expected to be paid over the term of the obligations.
3. Excludes insurance contract liabilities of $1.3 billion (2019 – $nil).
4. Variable interest rate payments have been calculated based on current rates.
$
1,630 $
6,980 $
2,496
Total
9,077
4,963
174
659
34,971
5,078
800
1,123
1,417
203
6,310
171
3,593
5,450
44,050
128,556
4,718
953
11,755
4,105
299
8,313
44
10,768
3,699
15,375
32,428
4,063
28,556
575
The recourse obligations, those amounts that have recourse to the Corporation, which are due in less than one year totaled
$2.3 billion (2019 – $3.0 billion).
The Corporation entered into arrangements in 2014 with respect to $1.8 billion of exchangeable preferred equity units issued by
BPY, which are redeemable in equal tranches of $600 million in 2021, 2024 and 2026, respectively. The preferred equity units
are exchangeable into equity units of BPY at $25.70 per unit, at the option of the holder, at any time up to and including the
maturity date. BPY may redeem the preferred equity units after specified periods if the BPY equity unit price exceeds
predetermined amounts. At maturity, the preferred equity units will be converted into BPY equity units at the lower of $25.70
or the then market price of a BPY equity unit. In order to provide the purchaser with enhanced liquidity, the Corporation has
agreed to purchase the preferred equity units for cash at the option of the holder, for the initial purchase price plus accrued and
unpaid dividends. In order to decrease dilution risk to BPY, the Corporation has agreed with the holder and BPY that if the
price of a BPY equity unit is less than 80% of the exchange price of $25.70 at the redemption date of the 2021 and 2024
tranches, the Corporation will acquire the preferred equity units subject to redemption, at the redemption price, and to exchange
these preferred equity units for preferred equity units with similar terms and conditions, including redemption date, as the 2026
tranche. Accordingly, commitments in 2020 include $121 million, which represents the carrying value of the exchange option
at the time of issuance in respect of BPY’s subsidiary preferred units, and the remaining $1.7 billion was recorded within
subsidiary equity obligations.
Commitments of $4.1 billion (2019 – $4.1 billion) represent various contractual obligations assumed in the normal course of
business by our various operating subsidiaries. These included commitments to provide bridge financing and letters of credit
and guarantees provided in respect of power sales contracts and reinsurance obligations. These commitments shall be funded
through the cash flows of the company’s subsidiaries.
85 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The company and its consolidated subsidiaries execute agreements that provide for indemnifications and guarantees to third
parties in transactions or dealings such as business dispositions, business acquisitions, sales of assets, provision of services,
securitization agreements and underwriting and agency agreements. The company has also agreed to indemnify its directors
and certain of its officers and employees. The nature of substantially all of the indemnification undertakings prevents the
company from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount the company could be required to pay third
parties, as in most cases the agreements do not specify a maximum amount, and the amounts are dependent upon the outcome
of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Neither the company nor its
consolidated subsidiaries have made significant payments in the past, nor do they expect at this time to make any significant
payments under such indemnification agreements in the future.
The company periodically enters into joint venture, consortium or other arrangements that have contingent liquidity rights in
favor of the company or its counterparties. These include buy sell arrangements, registration rights and other customary
arrangements. These agreements generally have embedded protective terms that mitigate the risk to us. The amount, timing and
likelihood of any payments by the company under these arrangements is, in most cases, dependent on either future contingent
events or circumstances applicable to the counterparty and therefore cannot be determined at this time.
We have also committed to purchase power produced by certain of BEP’s hydroelectric assets as previously described on
page 63.
EXPOSURES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
As discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, we utilize various financial instruments in our business to manage risk and make better
use of our capital. The fair values of these instruments that are reflected on our balance sheets are disclosed in Note 6 to our
consolidated financial statements.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 86
PART 5 – ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS
Overview
We are a Canadian corporation and, as such, we prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.
We present our consolidated balance sheets on a non-classified basis, meaning that we do not distinguish between current and
long-term assets or liabilities. We believe this classification is appropriate given the nature of our business strategy.
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to select appropriate accounting policies and to
make judgments and estimates that affect the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
In making judgments and estimates, management relies on external information and observable conditions, where possible,
supplemented by internal analysis, as required. These estimates have been applied in a manner consistent with the prior year
and there are no known trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that we believe will materially affect the methodology or
assumptions utilized in this report. As we update the fair values of our investment property portfolios quarterly, with gains
reflected in net income, we discuss judgments and estimates relating to the key valuation metrics below.
For further reference on accounting policies, including new and revised standards issued by the IASB and judgments and
estimates, see our significant accounting policies contained in Note 3 of the December 31, 2020 consolidated financial
statements.
COVID-19
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to COVID-19. To date, there have been
restrictions on the conduct of business in many jurisdictions and the global movement of people and certain goods. In light of
the economic environment, the company has assessed the impact of the economic shutdowns on our asset valuations. In making
these assessments, we reviewed business risks, cash flow assumptions, and discount rates for the impacts of government
imposed shutdowns. We have applied certain assumptions as to the pace of economic recovery and continue to monitor
operating results against them. As many of our businesses have been a provider of essential services, they have remained in
operation while we continue to safeguard the health of our employees. As at December 31, 2020, we have updated our asset
valuations based on the analysis performed.
Consolidated Financial Information
IFRS uses a control-based model to determine if consolidation is required. Therefore, we are deemed to control an investment
if we: (1) exercise power over the investee; (2) are exposed to variable returns from our involvement with the investee; and
(3) have the ability to use our power to affect the amount of the returns. Due to the ownership structure of many of our
subsidiaries, we control entities in which we hold only a minority economic interest. Refer to Part 2 of this MD&A for
additional information.
i.
Investment Properties
We classify the majority of the property assets within our Real Estate segment as investment properties. Our valuations are
prepared at the individual property level by internal investment professionals with the appropriate expertise in the respective
industry, geography and asset type. These valuations are updated at each balance sheet date with gains or losses recognized in
net income.
87 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Prior to the end of the first quarter, the global economic shutdown prompted certain responses from global government
authorities across the various geographies in which the company owns and operates investment properties. Such responses,
have included mandatory temporary closure of, or imposed limitations on, the operations of certain non-essential properties and
businesses including office properties and retail malls and associated businesses which operate within these properties such as
retailers and restaurants. In addition, shelter-in-place mandates and severe travel restrictions have had a significant adverse
impact on consumer spending and demand. These negative economic indicators, restrictions and closures have created
significant estimation uncertainty in the determination of the fair value of investment properties as of December 31, 2020.
Specifically, while discount and capitalization rates are inherently uncertain, there has been an absence of recently observed
market transactions across the company’s geographies to support changes in such rates which is a key input into the
determination of fair value. In addition, the company has had to make assumptions with respect to the length and severity of
these restrictions and closures as well as the viability of our real estate tenants in consideration of any credit reserves that
should be applied based on deemed tenant risk and the recovery period in estimating the impact and timing of future cash flows
generated from investment properties and used in the discounted cash flow model used to determine fair value. As a result of
this material estimation uncertainty, there is a risk that the assumptions used to determine fair value as of December 31, 2020
may result in a material adjustment to the fair value of investment properties in future reporting periods as more information
becomes available.
The majority of underlying cash flows in the models are comprised of contracted leases, many of which are long term, with our
core office portfolio having a combined 90% occupancy level and an average 8.1 year lease life, while our core retail portfolio
has an occupancy rate of 92%. The models also include property-level assumptions for renewal probabilities, future leasing
rates and capital expenditures. These are reviewed as part of the business planning process and external market data is utilized
when determining the cash flows associated with lease renewals.
We test the outcome of our process by having a number of our properties externally appraised each year, including appraisals
for core office properties, at least on a three-year rotating basis. We compare the results of the external appraisals to our
internally prepared values and reconcile significant differences when they arise. During 2020, 85 of our properties were
externally appraised, representing a gross property value of $32 billion of assets; external appraisals were within 1% of
management’s valuations.
The valuations are most sensitive to changes in cash flows, which include assumptions relating to lease renewal
probabilities, downtime, capital expenditures, future leasing rates and associated leasing costs, discount rates and terminal
capitalization rates. The key valuation metrics of our real estate assets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are
summarized below.
Core Office
Core Retail
LP Investments
and Other
Weighted Average
AS AT DEC. 31
Discount rate.......................................
Terminal capitalization rate................
Investment horizon (years).................
2020
6.5%
5.4%
11
2019
6.7%
5.5%
11
2020
7.0%
5.3%
10
2019
6.7%
5.4%
10
2020
9.2%
6.0%
14
2019
8.1%
6.6%
14
2020
7.7%
5.6%
12
2019
7.3%
5.9%
12
We undertook a process to assess the appropriateness of the discount and terminal capitalization rates considering changes to
property-level cash flows and any risk premium inherent in such cash flow changes as well as the current cost of capital and
credit spreads. These considerations led us to make some discount rate changes to certain of our assets, mostly within our retail
portfolio for assets where we have more exposure to anchor tenants who have recently filed for bankruptcy. We did not make
holistic changes overall to our discount rates or terminal capitalization rates, as we were largely impacted by detailed revision
of our cashflow models and feel comfortable with the level of risk applied in our cashflows. As we learn more about the mid-
and longer-term impacts of the pandemic on our business we will update our valuation models accordingly.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 88
The following table presents the impact on the fair value of our consolidated investment properties as at December 31, 2020
from a 25-basis point change to the relevant unobservable inputs. For properties valued using the discounted cash flow method,
the basis point change in valuation metrics relates to a change in discount and terminal capitalization rates. For properties
valued using the direct capitalization approach, the basis point change in valuation metrics relates to a change in the overall
capitalization rate. These amounts represent the effect on all consolidated investment property assets within the consolidated
financial statements of BAM on a pre-tax basis, including amounts attributed to non-controlling interests in our listed affiliates
and private fund investments. The amounts attributable to shareholders may be significantly less than shown depending on
ownership levels in the individual assets.
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Fair Value
Sensitivity
Core office
United States.................................................................................................................................................. $ 15,093 $
Canada............................................................................................................................................................
Australia.........................................................................................................................................................
Europe............................................................................................................................................................
Brazil..............................................................................................................................................................
5,102
2,731
2,699
309
748
223
166
155
5
Core retail.........................................................................................................................................................
20,324
1,076
LP investments and other
LP investments office....................................................................................................................................
LP investments retail......................................................................................................................................
Mixed-use......................................................................................................................................................
Multifamily....................................................................................................................................................
Triple net lease...............................................................................................................................................
Student housing..............................................................................................................................................
Manufactured housing...................................................................................................................................
Other investment properties1..........................................................................................................................
8,727
2,538
3,096
2,442
3,719
2,962
2,784
401
148
142
117
137
122
130
24,256
1,337
Total.................................................................................................................................................................. $ 96,782 $
4,907
1.
Includes investments in office, mixed-use and student housing properties which are held through our direct investment in BSREP III as well as other directly held
investment properties.
ii. Revaluation Method for PP&E
Within our Infrastructure and Renewable Power segments, we revalue our PP&E using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”)
approach; our Real Estate hospitality assets are valued using the depreciated replacement cost method. PP&E within our Private
Equity segment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Assets subject to the revaluation approach are revalued annually following a bottom-up approach, starting at the operating level
with local professionals, and involving multiple levels of review, including by senior management. Changes in fair value are
reported through other comprehensive income as revaluation surplus. Underlying cash flows used in DCF models are subject to
detailed reviews as part of the business planning, with discount rates and other key variable inputs reviewed for reasonability
and the models reviewed for mathematical accuracy. Key inputs are frequently compared to third-party reports commissioned
by the respective entities to assess reasonability. In addition, comparable market transactions are analyzed to consider for
benchmarking. Additional information about the revaluation methodology and current year results is provided below.
When determining the carrying value of PP&E using the revaluation method, the company uses the following assumptions and
estimates: the timing of forecasted revenues; future sales prices and associated expenses; future sales volumes; future
regulatory rates; maintenance and other capital expenditures; discount rates; terminal capitalization rates; terminal valuation
dates; useful lives; and residual values. Determination of the fair value of PP&E under development includes estimates in
respect of the timing and cost to complete the development. This process is further discussed in Part 2 of this MD&A.
89 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Renewable Power
Perpetual renewable power assets, such as many of our hydroelectric facilities, are revalued using 20-year discounted cash flow
models with a terminal value that is determined, where appropriate, using the Gordon growth model. For assets with finite
lives, such as wind and solar farms, the cash flow model is based on the estimated remaining service life and the residual asset
value is used to represent the terminal value. Key inputs into the models, which include forward merchant power prices, energy
generation estimates, operating and capital expenditures, tax rates, terminal capitalization rates and discount rates are assessed
on an asset-by-asset basis as part of the bottom-up preparation and review process. The key inputs that affect cash flow
projections are outlined below:
•
•
•
•
To determine estimated future energy pricing, we consider the contract pricing for the proportion of our revenue that is
subject to power purchase agreements. Long-term pricing is driven by the economics required to support new entrants into
the various power markets in which we operate. Our long-term view is anchored to the cost of securing new energy from
renewable sources to meet future demand growth by the years 2026 to 2035 in North America, 2028 in Colombia, 2023 in
Europe and 2024 in Brazil. The year of new entry is viewed as the point when generators must build additional capacity to
maintain system reliability and provide an adequate level of reserve generation with the retirement of older coal-fired
plants and rising environmental compliance costs in North America and Europe, and overall increasing demand in
Colombia and Brazil. Once the year of new entrant is determined, data from industry sources, as well as inputs from our
development teams, is used to model the all-in cost of the expected technology mix of new construction, and the resulting
market price required to support its development. For the North American and European businesses, we have estimated
our renewable power assets will contract at discount to new-build wind prices (the most likely source of new renewable
generation in those regions). In Brazil and Colombia, the estimate of future electricity prices is based on a similar approach
as applied in North America using a forecast of the all-in cost of development. For the remaining pricing, referred to as
merchant pricing, we use a mix of external data and our own estimates to derive the price curves.
Short-term merchant revenue forecasts consist of four years of externally sourced broker quotes in North America, two
years of gas pricing in Europe and a combination of short-term contracts and local market pricing in South America. Short-
term pricing is linked by linear extrapolation to long-term power views.
Energy generation forecasts are based on LTA for which we have significant historical data. LTA for hydroelectric
facilities is based on third-party engineering reports commissioned during asset acquisitions and financing activities. These
studies are based on statistical models supported by decades of historical river flow data. Similarly, LTA for wind facilities
is based on third-party wind resource studies completed prior to construction or acquisition. LTA for solar facilities is
based on third-party irradiance level studies at the location of our project sites during construction or acquisition.
Capital expenditure forecasts rely on independent engineering reports commissioned from reputable third-party firms
during underwriting or financings.
Our discount rates, which are adjusted based on asset level and regional considerations, are compared to those used by third-
party valuators for reasonability.
Review of our models also includes assessing comparable market transactions and reviewing third-party valuator reports. We
compare EBITDA multiples and value per megawatt at the asset level to recent market transactions, and on a portfolio basis,
we compare the valuation multiples to our most comparable competitors in the market and the resulting book value of our
equity after revaluation to our share price in the market. Specifically, we have noted from reviews of market transactions in the
U.S. northeast that the multiples paid for the asset indicate that market participants likely share our view on escalating power
prices in the region. We also confirm the reasonability of our values through the use of a third-party valuator which provides an
opinion on the valuation method and results. Each year we have a valuation report provided on approximately one-third of the
assets, providing a reasonable opinion in the range of +/– 10%. We compare our valuations to this report, along with other
inputs, ensuring that they are within the reasonable range.
In 2020, the fair value of the PP&E in our Renewable Power segment increased by $4.2 billion, primarily attributable to lower
cost of capital applied across all classes of assets, as we observed a lowering of both interest rates and cost of equity in the
market. Valuations also benefited from our continued cost savings and revenue enhancing initiatives.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 90
The key valuation metrics of our hydroelectric, wind and solar generating facilities at the end of 2020 and 2019 are summarized
below:
North America
Brazil
Colombia
Europe
AS AT DEC. 31 2020
Discount rate
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Contracted.........................
Uncontracted.....................
Terminal capitalization rate1
Exit date...............................
4.1 – 4.5% 4.6 – 4.9% 7.3% 8.2%
5.6 – 6.0% 6.1 – 6.4% 8.6% 9.5%
5.8 – 6.2% 6.2 – 6.7%
2040
8.1%
9.4%
n/a 8.9%
2040
n/a
2048
2047
2041
9.0% 3.0 – 3.6% 3.5 – 4.0%
10.3% 3.6 – 4.7% 4.0 – 5.3%
n/a
9.8%
2035
n/a
2035
2039
1.
The terminal capitalization rate applies only to hydroelectric assets in North America and Colombia.
The following table presents the impact on fair value of property, plant and equipment in our Renewable Power segment as at
December 31, 2020 from a 25-basis point change in discount and terminal capitalization rates, as well as a 5% change in
electricity prices. These amounts represent the effect on all consolidated property, plant and equipment assets within the
consolidated financial statements of BAM on a pre-tax basis, including amounts attributed to non-controlling interests in our
listed affiliates and private fund investments. The amounts attributable to shareholders may be significantly less than shown
depending on ownership levels in the individual assets.
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
25 bps change in discount and terminal capitalization rates1
North America................................................................................................................................................................ $
Colombia.........................................................................................................................................................................
Brazil...............................................................................................................................................................................
Europe.............................................................................................................................................................................
5% change in electricity prices
North America................................................................................................................................................................
Colombia.........................................................................................................................................................................
Brazil...............................................................................................................................................................................
Europe.............................................................................................................................................................................
1. The terminal capitalization rate applies only to hydroelectric assets in North America and Colombia.
1,540
330
60
80
1,020
430
80
10
Terminal values are included in the valuation of hydroelectric assets in the U.S. and Canada. For the hydroelectric assets in
Brazil, cash flows have been included based on the duration of the authorization or useful life of a concession asset plus a
one-time 30-year renewal term for the majority of the hydroelectric assets. The weighted-average remaining duration at
December 31, 2020, including a one-time 30-year renewal for applicable hydroelectric assets, is 32 years (2019 – 32 years).
Consequently, there is no terminal value attributed to the hydroelectric assets in Brazil.
Energy Contracts
The New York power contract is the only power contract that remains in place between the Corporation and BEP. Under the
contract, we are required to purchase power that BEP generates at certain of its New York assets at a fixed price. Based on
LTA, we purchase approximately 3,594 GWh of power each year. The fixed price that BAM is required to pay BEP will
gradually step down over time by $3/MWh from 2021 to 2025 and $5/MWh in 2026 resulting in an approximate $20/MWh
reduction by 2026 which will continue until the contract expires in 2046.
The contract is valued annually based on price curves as at December 31 incorporating revised discount rates as required.
As at December 31, 2020, the contract was valued using weighted-average forward power price estimates of approximately
$68/MWh in years 1-10 and $138/MWh in years 11-20, using a discount rate of approximately 6.2%.
Infrastructure
Our infrastructure assets, revalued using DCF models, are generally subject to contractual and regulatory frameworks that
underpin the cash flows. We also include the benefits of development projects for existing in-place assets to the extent that they
have been determined to be feasible, typically by external parties, and have received the appropriate approvals. We are unable
to include the benefits of development projects within our business that are not considered improvements to existing PP&E.
91 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The underlying cash flow models supporting the revaluation process include a number of different inputs and variables with
risks mitigated through controls incorporated in the bottom-up preparation and review process. Inputs are reviewed for
qualitative and quantitative considerations and the mechanical accuracy is tested by appropriate finance and investment
professionals. Once complete, the portfolio management team presents the valuations to the infrastructure CEO, COO and CFO
for approval.
As part of our process, we analyze comparable market transactions that we can consider for the purposes of benchmarking our
analysis. Metrics such as the implied current year or forward-looking EBITDA multiples are reviewed against market
transactions to assess whether our valuations are appropriate. On an overall segment level, we also assess whether the inputs
used in the models are consistent amongst asset classes and geographies, where applicable, or that asset specific differences are
supportable considering transactions in a given asset class or market.
We obtain third-party appraisals on the assets that are held through private funds on a three-year rotating basis. These
appraisals are not directly utilized in the financial statements, rather they are used to confirm that management’s assumptions in
determining fair value are within a reasonable range.
On an aggregate basis, the value of the appraised assets is greater than the book value because a significant portion of our
infrastructure operations assets such as public service concessions are classified as intangible assets. These intangible assets are
carried at amortized cost, subject to impairment tests, and are amortized over their useful lives. In addition, we have contracted
growth projects within our businesses that cannot be included in IFRS fair value unless these relate to improvements on
existing PP&E.
Within our Infrastructure segment, we reported valuation gains of $792 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to
revaluation gains reflecting growing cash flows and strong underlying performance at a number of businesses.
The key valuation metrics of our utilities, transport, midstream and data operations are summarized below:
AS AT DEC. 31
Discount rate.............................................
Terminal capitalization multiples..............
Investment horizon/
Termination valuation date (years).......
Utilities
Transport
Midstream
2020
7 – 14%
7x – 23x
2019
7 – 14%
8x – 21x
2020
7 – 13%
9x – 14x
2019
7 – 13%
9x – 14x
2020
15%
10x
2019
15%
10x
10
10 – 20
10
10 – 20
5 – 10
5 – 10
Real Estate
Fair values of our hospitality properties, primarily hotel and resort operations, are assessed annually using the depreciated
replacement cost method, which factors in age, physical condition and construction costs of the properties. Fair values of
hospitality properties are also reviewed in reference to each asset’s enterprise value which is determined using a discounted
cash flow model. These valuations are generally prepared by external valuation professionals using information provided by
management of the operating business. The fair value estimates for hospitality properties represent the estimated fair value of
the PP&E of the hospitality business only and do not include, for example, any associated intangible assets.
Revaluation within our real estate PP&E decreased the fair value of our hospitality assets by $307 million. The decrease was
due to provisions for impairments on certain hospitality assets which were operating at reduced occupancy levels or have been
non-operational since the global economic shutdown began.
iii. Financial Instruments
Financial assets, financial contracts and other contractual arrangements that are treated as derivatives are recorded at fair value
in our financial statements and changes in their value are recorded in net income or other comprehensive income, depending on
their nature and business purpose. The more significant and more common financial contracts and contractual arrangements
employed in our business that are fair valued include: interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts and agreements for the
sale of electricity. Financial assets and liabilities may be classified as Level 1, 2 or 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 6
– Fair Value of Financial Instruments within the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are: equity and commodity prices; future
interest rates; the credit worthiness of the company relative to its counterparties; the credit risk of the company’s counterparties;
estimated future cash flows; the amount of the liability and equity components of compound financial instruments; discount
rates and volatility utilized in option valuations.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 92
iv. Inventory
The company estimates the net realizable value of its inventory using estimates and assumptions about future selling prices and
future development costs.
v. Other
Other estimates and assumptions utilized in the preparation of the company’s consolidated financial statements are: the
assessment or determination of net recoverable amount; oil and gas reserves; depreciation and amortization rates and useful
lives; estimation of recoverable amounts of cash-generating units for impairment assessments of goodwill and intangible assets;
ability to utilize tax losses and other tax measurements; fair value of assets held as collateral and the percentage of completion
for construction contracts. Equity accounted investment, which follow the same accounting principles as our consolidated
operations, include amounts recorded at fair value and amounts recorded at amortized cost or cost, depending on the nature of
the underlying assets.
Accounting Judgments
Management is required to make critical judgments when applying its accounting policies. The following judgments have the
most significant effect on the consolidated financial statements:
i. Control or Level of Influence
When determining the appropriate basis of accounting for the company’s investees, the company makes judgments about the
degree of influence that it exerts directly or through an arrangement over the investees’ relevant activities. This may include
the ability to elect investee directors or appoint management. Control is obtained when the company has the power to direct the
relevant investing, financing and operating decisions of an entity and does so in its capacity as principal of the operations,
rather than as an agent for other investors. Operating as a principal includes having sufficient capital at risk in any investee and
exposure to the variability of the returns generated as a result of the decisions of the company as principal. Judgment is used
in determining the sufficiency of the capital at risk or variability of returns. In making these judgments, the company considers
the ability of other investors to remove the company as a manager or general partner in a controlled partnership. Refer to Part 2
of this MD&A for additional information.
ii.
Investment Properties
When applying the company’s accounting policy for investment properties, judgment is applied in determining whether certain
costs are additions to the carrying amount of the property and, for properties under development, identifying the point at which
practical completion of the property occurs and identifying the directly attributable borrowing costs to be included in the
carrying value of the development property.
iii. Property, Plant and Equipment
The company’s accounting policy for its property, plant and equipment requires critical judgments over the assessment of
carrying value, whether certain costs are additions to the carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment as opposed to
repairs and maintenance, and for assets under development the identification of when the asset is capable of being used as
intended and identifying the directly attributable borrowing costs to be included in the asset’s carrying value.
For assets that are measured using the revaluation method, judgment is required when estimating future prices, volumes,
discount and capitalization rates. Judgment is applied when determining future electricity prices considering broker quotes for
the years in which there is a liquid market available and, for the subsequent years, our best estimate of electricity prices from
renewable sources that would allow new entrants into the market.
iv. Identifying Performance Obligations for Revenue Recognition
Management is required to identify performance obligations relating to contracts with customers at the inception of
each contract. IFRS 15 requires a contract’s transaction price to be allocated to each distinct performance obligation when, or
as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Judgment is used when assessing the pattern of delivery of the product or service to
determine if revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time. For certain service contracts recognized over time,
judgment is required to determine if revenue from variable consideration such as incentives, claims and variations from
contract modifications has met the required probability threshold to be recognized.
Management also uses judgment to determine whether contracts for the sale of products and services have distinct performance
obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation. Goods and services are considered
distinct if: (1) a customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily
93 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
available to the customer; and (2) the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable
from other promises in the contract.
Additional details about revenue recognition policies across our operating segments are included in Note 3 of the consolidated
financial statements.
v. Common Control Transactions
The purchase and sale of businesses or subsidiaries between entities under common control are not specifically addressed in
IFRS and accordingly, management uses judgment when determining a policy to account for such transactions taking into
consideration other guidance in the IFRS framework and pronouncements of other standard-setting bodies. The company’s
policy is to record assets and liabilities recognized as a result of transfers of businesses or subsidiaries between entities under
common control at carrying value. Differences between the carrying amount of the consideration given or received and the
carrying amount of the assets and liabilities transferred are recorded directly in equity.
vi. Indicators of Impairment
Judgment is applied when determining whether indicators of impairment exist when assessing the carrying values of the
company’s assets, including: the determination of the company’s ability to hold financial assets; the estimation of a cash-
generating unit’s future revenues and direct costs; the determination of discount and capitalization rates; and when an asset’s
carrying value is above the value derived using publicly traded prices which are quoted in a liquid market.
vii. Income Taxes
The company makes judgments when determining the future tax rates applicable to subsidiaries and identifying the temporary
differences that relate to each subsidiary. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are
expected to apply during the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities settled, using the tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates. The company measures deferred income taxes associated with its
investment properties based on its specific intention with respect to each asset at the end of the reporting period. Where the
company has a specific intention to sell a property in the foreseeable future, deferred taxes on the building portion of an
investment property are measured based on the tax consequences that would follow the disposition of the property. Otherwise,
deferred taxes are measured on the basis that the carrying value of the investment property will be recovered substantially
through use.
viii. Classification of Non-Controlling Interests in Limited-Life Funds
Non-controlling interests in limited-life funds are classified as liabilities (subsidiary equity obligations) or equity (non-
controlling interests) depending on whether an obligation exists to distribute residual net assets to non-controlling interests on
liquidation in the form of cash or another financial asset or assets delivered in kind. Judgment is required to determine what the
governing documents of each entity require or permit in this regard.
ix. Other
Other critical judgments include the determination of effectiveness of financial hedges for accounting purposes, the likelihood
and timing of anticipated transactions for hedge accounting and the determination of functional currency.
Consolidated Financial Information
We report our financial results under IFRS while many of our peers report under U.S. GAAP. These GAAPs are aligned in
many areas, but as it relates to asset management and investment companies, there is a significant difference between IFRS and
U.S. GAAP. Under IFRS, while investment companies can account for their investments at fair value and report them on one
line in their balance sheet on a net basis, a parent of an investment company cannot maintain that accounting and must look to
whether it controls the underlying investments individually. For our peers under U.S. GAAP, investment companies can use the
same treatment as in IFRS but the parent of an investment company would keep the same reporting as the subsidiary
investment company. Therefore, the same investment could be fully consolidated under IFRS or shown as one line on a net
basis under U.S. GAAP.
IFRS uses a control-based model to determine if consolidation is required. Therefore, we are deemed to control an investment
if we: (1) exercise power over the investee; (2) are exposed to variable returns from our involvement with the investee; and (3)
have the ability to use our power to affect the amount of the returns. Our consolidation conclusions may differ from certain of
our peers who report under U.S. GAAP as they are required to evaluate consolidation requirements using a voting interest
model or a variable interest model depending on the circumstances.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 94
MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Assessment and Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management has evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2020 and based on that assessment concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting was
effective. Refer to Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes in our
internal control over financial reporting during the quarter or year ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the applicable U.S. and Canadian securities laws) as of December 31, 2020.
Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that such disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020 in providing reasonable assurance that material information relating to the
company and our consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the normal course of operations, we enter into transactions on market terms with related parties, including consolidated and
equity accounted entities, which have been measured at exchange value and are recognized in the consolidated financial
statements, including, but not limited to: manager or partnership agreements; base management fees, performance fees and
incentive distributions; loans, interest and non-interest bearing deposits; power purchase and sale agreements; capital
commitments to private funds; the acquisition and disposition of assets and businesses; derivative contracts; and the
construction and development of assets.
There were no significant related party transactions during the years ended December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.
95 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
PART 6 – BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND RISKS
For purposes of Part 6 of this Report, references to the “company”, “we”, “us” or “our” refers to Brookfield Asset Management
Inc., its consolidated subsidiaries, and Oaktree.
This section contains a review of certain aspects of the business environment and risks that could materially adversely impact
our business, performance, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the value of our securities. Additional risks
and uncertainties not previously known to the company, or that the company currently deems immaterial, may also impact our
operations and financial results.
a) Volatility in the Trading Price of Our Class A Shares
The trading price of our Class A shares is subject to volatility due to market conditions and other factors and cannot be
predicted.
Our shareholders may not be able to sell their Class A shares at or above the price at which they purchased such shares due to
trading price fluctuations in the capital markets. The trading price could fluctuate significantly in response to factors both
related and unrelated to our operating performance and/or future prospects, including, but not limited to: (i) variations in our
operating results and financial condition; (ii) actual or prospective changes in government laws, rules or regulations affecting
our businesses; (iii) material announcements by us, our affiliates or our competitors; (iv) the general state of the securities
markets; (v) market conditions and events specific to the industries in which we operate; (vi) changes and developments in
general economic, political, or social conditions, including as a result of COVID-19 and related economic disruption;
(vii) changes in the values of our investments (including in the market price of our listed affiliates) or changes in the amount of
distributions, dividends or interest paid in respect of investments; (viii) differences between our actual financial and operating
results and those expected by investors and analysts; (ix) changes in analysts’ recommendations or earnings projections;
(x) changes in the extent of analysts’ interest in covering the Corporation and its listed affiliates; (xi) the depth and liquidity of
the market for our Class A shares; (xii) dilution from the issuance of additional equity, including as a result of exchanges or
additional issuances of shares exchangeable for Class A Shares such as exchanges of class A exchangeable limited voting
shares (“BAM Reinsurance Exchangeable Shares”) of BAM Reinsurance; (xiii) investor perception of our businesses and the
industries in which we operate; (xiv) investment restrictions; (xv) our dividend policy; (xvi) the departure of key executives;
(xvii) sales of Class A shares by senior management or significant shareholders; and (xviii) the materialization of other risks
described in this section.
b) Reputation
Actions or conduct that have a negative impact on investors’ or stakeholders’ perception of us could adversely impact our
ability to attract and/or retain investor capital and generate fee revenue.
The growth of our asset management business relies on continuous fundraising for various private and public investment
products, and retention of capital raised from third-party investors. We depend on our business relationships and our global
reputation for integrity and high-caliber asset management services to attract and retain investors and advisory clients, and to
pursue investment opportunities for us and the public and private entities we manage. Our business relationships and reputation
could be negatively impacted by a number of factors including poor performance; actual, potential or perceived conflicts of
interest that are not adequately addressed; misconduct or alleged misconduct by employees; rumors or innuendos; or failed or
ineffective implementation of new investments or strategies. If we are unable to continue to raise and retain capital from third-
party investors, either privately, publicly or both, or otherwise are unable to pursue our investment opportunities, this could
materially reduce our revenue and cash flow and adversely affect our financial condition.
Poor performance of any kind could damage our reputation with current and potential investors in our managed entities,
making it more difficult for us to raise new capital. Investors may decline to invest in current and future managed entities and
may withdraw their investments from our managed entities as a result of poor performance in the entity in which they are
invested, and investors in our private funds may demand lower fees for new or existing funds, all of which would decrease our
revenue.
As a global alternative asset manager with various lines of business and investment products, some of which have overlapping
mandates, we may be subject to a number of actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest. These conflicts may be
magnified for an asset manager that has many different capital sources available to pursue investment opportunities, including
investor capital and the Corporation’s own capital. In addition, the senior management team of the Corporation and its affiliates
have their own capital invested in Class A shares, directly and indirectly, and may have financial exposures with respect to their
own investments which could lead to potential conflicts if such investments are similar to those made by the Corporation or on
behalf of investors in entities managed by the Corporation.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 96
In addressing these conflicts, we have implemented a variety of policies and procedures; however, there can be no assurances
that these will be effective at mitigating actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest in all circumstances, or will not
reduce the positive synergies that we seek to cultivate across our businesses. It is also possible that actual, potential or
perceived conflicts of interest if not properly addressed, could give rise to investor dissatisfaction, litigation, regulatory
enforcement actions or other detrimental outcomes.
Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest for an asset manager like us is a priority and our reputation could be damaged if
we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest. Asset manager conflicts
are subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny in the markets in which we operate and in the U.S. in particular. Such regulatory
scrutiny can lead to fines, penalties and other negative consequences. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with,
conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations
in a number of ways, including an inability to adequately capitalize existing managed entities or raise new managed entities,
including private funds, and a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us. For information regarding conflicts of
interests between the businesses within our asset management operations that operate on opposite sides of an information
barrier, see Item (v) herein.
Our reputation also could be negatively impacted if there is misconduct or alleged misconduct by our personnel or those of our
portfolio companies in which we and our managed entities invest, including historical misconduct prior to our investment.
Risks associated with misconduct at our portfolio companies is heightened in cases where we do not have legal control or
significant influence over a particular portfolio company or are not otherwise involved in actively managing a portfolio
company. In such situations, given our ownership position and affiliation with the portfolio company, we may still be
negatively impacted from a reputational perspective through this association. In addition, even where we have control over a
portfolio company, if it is a newly acquired portfolio company that we are in the process of integrating then we may face
reputational risks related to historical or current misconduct or alleged misconduct at such portfolio company for a period of
time. We may also face increased risk of misconduct to the extent our capital allocated to emerging markets and distressed
companies increases. If we face allegations of improper conduct by private litigants or regulators, whether the allegations are
valid or invalid or whether the ultimate outcome is favorable or unfavorable to us, such allegations may result in negative
publicity and press speculation about us, our investment activities or the asset management industry in general, which could
harm our reputation and may be more damaging to our business than to other types of businesses.
We are subject to a number of obligations and standards arising from our asset management business and our authority over the
assets we manage. The violation of these obligations and standards by any of our employees may adversely affect our partners
and our business and reputation. Our business often requires that we deal with confidential matters of great significance to the
companies in which we may invest and to other third parties. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose confidential
information, or a security breach results in an inadvertent disclosure of such information, we could suffer serious harm to our
reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to detect or deter employee
misconduct or security breaches, and the precautions we take in this regard may not be effective.
Implementation of new investment and growth strategies involves a number of risks that could result in losses and harm to our
professional reputation, including the risk that the expected results are not achieved, that new strategies are not appropriately
planned for or integrated, that new strategies may conflict with, detract from or compete against our existing businesses, and
that the investment process, controls and procedures that we have developed will prove insufficient or inadequate. Furthermore,
our strategic initiatives may include joint ventures, in which case we will be subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that
we may be dependent upon and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel
that are not under our complete control or under the control of another.
In addition to impacting our ability to raise and retain third-party capital and pursue investment opportunities, certain of the
risks identified herein that may have a negative impact on our reputation also could, in extreme cases, result in our removal as
general partner or an acceleration of the liquidation date of the private funds that we manage. The governing agreements of our
private funds provide that, subject to certain conditions (which may, particularly in the case of our removal as general partner,
include final legal adjudications of the merits of the particular issue), third-party investors in these funds will have the right to
remove us as general partner or to accelerate the liquidation date of the fund. Additionally, at any time, investors may terminate
a fund and accelerate the liquidation date upon the vote of a super-majority of investors in such fund. A significant negative
impact to our reputation would be expected to increase the likelihood that investors could seek to terminate a private fund. This
effect would be magnified if, as is often the case, an investor is invested in more than one fund. Such an event, were it to occur,
would result in a reduction in the fees we would earn from such fund, particularly if we are unable to maximize the value of the
fund’s investments during the liquidation process or in the event of the triggering of a “clawback” for fees already paid out to
us as general partner.
97 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
c) Asset Management
Growth in fee-bearing capital could be adversely impacted by poor product development or marketing efforts. In addition,
investment returns could be lower than target returns due to inappropriate allocation of capital or ineffective investment
management.
Our asset management business depends on our ability to fundraise third-party capital, deploy that capital effectively, and
produce targeted investment returns.
Our ability to raise third-party capital depends on a number of factors, including many that are outside our control such as the
general economic environment and the number of other investment funds being raised at the same time by our competitors.
Investors may reduce (or even eliminate) their investment allocations to alternative investments, including closed-ended private
funds. Investors that are required to maintain specific asset class allocations within their portfolio may be required to reduce
their investment allocations to alternative investments, particularly during periods when other asset classes such as public
securities are decreasing in value. In addition, investors may prefer to insource and make direct investments; therefore,
becoming competitors and ceasing to be clients and/or make new capital commitments.
Competition from other asset managers for raising public and private capital is intense, with competition based on a variety
of factors, including investment performance, the quality of service provided to investors, the quality and availability of
investment products, marketing efforts, investor liquidity and willingness to invest, and reputation. Poor investment
performance could hamper our ability to compete for these sources of capital or force us to reduce our management fees. Our
investors and potential investors continually assess investment performance and our ability to raise capital for existing and
future funds depends on our funds’ relative and absolute performance. If poor investment returns or changes in investment
mandates prevent us from raising further capital from our existing partners, we may need to identify and attract new investors
in order to maintain or increase the size of our private funds, and there are no assurances that we will be able to find new
investors. Further, as competition and disintermediation in the asset management industry increases, we may face pressure to
reduce or modify our asset management fees, including base management fees and/or carried interest, or modify other terms
governing our current asset management fee structure, in order to attract and retain investors.
The successful execution of our investing strategy is uncertain as it requires suitable opportunities, careful timing and business
judgment, as well as the resources to complete asset purchases and restructure them, if required, notwithstanding difficulties
experienced in a particular industry.
There is no certainty that we will be able to identify suitable or sufficient opportunities that meet our investment criteria and be
able to acquire additional high-quality assets at attractive prices to supplement our growth in a timely manner, or at all. In
pursuing investment opportunities and returns, we and our managed entities face competition from other investment managers
and investors worldwide. Each of our businesses is subject to competition in varying degrees and our competitors may have
certain competitive advantages over us when pursuing investment opportunities. Some of our competitors may have higher risk
tolerances, different risk assessments, lower return thresholds, a lower cost of capital, or a lower effective tax rate (or no tax
rate at all), all of which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and to bid more aggressively than us for
investments. We may lose investment opportunities in the future if we do not match investment prices, structures and terms
offered by our competitors, some of whom may have synergistic businesses which allow them to consider bidding a higher
price than we can reasonably offer. While we attempt to deal with competitive pressures by leveraging our asset management
strengths and operating capabilities and compete on more than just price, there is no guarantee these measures will be
successful, and we may have difficulty competing for investment opportunities, particularly those offered through auction or
other competitive processes. If we are unable to successfully raise, retain, and deploy third-party capital into investments, we
may be unable to collect management fees, carried interest or transaction fees, which would materially reduce our revenue and
cash flows and adversely affect our financial condition.
Our approach to investing often entails adding assets to our existing businesses when the competition for assets is weakest;
typically, when depressed economic conditions exist in the market relating to a particular entity or industry. Such an investing
style carries with it inherent risks when investments are made in either markets or industries that are undergoing some form of
dislocation. We may fail to value opportunities accurately or to consider all relevant factors that may be necessary or helpful in
evaluating an opportunity, may underestimate the costs necessary to bring an acquisition up to standards established for its
intended market position, may be exposed to unexpected risks and costs associated with our investments, including risks arising
from alternative technologies that could impair or eliminate the competitive advantage of our business in a particular industry,
and/or may be unable to quickly and effectively integrate new acquisitions into our existing operations or exit from the
investment on favorable terms. In addition, liabilities may exist that we or our managed entities do not discover in due diligence
prior to the consummation of an acquisition, or circumstances may exist with respect to the entities or assets acquired that could
lead to future liabilities and, in each case, we or our managed entities may not be entitled to sufficient, or any, recourse against
the contractual counterparties to an acquisition.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 98
We generally pursue investment opportunities that involve business, regulatory, legal and other complexities. Our tolerance for
complexity presents risks, as such transactions can be more difficult, expensive and time consuming to finance and execute,
and have a higher risk of execution failure. It can also be more difficult to manage or realize value from the assets acquired in
such transactions and such transactions sometimes entail a higher level of regulatory scrutiny or a greater risk of contingent
liabilities.
At times, we make investments (for one or more of our funds or managed entities) in companies that we do not control. These
investments are subject to the risk that the company in which the investment is made may make business, financial or
management decisions with which we do not agree or that the majority stakeholders or the management of the company may
take risks or otherwise act in a manner that does not serve our interests.
Certain of our investments may be concentrated in particular asset types or geographic regions, which could exacerbate any
negative performance of one or more of our managed entities to the extent those concentrated investments are in assets or
regions that experience a market dislocation. In addition, certain of our funds hold publicly traded securities the price of which
will be volatile and are likely to fluctuate due to a number of factors beyond our control, including actual or anticipated changes
in the profitability of the issuers of such securities; general economic, social, or political developments; changes in industry
conditions; changes in governance regulation; inflation; the general state of the securities markets; COVID-19; and other
material events.
Some of our competitors may be more successful than us in the development and implementation of new or alternative
technology that impacts the demand for, or use of, the businesses or assets that we own and operate. These pressures could
reduce investment returns and negatively affect our overall results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
The failure of a newly acquired business to perform according to expectations could have a material adverse effect on our
assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Alternatively, we may be required to sell a
business before it has realized our expected level of returns for such business.
If any of our managed investments perform poorly or experience prolonged periods of volatility, or we are unable to deploy
capital effectively, our fee-based revenue, cash available for distribution and/or carried interest would decline. Moreover, we
could experience losses on our capital invested in our managed entities. Accordingly, our expected returns on these investments
may be less than we have assumed in forecasting the value of our business.
d) Laws, Rules and Regulations
We are subject to numerous laws, rules, and regulatory requirements which may impact our business, including resulting in
financial penalties, loss of business, and/or damage to our reputation in instances of non-compliance.
There are many laws, governmental rules and regulations and listing exchange rules that apply to us, our affiliates, our assets
and our businesses. Changes in these laws, rules and regulations, or their interpretation by governmental agencies or the courts,
could adversely affect our business, assets or prospects, or those of our affiliates, customers, clients or partners. The failure of
us, our listed affiliates, or the entities that we manage to comply with these laws, rules and regulations, or with the rules and
registration requirements of the respective stock exchanges on which we and they are listed could adversely affect our
reputation and financial condition.
Our asset management business, including our investment advisory and broker-dealer business, is subject to substantial and
increasing regulatory compliance obligations and oversight, and this higher level of scrutiny may lead to more regulatory
enforcement actions. There continues to be uncertainty regarding the appropriate level of regulation and oversight of asset
management businesses in a number of jurisdictions in which we operate. The financial services industry has been the subject
of heightened scrutiny, and the SEC has specifically focused on asset managers in recent enforcement actions. Regulatory
investigations and/or enforcement actions by our regulators could have a material adverse effect on our business and/or
reputation. In addition, the introduction of new legislation and increased regulation may result in increased compliance costs
and could materially affect the manner in which we conduct our business and adversely affect our profitability. Although there
may be some areas where governments in certain jurisdictions have proposed deregulation, it is difficult to predict the timing
and impact of any such deregulation, and we may not materially benefit from any such changes.
Our asset management business is not only regulated in the U.S., but also in other jurisdictions where we conduct operations
including the EU, the U.K., Canada, Brazil, Australia, and Hong Kong. Similar to the environment in the U.S., the current
environment in jurisdictions outside the U.S. in which we operate has become subject to further regulation. Governmental
agencies around the world have proposed or implemented a number of initiatives and additional rules and regulations that could
adversely affect our asset management business, and governmental agencies may propose or implement further rules and
regulations in the future. These rules and regulations may impact how we market our managed entities in these jurisdictions
and introduce compliance obligations with respect to disclosure and transparency, as well as restrictions on investor
distributions. Such regulations may also prescribe certain capital requirements on our managed entities, and conditions on the
99 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
leverage our managed entities may employ and the liquidity these managed entities must have. Compliance with additional
regulatory requirements will impose additional compliance burdens and expense for us and could reduce our operating
flexibility and fundraising opportunities.
Our broker-dealer business is regulated by the SEC, the various Canadian provincial securities commissions, as well as self-
regulatory organizations. These regulatory bodies may conduct administrative or enforcement proceedings that can result in
censure, fine, suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its directors, officers or employees. Such proceedings, whether or not
resulting in adverse findings, can require substantial expenditures and can have an adverse impact on the reputation of a
broker dealer.
The advisors of certain of our managed entities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Registered investment
advisers are subject to the requirements and regulations of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, which grants U.S. supervisory
agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the carrying on of business for failure to comply
with laws or regulations. If such powers are exercised, the possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of
individual employees, limitations on the activities in which the investment advisor may engage, suspension or revocation of the
investment advisor’s registration, censure and fines. Compliance with these requirements and regulations results in
the expenditure of resources, and a failure to comply could result in investigations, financial or other sanctions, and reputational
damage.
The Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “40 Act”) and the rules promulgated thereunder provide certain protections to
investors and impose certain restrictions on entities that are deemed “investment companies” under the 40 Act. We are not
currently, nor do we intend to become, registered as an investment company under the 40 Act. To ensure that we are
not deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to materially restrict or limit the scope of our operations or plans
and the types of acquisitions that we may make, and we may need to modify our organizational structure or dispose of assets
that we would not otherwise dispose of. If we were required to register as an investment company, we would, among other
things, be restricted from engaging in certain business activities (or have conditions placed on our business activities) and
issuing certain securities, be required to limit the amount of investments that we make as principal and face other limitations on
our activities.
We have and may become subject to additional regulatory and compliance burdens as we expand our product offerings and
investment platform which likely will carry additional legal and compliance costs, as well as additional operating requirements
that may also increase costs.
We acquire and develop primarily real estate, renewable power, infrastructure, business services and industrial assets. In doing
so, we must comply with extensive and complex municipal, state or provincial, national and international regulations. These
regulations can result in uncertainty and delays, and impose on us additional costs, which may adversely affect our results of
operations. Changes in these laws may negatively impact us and our businesses or may benefit our competitors or their
businesses.
Additionally, liability under such laws, rules and regulations may occur without our fault. In certain cases, parties can pursue
legal actions against us to enforce compliance as well as seek damages for non-compliance or for personal injury or property
damage. Our insurance may not provide sufficient coverage in the event that a successful claim is made against us.
e) Governmental Investigations and Anti-Bribery and Corruption
Our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including anti-bribery and corruption laws,
may not be effective in all instances to prevent violations and as a result we may be subject to related governmental
investigations.
We are from time to time subject to various governmental investigations, audits and inquiries, both formal and informal. These
investigations, regardless of their outcome, can be costly, divert management attention, and damage our reputation. The
unfavorable resolution of such investigations could result in criminal liability, fines, penalties or other monetary or non-
monetary sanctions and could materially affect our business or results of operations.
There is an increasing global focus on the implementation and enforcement of anti-bribery and corruption legislation, and this
focus has heightened the risks that we face in this area, particularly as we continue to expand our operations globally. We are
subject to a number of laws and regulations governing payments and contributions to public officials or other third parties,
including restrictions imposed by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions, such as the
U.K. Bribery Act, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, and the Brazilian Clean Company Act. This
increased global focus on anti-bribery and corruption enforcement may also lead to more investigations, both formal and
informal, in this area, the results of which cannot be predicted.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 100
Different laws and regulations that are applicable to us may contain conflicting provisions, making our compliance more
difficult. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties,
reputational harm, incarceration of our employees, restrictions on our operations and other liabilities, which could negatively
affect our operating results and financial condition. In addition, we may be subject to successor liability for violations under
these laws and regulations or other acts of bribery committed by entities in which we or our managed entities invest.
Instances of bribery, fraud, accounting irregularities and other improper, illegal or corrupt practices can be difficult to detect, in
particular when conducting due diligence in connection with acquisitions, and fraud and other deceptive practices can be
widespread in certain jurisdictions. We invest in emerging market countries that may not have established stringent anti-bribery
and corruption laws and regulations, where existing laws and regulations may not be consistently enforced, or that are
perceived to have materially higher levels of corruption according to international rating standards. Due diligence on
investment opportunities in these jurisdictions is frequently more challenging because consistent and uniform commercial
practices in such locations may not have developed or do not meet international standards. Bribery, fraud, accounting
irregularities and corrupt practices can be especially difficult to detect in such locations. When acquiring assets in distress, the
quality of financial information of the target may also make it difficult to identify irregularities.
f) Financial and Liquidity
Cash may not be available to meet our financial obligations when due or enable us to capitalize on investment opportunities
when they arise.
We employ debt and other forms of leverage in the ordinary course of business to enhance returns to our investors and finance
our operations. We are therefore subject to the risks associated with debt financing and refinancing, including but not limited to
the following: (i) our cash flow may be insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest; (ii) payments of
principal and interest on borrowings may leave us with insufficient cash resources to pay operating expenses and dividends;
(iii) if we are unable to obtain committed debt financing for potential acquisitions or can only obtain debt at high interest rates
or on other unfavorable terms, we may have difficulty completing acquisitions or may generate profits that are lower than
would otherwise be the case; (iv) we may not be able to refinance indebtedness at maturity due to company and market factors
such as the estimated cash flow produced by our assets, the value of our assets, liquidity in the debt markets, and/or financial,
competitive, business and other factors; and (v) if we are able to refinance our indebtedness, the terms of a refinancing may not
be as favorable as the original terms for such indebtedness. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness on acceptable terms,
or at all, we may need to utilize available liquidity, which would reduce our ability to pursue new investment opportunities, or
we may need to dispose of one or more of our assets on disadvantageous terms, or raise equity, thereby causing dilution to
existing shareholders. Regulatory changes may also result in higher borrowing costs and reduced access to credit.
The terms of our various credit agreements and other financing documents require us to comply with a number of customary
financial and other covenants, such as maintaining debt service coverage and leverage ratios, adequate insurance coverage and
certain credit ratings. These covenants may limit our flexibility in conducting our operations and breaches of these covenants
could result in defaults under the instruments governing the applicable indebtedness, even if we have satisfied and continue to
satisfy our payment obligations.
A large proportion of our capital is invested in physical assets and securities that can be hard to sell, especially if market
conditions are poor. Further, because our investment strategy can entail our having representation on public portfolio company
boards, we may be restricted in our ability to effect sales during certain time periods. A lack of liquidity could limit our ability
to vary our portfolio or assets promptly in response to changing economic or investment conditions. Additionally, if financial or
operating difficulties of other owners result in distress sales, such sales could depress asset values in the markets in which we
operate. The restrictions inherent in owning physical assets could reduce our ability to respond to changes in market conditions
and could adversely affect the performance of our investments, our financial condition and results of operations.
Because there is significant uncertainty in the valuation of, or in the stability of the value of illiquid or non-public investments,
the fair values of such investments do not necessarily reflect the prices that would actually be obtained when such
investments are realized. Realizations at values significantly lower than the values at which investments have been recorded
would result in losses, a decline in asset management fees and the potential loss of carried interest and incentive fees.
We enter into financing commitments in the normal course of business, which we may be required to fund. Additionally, from
time to time, we may guarantee the obligations of other entities that we manage and/or invest in. If we are required to fund
these commitments and are unable to do so, this could result in damages being pursued against us or a loss of opportunity
through default under contracts that are otherwise to our benefit.
101 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
g) Foreign Exchange and Other Financial Exposures
Foreign exchange rate fluctuations could adversely impact our aggregate foreign currency exposure and hedging strategies
may not be effective.
We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue growth opportunities in international markets, and often invest in countries
where the U.S. dollar is not the local currency. As a result, we are subject to foreign currency risk due to potential fluctuations
in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. A significant depreciation in the value of the currency utilized
in one or more countries where we have a significant presence may have a material adverse effect on the results of our
operations and financial position. In addition, we are active in certain markets whose economic growth is dependent on the
price of commodities and the currencies in these markets can be more volatile as a result.
Our businesses are impacted by changes in currency rates, interest rates, commodity prices and other financial exposures. We
selectively utilize financial instruments to manage these exposures, including credit default swaps and other derivatives to
hedge certain of our financial positions. However, a significant portion of these risks may remain unhedged. We may also
choose to establish unhedged positions in the ordinary course of business.
There is no assurance that hedging strategies, to the extent they are used, will fully mitigate the risks they are intended to offset.
Additionally, derivatives that we use are also subject to their own unique set of risks, including counterparty risk with respect to
the financial well-being of the party on the other side of these transactions and a potential requirement to fund mark-to-market
adjustments. Our financial risk management policies may not ultimately be effective at managing these risks.
The Dodd-Frank Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions impose rules and regulations governing oversight of the over-the-
counter derivatives market and its participants. These regulations may impose additional costs and regulatory scrutiny on us. If
our derivative transactions are required to be executed through exchanges or regulated facilities, we will face incremental
collateral requirements in the form of initial margin and require variation margin to be cash settled on a daily basis. Such an
increase in margin requirements (relative to bilateral agreements), were it to occur, perhaps combined with a more restricted list
of securities that qualify as eligible collateral, would require us to hold larger positions in cash and treasuries, which could
reduce income. We cannot predict the effect of changing derivatives legislation on our hedging costs, our hedging strategy or
its implementation, or the risks that we hedge. Regulation of derivatives may increase the cost of derivative contracts, reduce
the availability of derivatives to protect against operational risk and reduce the liquidity of the derivatives market, all of which
may reduce our use of derivatives and result in the increased volatility and decreased predictability of our cash flows.
h) Temporary Investments
We may be unable to syndicate, assign or transfer financial commitments entered into in support of our asset management
franchise.
We periodically enter into agreements that commit us to acquire assets or securities in order to support our asset management
franchise with the expectation that our commitment is temporary. For example, we may acquire an asset suitable for a
particular managed entity that we are fundraising and warehouse that asset through the fundraising period before transferring
the asset to the managed entity for which it was intended. Or, as another example, for a particular acquisition transaction we
may commit capital as part of a consortium alongside certain of our managed entities with the expectation that we will
syndicate or assign all or a portion of our own commitment to other investors prior to, at the same time as, or subsequent to, the
anticipated closing of the transaction. In all of these cases, our support is intended to be of a temporary nature and we engage in
this activity in order to further the growth and development of our asset management franchise. By leveraging the
Corporation’s financial position to make temporary investments, we can execute on investment opportunities prior to obtaining
all third-party equity financing that we seek, and these opportunities may otherwise not be available without the Corporation’s
initial equity participation.
While it is often our intention in these arrangements that the Corporation’s direct participation be of a temporary nature, we
may be unable to syndicate, assign or transfer our interest as we intended and therefore may be required to take or keep
ownership of an asset for an extended period. This would increase the amount of our own capital deployed to certain assets and
could have an adverse impact on our liquidity, which may reduce our ability to pursue further acquisitions or meet other
financial commitments.
i)
Interest Rates
Rising interest rates could increase our interest costs and adversely affect our financial performance.
A number of our long-life assets are interest rate sensitive. Increases in interest rates will, other things being equal, decrease the
value of an asset by reducing the present value of the cash flows expected to be produced by such asset. As the value of an asset
declines as a result of interest rate increases, certain financial and other covenants under credit agreements governing such
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 102
asset could be breached, even if we have satisfied and continue to satisfy our payment obligations thereunder. Such a breach
could result in negative consequences on our financial performance and results of operations.
Additionally, any of our debt or preferred shares that are subject to variable interest rates, either as an obligation with a variable
interest rate or as an obligation with a fixed interest rate that resets into a variable interest rate in the future, are subject to
interest rate risk. Further, the value of any debt or preferred share that is subject to a fixed interest rate will be determined based
on the prevailing interest rates and, accordingly, this type of debt or preferred share is also subject to interest rate risk.
In addition, interest rates currently remain at low levels in many jurisdictions in which we operate. These rates may remain
relatively low, but they may rise significantly at some point in the future, either gradually or abruptly. A sudden or unexpected
increase in interest rates may cause certain market dislocations that could negatively impact our financial performance. Interest
rate increases would also increase the amount of cash required to service our obligations and our earnings could be adversely
impacted as a result thereof.
The Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K. has announced that it will cease to compel banks to participate in LIBOR after
2021. LIBOR is widely used as a benchmark rate around the world for derivative financial instruments, bonds, and other
floating-rate instruments. This change to the administration of LIBOR, and any other reforms to benchmark interest rates, could
create risks and challenges for us, the entities that we manage, and our portfolio companies. For example, the gradual
elimination of LIBOR rates may have an impact on over-the-counter derivative transactions including potential contract
repricing. In addition, the discontinuance of, or changes to, benchmark interest rates may require adjustments to agreements to
which we and other market participants are parties, as well as to related systems and processes.
j) Human Capital
Ineffective maintenance of our culture, or ineffective management of human capital could adversely impact our asset
management business and financial performance.
Our ability to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain and
motivate our existing employees. Our senior management team has a significant role in our success and oversees the execution
of our value investing strategy. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees this could limit our ability to compete
successfully and achieve our business objectives, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our ability to retain and motivate our management team, attract suitable replacements should any members of our management
team leave, or attract new investment professionals as our business grows, is dependent on, among other things, the competitive
nature of the employment market and the career opportunities and compensation that we can offer. In all of our markets, we
face intense competition in connection with the attraction and retention of qualified employees.
We may experience departures of key professionals in the future. We cannot predict the impact that any such departures will
have on our ability to achieve our objectives. Our senior management team possesses substantial experience and expertise and
has strong business relationships with investors in our managed entities and other members of the business communities
and industries in which we operate. As a result, the loss of these personnel could jeopardize our relationships with investors in
our managed entities and other members of the business communities and industries in which we operate and result in the
reduction of our assets under management or fewer investment opportunities. Accordingly, the loss of services from key
professionals or a limitation in their availability could adversely impact our financial condition and cash flow. Furthermore,
such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets.
Additionally, the departure of certain individuals could trigger certain “key person” provisions in the documentation governing
certain of our private funds, which would permit the limited partners of those funds to suspend or terminate the funds’
investment periods or withdraw their capital prior to the expiration of the applicable lock-up date. Our key person provisions
vary by both strategy and fund and, with respect to each strategy and fund, are typically tied to multiple individuals, meaning
that it would require the departure of more than one individual to trigger the key person provisions. Our human capital risks
may be exacerbated by the fact that we do not maintain any key person insurance.
The conduct of our businesses and the execution of our strategy rely heavily on teamwork. Our continued ability to respond
promptly to opportunities and challenges as they arise depends on co-operation and co-ordination across our organization and
our team-oriented management structure, which may not materialize in the way we expect.
A portion of the workforce in some of our businesses is unionized. If we are unable to negotiate acceptable collective
bargaining agreements with any of our unions as existing agreements expire we could experience a work stoppage, which could
result in a significant disruption to the affected operations, higher ongoing labor costs and restrictions on our ability to
maximize the efficiency of our operations, all of which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
103 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
k) Geopolitical
Political instability, changes in government policy, or unfamiliar cultural factors could adversely impact the value of our
investments.
We are subject to geopolitical uncertainties in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We make investments in businesses that are
based outside of North America and we may pursue investments in unfamiliar markets, which may expose us to additional risks
not typically associated with investing in North America. We may not properly adjust to the local culture and business practices
in such markets, and there is the prospect that we may hire personnel or partner with local persons who might not comply with
our culture and ethical business practices; either scenario could result in the failure of our initiatives in new or existing markets
and lead to financial losses for us and our managed entities. There are risks of political instability in several of our major
markets and in other parts of the world in which we conduct business from factors such as political conflict, income inequality,
refugee migration, terrorism, the potential break-up of political-economic unions (or the departure of a union member – e.g.,
Brexit) and political corruption; the materialization of one or more of these risks could negatively affect our financial
performance.
On January 31, 2020, the U.K. formally left the EU. Following its withdrawal from the EU, the U.K. entered into a transition
period, during which EU law continued to apply in the U.K. while the U.K. government and the EU negotiated the terms of
their future relationship. The transition period ended on December 31, 2020, and EU law no longer applies in the U.K. The
U.K. and the EU have agreed to a trade and cooperation agreement pursuant to which there will be no tariffs or quotas on goods
traded between the U.K. or the EU. However, services are not comprehensively covered in the agreement and negotiations are
ongoing in relation to provision of financial services in particular. It is difficult to predict what the future economic, tax, fiscal,
legal, regulatory and other implications will be for the asset management industry, the broader European and global financial
markets generally. While we have not experienced any material financial impact from Brexit on our business to date, we cannot
predict its future implications and it may result in increased legal and regulatory complexities, as well as potentially higher
costs of conducting business in Europe, which may adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Any existing or new operations may be subject to significant political, economic and financial risks, which vary by country,
and may include: (i) changes in government policies, including protectionist policies, or personnel; (ii) changes in general
economic or social conditions, including as a result of COVID-19; (iii) restrictions on currency transfer or convertibility;
(iv) changes in labor relations; (v) political instability and civil unrest; (vi) less developed or efficient financial markets than in
North America; (vii) the absence of uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and disclosure
requirements; (viii) less government supervision and regulation; (ix) a less developed legal or regulatory environment;
(x) heightened exposure to corruption risk; (xi) political hostility to investments by foreign investors; (xii) less publicly
available information in respect of companies in non-North American markets; (xiii) adversely higher or lower rates of
inflation; (xiv) higher transaction costs; (xv) difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations and expropriation or confiscation
of assets; and (xvi) fewer investor protections.
In addition to the risks noted above, as a result of the rapid spread of COVID-19, many governments have imposed restrictions
on business activity and travel. Refer to Catastrophic Event/Loss, Climate Change, and Terrorism on pages 105 and 106.
Unforeseen political events in markets where we have significant investors and/or where we own and operate assets or may
look to for further growth of our businesses, such as the U.S., Canadian, Brazilian, Australian, European, Middle Eastern and
Asian markets, may create economic uncertainty that has a negative impact on our financial performance. Such uncertainty
could cause disruptions to our businesses, including affecting the business of and/or our relationships with our investors,
customers and suppliers, as well as altering the relationship among tariffs and currencies, including the value of the British
pound and the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar. Disruptions and uncertainties could adversely affect our financial condition,
operating results and cash flows. In addition, political outcomes in the markets in which we operate may also result in legal
uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations, which can contribute to general economic uncertainty.
Economic uncertainty impacting us and our managed entities could be exacerbated by near-term political events, including
those in the U.S., Canada, Brazil, Europe, Middle East, Australia, Asia and elsewhere.
l) Economic Conditions
Unfavorable economic conditions or changes in the industries in which we operate could adversely impact our financial
performance.
We are exposed to local, regional, national and international economic conditions and other events and occurrences beyond our
control, including, but not limited to, the following: credit and capital market volatility; business investment levels; government
spending levels; consumer spending levels; changes in laws, rules or regulations; trade barriers; commodity prices; currency
exchange rates and controls; national and international political circumstances (including wars, terrorist acts, or security
operations); catastrophic events (including pandemics/epidemics such as COVID-19, earthquakes, tornadoes, or floods);
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 104
changes in interest rates; inflation rates; the rate and direction of economic growth; and general economic uncertainty. On a
global basis, certain industries and sectors have created capacity that anticipated higher growth, which has caused volatility
across all markets, including commodity markets, which may have a negative impact on our financial performance.
Unfavorable economic conditions could affect the jurisdictions in which our entities are formed and where we own assets and
operate businesses, and may cause a reduction in: (i) securities prices; (ii) the liquidity of investments made by us and our
managed entities; (iii) the value or performance of the investments made by us and our managed entities; and (iv) the ability of
us and our managed entities to raise or deploy capital, each of which could adversely impact our financial condition.
In general, a decline in economic conditions, either in the markets or industries in which we participate, or both, will result in
downward pressure on our operating margins and asset values as a result of lower demand and increased price competition for
the services and products that we provide. In particular, given the importance of the U.S. to our operations, an economic
downturn in this market could have a significant adverse effect on our operating margins and asset values.
Many of our private funds have a finite life that may require us to exit an investment made in a fund at an inopportune time.
Volatility in the exit markets for these investments, increasing levels of capital required to finance companies to exit and rising
enterprise value thresholds to go public or complete a strategic sale can all contribute to the risk that we will not be able to exit
a private fund investment successfully. We cannot always control the timing of our private fund investment exits or our
realizations upon exit.
If global economic conditions deteriorate, our investment performance could suffer, resulting in, for example, the payment of
less or no carried interest to us. The payment of less or no carried interest to us could cause our cash flow from operations to
decrease, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity position and the amount of cash we have on hand to conduct our
operations. A reduction in our cash flow from operations could, in turn, require us to rely on other sources of cash such as the
capital markets which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or debt and other forms of leverage.
In addition, in an economic downturn, there is an increased risk of default by counterparties to our investments and other
transactions. In these circumstances, it is more likely that such transactions will fail or perform poorly, which may in turn have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.
m) Catastrophic Event/Loss, Climate Change, and Terrorism
Catastrophic events (or combination of events), such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, pandemics/epidemics such as
COVID-19, terrorism/sabotage, or fire, could adversely impact our financial performance.
Our assets under management could be exposed to effects of catastrophic events, such as severe weather conditions, natural
disasters, major accidents, pandemics/epidemics such as COVID-19, acts of malicious destruction, sabotage, war or terrorism,
which could materially adversely impact our operations.
A local, regional, national or international outbreak of a contagious disease, such as COVID-19 which has spread across the
globe at a rapid pace impacting global commercial activity and travel, may adversely affect trade and global and local
economies, and could negatively impact clients and our businesses.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to COVID-19. COVID-19 has spread
globally, and actions taken in response to COVID-19 by government authorities across various geographies in which the
company owns and operates investments have interrupted business activities and supply chains; disrupted travel; contributed to
significant volatility in the financial markets and lower interest rates; impacted social conditions; and adversely impacted local,
regional, national and international economic conditions, as well as the labor market. As a result of the rapid spread of
COVID-19, many companies and various governments have imposed restrictions on business activity and travel which may
continue and could expand. To date, there have been restrictions on the conduct of business in many jurisdictions and the global
movement of people and certain goods. Responses have included mandatory temporary closure of, or imposed limitations on,
the operations of certain non-essential properties and businesses including office properties and retail malls and associated
businesses which operate within these properties such as retailers and restaurants. In addition, shelter-in-place mandates and
severe travel restrictions have had an adverse impact on consumer spending and demand. Governments and central banks
around the world have enacted fiscal and monetary stimulus measures to counteract the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and
various other response measures, however, the overall magnitude and long-term effectiveness of these actions remain uncertain.
Our asset management operations, as well as many of our portfolio companies, continue to operate in accordance with their
business continuity plans and local restrictions, including, in many instances, with employees continuing to work remotely.
Business has slowed around the globe including in certain of our operations, such as our malls, and there can be no assurance
that strategies to address potential disruptions in operations will mitigate the adverse impacts related to the outbreak.
Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances surrounding COVID-19, it is difficult to predict how significant
the impact of this coronavirus outbreak, including any responses to it, will be on the global economy, our clients, and our
businesses or for how long disruptions are likely to continue. The company continues to closely monitor developments related
105 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
to the pandemic in light of the economic environment. The longer-term impacts of the restrictions will depend on future
developments, which are highly uncertain, constantly evolving and difficult to predict. These impacts may differ in magnitude
depending on a number of scenarios, which we continue to monitor and take into consideration in our decision making as we
continue to assess medium to long-term impacts. Additional actions may be taken to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact,
such as re-imposing previously lifted measures or putting in place additional restrictions. The pace, availability, distribution
and acceptance of effective vaccines could also affect the impact of COVID-19. Such developments, depending on their nature,
duration, and intensity, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
In addition, a pandemic affecting our employees or employees of Brookfield Asset Management that provide services to us
under the Administration Agreement, the employees of our subsidiaries, reinsurers, if any, or the employees of other companies
with which we do business could disrupt our business operations. The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental
and non-governmental organizations, in combating the spread and severity of such a pandemic could have a material impact on
the adverse effects we experience. These events, which are beyond our control, could cause a material adverse effect on our
results of operations in any period and, depending on their severity, could also materially and adversely affect our financial
condition.
Turbulence in the financial markets due to the spread of COVID-19 may limit our ability to access the credit or equity markets.
Moreover, changes in interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in global economic conditions may also
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects. If we were to decide in the future
to raise capital through equity financings, the interest of our shareholders may be diluted, and the securities we issue may have
rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common shares. Further, extreme market volatility may leave
us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical practices in dealing with more orderly
markets.
The global spread of COVID-19, or future public health crises, epidemics or pandemics could materially and adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition due to the disruptions to commerce, reduced economic activity and other
unforeseen consequences of a pandemic that are beyond our control.
Ongoing changes to the physical climate in which we operate may have an impact on our businesses. Changes in weather
patterns or extreme weather (such as floods, hurricanes and other storms) may impact hydrology and/or wind levels, thereby
influencing power generation levels, affect other of our businesses or damage our assets. Further, rising sea levels could, in the
future, affect the value of any low-lying coastal real assets that we may own or develop, result in the imposition of new
property taxes or increase property insurance rates. Climate change may also give rise to changes in regulations and consumer
sentiment that could have a negative impact on our operations by increasing the costs of operating our business or reducing
demand for our products and services. The adverse effects of climate change and related regulation at provincial or state,
federal and international levels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
Our commercial office portfolio is concentrated in large metropolitan areas, some of which have been or may be perceived to
be threatened by terrorist attacks or acts of war. Furthermore, many of our properties consist of high-rise buildings which may
also be subject to this actual or perceived threat. The perceived threat of a terrorist attack or outbreak of war could negatively
impact our ability to lease office space in our real estate portfolio. Renewable power and infrastructure assets such as roads,
railways, power generation facilities and ports, may also be targeted by terrorist organizations or in acts of war. Any damage or
business interruption costs as a result of uninsured or underinsured acts of terrorism or war could result in a material cost to us
and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operation. Adequate terrorism insurance may not be
available at rates we believe to be reasonable in the future. These risks could be heightened by foreign policy decisions of the
U.S. (where we have significant operations) and other influential countries or general geopolitical conditions.
Additionally, our businesses rely on free movement of goods, services, and capital from around the globe. Any slowdown in
international investment, business, or trade as a result of catastrophic events, including COVID-19, also could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
n) Tax
Reassessments by tax authorities or changes in tax laws could create additional tax costs for us.
Our structure is based on prevailing taxation law and practice in the local jurisdictions in which we operate. Any change in
tax policy, tax legislation (including in relation to taxation rates), the interpretation of tax policy or legislation or practice
in these jurisdictions could adversely affect the return we earn on our investments, the level of capital available to be invested
by us or our managed entities and the willingness of investors to invest in our managed entities. This risk would include any
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 106
reassessments by tax authorities on our tax returns if we were to incorrectly interpret or apply any tax policy, legislation or
practice.
Taxes and other constraints that would apply to our operating entities in such jurisdictions may not apply to local institutions or
other parties such as state-owned enterprises, and such parties may therefore have a significantly lower effective cost of capital
and a corresponding competitive advantage in pursuing acquisitions. There are a number of factors that could increase our
effective tax rates, which would have a negative impact on our net income, including, but not limited to, changes in the
valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any reassessment of taxes by a taxation authority.
Governments around the world are increasingly seeking to regulate multinational companies and their use of differential tax
rates between jurisdictions. This effort includes a greater emphasis by various nations to co-ordinate and share information
regarding companies and the taxes they pay. Governmental taxation policies and practices could adversely affect us and,
depending on the nature of such policies and practices, could have a greater impact on us than on other companies. As a result
of this increased focus on the use of tax planning by multinational companies, our tax planning could be subject to negative
media coverage which may adversely impact our reputation.
The Corporation endeavors to be considered a “qualified foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for the
Corporation’s dividends to therefore be considered generally eligible for “qualified dividend” treatment in the U.S. Whether
dividends paid by the Corporation will in fact be treated as “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes for a
particular shareholder of the Corporation will depend on that shareholder’s specific circumstances, including, but not limited to,
the shareholder’s holding period for shares of the Corporation on which dividends are received. The Corporation provides no
assurances that any or all of its dividends paid to shareholders will be treated as “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
o) Financial Reporting and Disclosures
Deficiencies in our public company financial reporting and disclosures could adversely impact our reputation.
As we expand the size and scope of our business, there is a greater susceptibility that our financial reporting and other public
disclosure documents may contain material misstatements and that the controls we maintain to attempt to ensure the complete
accuracy of our public disclosures may fail to operate as intended. The occurrence of such events could adversely impact our
reputation and financial condition. In addition, we disclose certain metrics that do not have standardized meaning and are based
on our own methodologies and assumptions, and which may not properly convey the information they purport to reflect.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting to give our
stakeholders assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with IFRS. However, the process for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls
over financial reporting has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error. Our internal controls over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements in our financial disclosures on a timely basis, or at all. Some of these
processes may be new for certain subsidiaries in our structure and in the case of acquisitions may take time to be fully
implemented.
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in
reports filed or submitted under Canadian and U.S. securities laws is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the
time periods specified. Our policies and procedures governing disclosures may not ensure that all material information
regarding us is disclosed in a proper and timely fashion, or that we will be successful in preventing the disclosure of material
information to a single person or a limited group of people before such information is generally disseminated.
p) Health, Safety and the Environment
Inadequate or ineffective health and safety programs could result in injuries to employees or the public and, as with ineffective
management of environmental and sustainability issues, could damage our reputation, adversely impact our financial
performance and may lead to regulatory action.
The ownership and operation of some of the assets held in our portfolio companies carry varying degrees of inherent risk or
liability related to worker health and safety and the environment, including the risk of government-imposed orders to remedy
unsafe conditions and contaminated lands and potential civil liability. Compliance with health, safety and environmental
standards and the requirements set out in the relevant licenses, permits and other approvals obtained by the portfolio companies
is crucial.
Our portfolio companies have incurred and will continue to incur significant capital and operating expenditures to comply with
health, safety and environmental standards, to obtain and comply with licenses, permits and other approvals, and to assess and
manage potential liability exposure. Nevertheless, they may be unsuccessful in obtaining or maintaining an important license,
107 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
permit or other approval or become subject to government orders, investigations, inquiries or other proceedings (including civil
claims) relating to health, safety and environmental matters, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Health, safety and environmental laws and regulations can change rapidly and significantly, and we and/or our portfolio
companies may become subject to more stringent laws and regulations in the future. The occurrence of any adverse health,
safety or environmental event, or any changes, additions to, or more rigorous enforcement of, health, safety and environmental
standards, licenses, permits or other approvals could have a significant impact on operations and/or result in material
expenditures.
Owners and operators of real assets may become liable for the costs of removal and remediation of certain hazardous
substances released or deposited on or in their properties, or at other locations regardless of whether or not the owner and
operator caused the release or deposit of such hazardous materials. These costs could be significant and could reduce cash
available for our businesses. The failure to remove or remediate such substances, if any, could adversely affect our ability to
sell our assets or to borrow using these assets as collateral, and could potentially result in claims or other proceedings.
Certain of our businesses are involved in using, handling or transporting substances that are toxic, combustible or otherwise
hazardous to the environment and may be in close proximity to environmentally sensitive areas or densely populated
communities. If a leak, spill or other environmental incident occurred, it could result in substantial fines or penalties being
imposed by regulatory authorities, revocation of licenses or permits required to operate the business, the imposition of more
stringent conditions in those licenses or permits or legal claims for compensation (including punitive damages) by affected
stakeholders.
There is increasing stakeholder interest in environment, social and governance (“ESG”) factors and how they are managed.
ESG factors include climate change, human capital and labor management, corporate governance, gender diversity and privacy
and data security, among others. Increasingly, investors and lenders are incorporating ESG factors into their investment or
lending process, respectively, alongside traditional financial considerations. Investors or potential investors in our managed
entities or in Brookfield may not invest given certain industries in which we operate. If we are unable to successfully integrate
ESG factors into our practices, we may incur a higher cost of capital or lower interest in our debt and/or equity securities.
Global ESG challenges such as carbon footprints, privacy and data security, demographic shifts and regulatory pressures are
introducing new risk factors for us that we may not have dealt with previously. If we are unable to successfully manage our
ESG compliance, this could have a negative impact on our reputation and our ability to raise future public and private capital,
and could be detrimental to our economic value and the value of our managed entities.
q) Data Security, Privacy, and Cyber-Terrorism
Failure to maintain the security of our information and technology systems could have a material adverse effect on us.
We rely on certain information and technology systems, including the systems of others with whom we do business, which may
be subject to security breaches or cyber-terrorism intended to obtain unauthorized access to proprietary information or
personally identifiable information, destroy data or disable, degrade or sabotage these systems, through the introduction of
computer viruses, fraudulent emails, cyber-attacks or other means. Such acts of cyber-terrorism could originate from a variety
of sources including our own employees or unknown third parties. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store
sensitive data, including personally identifiable information of our employees and our clients. Data protection and privacy rules
have become a focus for regulators globally. For instance, the European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”)
amended data protection rules for individuals that are residents of the EU. GDPR imposes more stringent rules and greater
penalties for non-compliance, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Although we take various measures to ensure the integrity of our systems and to safeguard against failures or security breaches,
there can be no assurance that these measures will provide adequate protection, and a compromise in these systems could go
undetected for a significant period of time. If these information and technology systems are compromised, we could suffer a
disruption in one or more of our businesses and experience, among other things, financial loss; a loss of business opportunities;
misappropriation or unauthorized release of confidential or personal information; damage to our systems and those with whom
we do business; violations of privacy and other laws, litigation, regulatory penalties or remediation and restoration costs
(particularly in light of increased regulatory focus on cyber-security by regulators around the world); as well as increased
costs to maintain our systems. This could have a negative impact on our operating results and cash flows and result in
reputational damage.
r) Dependence on Information Technology Systems
The failure of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers, could adversely impact our
reputation and financial performance.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 108
We operate in businesses that are dependent on information systems and technology, and we rely on third-party service
providers to manage certain aspects of our businesses, including for certain information systems and technology, data
processing systems, and the secure processing, storage and transmission of information. In particular, our financial, accounting
and communications processes are all conducted through data processing systems. Our information technology and
communications systems and those of our third-party service providers are vulnerable to damages or disruption from fire,
power loss, telecommunications failure, system malfunctions, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, employee errors or
malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other events which are beyond our control.
Our information systems and technology and those of our third-party vendors may not continue to be able to accommodate our
growth and the cost of maintaining such systems may increase from its current level, either of which could have a material
adverse effect on us.
Any interruption or deterioration in the performance or failures of the information systems and technology that are necessary
for our businesses, including for business continuity purposes, could impair the quality of our operations and could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and reputation.
s) Litigation
We and our affiliates may become involved in legal disputes in Canada, the U.S. and internationally that could adversely
impact our financial performance and reputation.
In the normal course of our operations, we become involved in various legal actions, including claims relating to personal
injury, property damage, property taxes, land rights and contract and other commercial disputes. The investment decisions we
make in our asset management business and the activities of our investment professionals on behalf of the portfolio companies
of our managed entities may subject us, our managed entities and our portfolio companies to the risk of third-party litigation.
Further, we have significant operations in the U.S. which may, as a result of the prevalence of litigation in the U.S., be more
susceptible to legal action than certain of our other operations.
Management of our litigation matters is generally handled by legal counsel in the business unit most directly impacted by the
litigation, and not by a centralized legal department. As a result, the management of litigation that we face may not always be
appropriate or effective.
The final outcome with respect to outstanding, pending or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution
of such actions may have an adverse effect on our financial position or results of our operations in a particular quarter or fiscal
year. Any litigation may consume substantial amounts of our management’s time and attention, and that time and the devotion
of these resources to litigation may, at times, be disproportionate to the amounts at stake in the litigation. Even if ultimately
unsuccessful against us, any litigation has the potential to adversely affect our business, including by damaging our reputation.
t)
Insurance
Losses not covered by insurance may be large, which could adversely impact our financial performance.
We carry various insurance policies on our assets. These policies contain policy specifications, limits and deductibles that may
mean that such policies do not provide coverage or sufficient coverage against all potential material losses. We may also self-
insure a portion of certain of these risks, and therefore the company may not be able to recover from a third-party insurer in the
event that the company, if it had asset insurance coverage from a third party, could make a claim for recovery. There are certain
types of risk (generally of a catastrophic nature such as war or environmental contamination) that are either uninsurable or not
economically insurable. Further, there are certain types of risk for which insurance coverage is not equal to the full replacement
cost of the insured assets. Should any uninsured or underinsured loss occur, we could lose our investment in, and anticipated
profits and cash flows from, one or more of our assets or operations.
We also carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (D&O insurance) for losses or advancement of defense costs in the
event a legal action is brought against the company’s directors, officers or employees for alleged wrongful acts in their capacity
as directors, officers or employees. Our D&O insurance contains certain customary exclusions that may make it unavailable for
the company in the event it is needed; and in any case our D&O insurance may not be adequate to fully protect the company
against liability for the conduct of its directors, officers or employees. We may also self-insure a portion of our D&O insurance,
and therefore the company may not be able to recover from a third-party insurer in the event that the company, if it had D&O
insurance from a third-party insurer, could make a claim for recovery.
For economic efficiency and other reasons, the Corporation and its affiliates may enter into insurance policies as a group which
are intended to provide coverage for the entire group. Where group policies are in place, any payments under such policy could
have a negative impact on other entities covered under the policy as they may not be able to access adequate insurance in the
event it is needed. While management attempts to design coverage limits under group policies to ensure that all entities covered
109 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
under a policy have access to sufficient insurance coverage, there are no guarantees that these efforts will be effective in
obtaining this result.
u) Credit and Counterparty Risk
Inability to collect amounts owing to us could adversely impact financial performance.
Third parties may not fulfill their payment obligations to us, which could include money, securities or other assets, thereby
impacting our operations and financial results. These parties include deal and trading counterparties, governmental agencies,
portfolio company customers and financial intermediaries. Third parties may default on their obligations to us due to
bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure, general economic conditions or other reasons.
We have business lines whose models are to earn investment returns by loaning money to distressed companies, either privately
or via an investment in publicly traded debt securities. As a result, we actively take heightened credit risk in other entities from
time to time and whether we realize satisfactory investment returns on these loans is uncertain and may be beyond our control.
If some of these debt investments fail, our financial performance could be negatively impacted.
Investors in our private funds make capital commitments to these vehicles through the execution of subscription agreements.
When a private fund makes an investment, these capital commitments are then satisfied by our investors via capital
contributions. Investors in our private funds may default on their capital commitment obligations, which could have an adverse
impact on our earnings or result in other negative implications to our businesses such as the requirement to redeploy our own
capital to cover such obligations. This impact would be magnified if the investor that does so is in multiple funds.
v) Information Barriers
Information barriers may give rise to certain conflicts and risks and investment teams managing the activities of businesses
that operate on opposite sides of an information barrier will not be aware of, and will not have the ability to manage, such
conflicts and risks.
Certain businesses within our asset management operations operate largely independently of one another pursuant to an
information barrier. The information barrier restricts businesses on opposite sides from coordinating or consulting with one
another with respect to investment activities and/or decisions. Accordingly, these businesses manage their investment
operations independently of each other. The investment activities and decisions made by a business on one side of an
information barrier are not expected to be subject to any internal approvals by any person who would have knowledge and/or
decision-making control of the investment activities and decisions made by a business on the other side of the information
barrier. This absence of coordination and consultation will give rise to certain conflicts and risks in connection with the
activities of the businesses within our asset management operations and their portfolio companies, and make it more difficult to
mitigate, ameliorate or avoid such situations. These conflicts (and potential conflicts) of interests may include: (i) competing
from time to time for the same investment opportunities, (ii) the pursuit by a business on one side of the information barrier of
investment opportunities suitable for a business on the other side of the information barrier, without making such opportunities
available to such business, and (iii) the formation or establishment of new strategies or products that could compete or
otherwise conduct their affairs without regard as to whether or not they adversely impact the strategies or products of our
businesses operating on the other side of the information barrier. Investment teams managing the activities of businesses that
operate on opposite sides of an information barrier are not expected to be aware of, and will not have the need or ability to
manage, such conflicts which may impact the investment strategy, performance, and investment returns of certain businesses
within our asset management operations and their portfolio companies.
The asset management businesses that operate on opposite sides of an information barrier are likely to be deemed affiliates for
purposes of certain laws and regulations notwithstanding that such businesses may be operationally independent from one
another. The information barrier does not eliminate the requirement that such businesses aggregate certain investment holdings
for certain securities laws and other regulatory purposes. This may result in, among other things, earlier public disclosure of
investments; restrictions on transactions (including the ability to make or dispose of certain investments at certain times);
potential short-swing profit disgorgement; penalties and/or regulatory remedies; or adverse effects on the prices of investments
for our asset management businesses that operate on the other side of such information barrier.
Although these information barriers were implemented to address the potential conflicts of interests and regulatory, legal and
contractual requirements applicable to our asset management business, we may decide, at any time and without notice to our
company or our shareholders, to remove or modify the information barriers within our asset management business. In addition,
there may be breaches (including inadvertent breaches) of the information barriers and related internal controls. In the event
that the information barrier is removed or modified, it would be expected that we will adopt certain protocols designed to
address potential conflicts and other considerations relating to the management of the investment activities of those businesses
that previously operated on opposite sides of an information barrier.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 110
The breach or failure of our information barriers could result in the sharing of material non-public information between asset
management businesses that operate on opposite sides of an information barrier, which may restrict the acquisition or
disposition activities of one of our businesses and ultimately impact the returns generated for our investors. In addition, any
such breach or failure could also result in potential regulatory investigations and claims for securities laws violations in
connection with our direct and/or indirect investment activities. Any inadvertent trading on material non-public information, or
perception of trading on material non-public information by one of our businesses or our personnel, could have a significant
adverse effect on our reputation, result in the imposition of regulatory or financial sanctions, and negatively impact our ability
to raise third-party capital and provide investment management services to our clients, all of which could result in negative
financial impact to our investment activities.
w) Real Estate
We face risks specific to our real estate activities.
We invest in commercial properties and are therefore exposed to certain risks inherent in the commercial real estate business.
Commercial real estate investments are subject to varying degrees of risk depending on the nature of the property. These risks
include changes in general economic conditions (such as the availability and cost of mortgage capital), local conditions (such as
an oversupply of space or a reduction in demand for real estate in the markets in which we operate), the attractiveness of the
properties to tenants, competition from other landlords and our ability to provide adequate maintenance at an economical cost.
Certain expenditures, including property taxes, maintenance costs, mortgage payments, insurance costs and related charges,
must be made whether or not a property is producing sufficient income to service these expenses. Our commercial properties
are typically subject to mortgages which require debt service payments. If we become unable or unwilling to meet mortgage
payments on any property, losses could be sustained as a result of the mortgagee’s exercise of its rights of foreclosure or of
sale.
Continuation of rental income is dependent on favorable leasing markets to ensure expiring leases are renewed and new tenants
are found promptly to fill vacancies. It is possible that we may face a disproportionate amount of space expiring in any one
year. Additionally, rental rates could decline, tenant bankruptcies could increase and tenant renewals may not be achieved,
particularly in the event of an economic slowdown.
Our real estate business operates in industries or geographies impacted by COVID-19. Many of these are facing financial and
operational hardships due to COVID-19 and responses to it. Adverse impacts on our business may include:
•
•
•
•
•
a complete or partial closure of, or other operational issues at, one or more of our properties resulting from government or
tenant action;
a slowdown in business activity may severely impact our tenants' businesses, financial condition and liquidity and may
cause one or more of our tenants to be unable to fund their business operations, meet their obligations to us in full, or at all,
or to otherwise seek modifications of such obligations;
an increase in re-leasing timelines, potential delays in lease-up of vacant space and the market rates at which such lease
will be executed;
reduced economic activity could result in a prolonged recession, which could negatively impact consumer discretionary
spending; and
expected completion dates for our development and redevelopment projects may be subject to delay as a result of local
economic conditions that may continue to be disrupted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Our retail real estate operations are susceptible to any economic factors that have a negative impact on consumer spending.
Lower consumer spending would have an unfavorable effect on the sales of our retail tenants, which could result in their
inability or unwillingness to make all payments owing to us, and on our ability to keep existing tenants and attract new tenants.
Significant expenditures associated with each equity investment in real estate assets, such as mortgage payments, property taxes
and maintenance costs, are generally not reduced when there is a reduction in income from the investment, so our income and
cash flow would be adversely affected by a decline in income from our retail properties. In addition, low occupancy or sales at
our retail properties, as a result of competition or otherwise, could result in termination of or reduced rent payable under certain
of our retail leases, which could adversely affect our retail property revenues.
Our hospitality and multifamily businesses are subject to a range of operating risks common to these industries. The
profitability of our investments in these industries may be adversely affected by a number of factors, many of which are outside
our control. For example, our hospitality business faces risks relating to climate change; hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, and
other natural and man-made disasters; the potential spread of contagious diseases such as COVID-19; and insect infestations
more common to rental accommodations. Such factors could limit or reduce the demand for or the prices our hospitality
111 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
properties are able to obtain for their accommodations or could increase our costs and therefore reduce the profitability of our
hospitality businesses. There are numerous housing alternatives which compete with our multifamily properties, including other
multifamily properties as well as condominiums and single-family homes. This competitive environment could have a material
adverse effect on our ability to lease apartment homes at our present properties or any newly developed or acquired real estate,
as well as on the rents realized.
x) Renewable Power
We face risks specific to our renewable power activities.
Our renewable power operations are subject to changes in the weather, hydrology and price, but also include risks related to
equipment or dam failure, counterparty performance, water rental costs, land rental costs, changes in regulatory requirements
and other material disruptions.
The revenues generated by our power facilities are correlated to the amount of electricity generated, which in turn is dependent
upon available water flows, wind, irradiance and other elements beyond our control. Hydrology, wind and irradiance levels
vary naturally from year to year and may also change permanently because of climate change or other factors. It is therefore
possible that low water, wind and irradiance levels at certain of our power generating operations could occur at any time and
potentially continue for indefinite periods.
A portion of our renewable power revenue is tied, either directly or indirectly, to the wholesale market price for electricity,
which is impacted by a number of external factors beyond our control. Additionally, a portion of the power we generate is sold
under long-term power purchase agreements, shorter-term financial instruments and physical electricity contracts which are
intended to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in wholesale electricity prices; however, they may not be effective in achieving
this outcome. Certain of our power purchase agreements will be subject to re-contracting in the future. If the price of electricity
in power markets is declining at the time of such re-contracting, it may impact our ability to re-negotiate or replace these
contracts on terms that are acceptable to us.
In our renewable power operations there is a risk of equipment failure due to wear and tear, latent defect, design error or
operator error, among other things. The occurrence of such failures could result in a loss of generating capacity and repairing
such failures could require the expenditure of significant capital and other resources. Failures could also result in exposure to
significant liability for damages due to harm to the environment, to the public generally or to specific third parties.
In certain cases, some catastrophic events may not excuse us from performing our obligations pursuant to agreements with third
parties and we may be liable for damages or suffer further losses as a result.
Our ability to develop greenfield renewable power projects in our development pipeline may be affected by a number of
factors, including the ability to secure approvals, licenses and permits and the ability to secure a long-term power purchase
agreement or other sales contracts on reasonable terms. The development of our pipeline of greenfield renewable power
projects is also subject to environmental, engineering and construction risks that could result in cost-overruns, delays and
reduced performance.
y) Infrastructure
We face risks specific to our infrastructure activities.
Our infrastructure operations include utilities, transport, midstream, data, timberlands and agriculture operations. Our
infrastructure assets include toll roads, telecommunication towers, electricity transmission systems, terminal operations,
electricity and gas distribution companies, rail networks, ports and data centers. The principal risks facing the regulated and
unregulated businesses comprising our infrastructure operations relate to government regulation, general economic conditions
and other material disruptions, counterparty performance, capital expenditure requirements and land use.
Many of our infrastructure operations are subject to forms of economic regulation, including with respect to revenues. If any of
the respective regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate decide to change the tolls or rates we are allowed to charge, or
the amounts of the provisions we are allowed to collect, we may not be able to earn the rate of return on our investments that
we had planned, or we may not be able to recover our initial cost.
General economic conditions affect international demand for the commodities handled and services provided by our
infrastructure operations and the goods produced and sold by our timberlands and agriculture businesses. A downturn in the
economy generally, including as a result of the current pandemic resulting from COVID-19, or specific to any of our
infrastructure businesses, may lead to a reduction in volumes, bankruptcies or liquidations of one or more large customers,
which could reduce our revenues, increase our bad debt expense, reduce our ability to make capital expenditures or have other
adverse effects on us.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 112
Some of our infrastructure operations have customer contracts as well as concession agreements in place with public and
private sector clients. Our operations with customer contracts could be adversely affected by any material change in the assets,
financial condition or results of operations of such customers. Protecting the quality of our revenue streams through the
inclusion of take-or-pay or guaranteed minimum volume provisions into our contracts, is not always possible or fully effective.
Our infrastructure operations may require substantial capital expenditures to maintain our asset base. Any failure to make
necessary expenditures to maintain our operations could impair our ability to serve existing customers or accommodate
increased volumes. In addition, we may not be able to recover investments in capital expenditures based upon the rates our
operations are able to charge.
z) Private Equity
We face risks specific to our private equity activities.
The principal risks for our private equity businesses are potential loss of invested capital as well as insufficient investment or
fee income to cover operating expenses and cost of capital. Our private equity platform is exposed to industrial, business
services and infrastructure services businesses, many of which can be cyclical and/or illiquid and therefore may be difficult to
monetize at our discretion, limiting our flexibility to react to changing economic or investment conditions. In addition,
increasingly we have certain private equity businesses that provide goods and services directly to consumers across a variety of
industries. These businesses are prone to greater liabilities, as well as reputational, litigation and other risks by virtue of being
more public-facing and reliant on their ability to develop and preserve consumer relationships and achieve consumer
satisfaction.
Unfavorable economic conditions, including those driven by the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively
impact the ability of investee companies to repay debt. Even with our support, such adverse economic conditions facing our
investee companies may adversely impact the value of our investments or deplete our financial or management resources.
These investments are also subject to the risks inherent in the underlying businesses, some of which are facing difficult
business conditions and may continue to do so for the foreseeable future. These risks are compounded by recent growth, as new
acquisitions have increased the scale and scope of our operations, including in new geographic areas and industry sectors, and
we may have difficulty managing these additional operations.
We may invest in companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved
in work-outs, liquidations, spin-offs, reorganizations, bankruptcies and similar transactions. Such an investment entails the risk
that the transaction will be unsuccessful, will take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or new securities, the
value of which may be less than the purchase price of the securities in respect of which such distribution is received. In
addition, if an anticipated transaction does not occur, we may be required to sell our investment at a loss. Investments
in businesses we target may become subject to legal and/or regulatory proceedings and our investment may be adversely
affected by external events beyond our control, leading to legal, indemnification or other expenses.
We have several companies that operate in the highly competitive service industry. A wide variety of micro and
macroeconomic factors affecting our clients and over which we have no control can impact how these companies operate. For
example, our Canadian residential mortgage insurance services business is subject to significant regulation and may be
adversely affected by changes in government policy. In addition, the majority of the revenue from our Australian health
services business is derived from private health insurance funds, which may be affected by a deterioration in the economic
climate, a change in economic incentives, increases in private health insurance premiums, any sudden changes in Australia’s
disease burden (including as a result of the impact of COVID-19) and other factors. In addition, alternative technologies in the
health care industry could impact the demand for, or use of, our services and could impair or eliminate the competitive
advantage of our businesses in this industry.
Our infrastructure services operations include companies in nuclear servicing, marine transportation and scaffolding services.
The nuclear power generation industry is politically sensitive and opposition to particular projects could lead to increased
regulation and/or more onerous operating requirements that negatively impact our nuclear servicing business. A future accident
at a nuclear reactor could result in the shutdown of existing plants or impact the continued acceptance by the public and
regulatory authorities of nuclear energy and the future prospects for nuclear generators. Accidents, terrorism, natural disasters
or other incidents occurring at nuclear facilities or involving shipments of nuclear materials could reduce the demand for
nuclear services. Marine transportation and oil production is inherently risky, particularly in the extreme conditions in which
many of our vessels operate. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our
vessels could harm our reputation and business. Our scaffolding services business is subject to the risks inherent to construction
operations, including risks relating to seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our services, a dependence on labor and
performance being materially impacted by a lack of availability of labor force or increases in the cost of labor available,
and operational hazards that could result in personal injury or death, work stoppage or serious property and equipment damage.
113 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
We have industrial operations that are substantially dependent upon the prices we receive for the resources we produce. Those
prices depend on factors beyond our control, and commodity price declines can have a significant negative impact on these
operations. Sustained depressed levels, declines or high volatility of the price of resources such as lead, oil, gas and limestone,
as well as changes in the industries upon which our industrial operations are dependent, including the automotive, water,
wastewater and oil and gas industries, may adversely affect our operating results and cash flows. Our industrial operations were
significantly impacted by a reduction in global demand driven by COVID-19 and could be further impacted by any economic
volatility associated with government-mandated restrictions related to COVID-19. For these types of businesses, it can be
difficult or expensive to obtain insurance. Our industrial operations can face labor disruptions and economically unfavorable
collective bargaining agreements, as well as exposure to occupational health and safety and accident risks.
Unforeseen political events in markets where we own and operate assets and may look to for further growth, such as Australia,
Brazil, Canada, Europe, India and the U.S., may create economic uncertainty. Such uncertainty could cause disruptions to our
businesses, including affecting the business of and/or our relationships with our customers and suppliers, as well as altering the
relationship among tariffs and currencies. In addition, political outcomes in the markets in which we operate may also result in
legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations, which can contribute to general economic uncertainty.
Economic uncertainty impacting us and our managed entities could be exacerbated by near-term political events, including
those in Australia, Brazil, Canada, Europe, India, the U.S and elsewhere.
aa) Residential Development
We face risks specific to our residential development and mixed-use activities.
Our residential homebuilding and land development operations are cyclical and significantly affected by changes in general and
local economic and industry conditions, such as consumer confidence, employment levels, availability of financing for
homebuyers, household debt, levels of new and existing homes for sale, demographic trends and housing demand. Competition
from rental properties and resale homes, including homes held for sale by investors and foreclosed homes, may reduce our
ability to sell new homes, depress prices and reduce margins for the sale of new homes.
Virtually all of our homebuilding customers finance their home acquisitions through mortgages. Even if potential customers do
not need financing, changes in interest rates or the unavailability of mortgage capital could make it harder for them to sell their
homes to potential buyers who need financing, resulting in a reduced demand for new homes. Rising mortgage rates or reduced
mortgage availability could adversely affect our ability to sell new homes and the prices at which we can sell them.
Notwithstanding low interest rates, our Canadian markets continue to be impacted by changes to mortgage qualification rules
that introduced stress tests for homebuyers and government policies relating to the Ontario real estate market and the Alberta
energy sector surrounding pipeline approval. In the U.S., significant expenses incurred for purposes of owning a home,
including mortgage interest expense and real estate taxes, generally are deductible expenses for an individual’s U.S. federal
and, in some cases, state income taxes. However, in 2017 mortgage interest deductibility was reduced significantly for both
federal and state taxes, which may adversely impact demand for and sales prices of new homes. These changes are in effect for
taxable years 2018 through 2025.
COVID-19 and the current economic environment also continues to impact the industry for retail and office properties in our
mixed-use projects. As we depend on office, retail, and apartment tenants to generate income from these mixed-use projects,
our results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by vacancies and tenant defaults or bankruptcy in our
mixed-use properties, and we may be unable to renew leases or re-lease space in our mixed-use properties as leases expire.
We hold land for future development and may in the future acquire additional land holdings. The risks inherent in purchasing,
owning and developing land increase as the demand for new homes decreases. Real estate markets are highly uncertain, and the
value of undeveloped land has fluctuated significantly and may continue to fluctuate. In addition, land carrying costs can be
significant and can result in losses or reduced profitability. As a result, we hold certain land, and may acquire additional land,
in our development pipeline at a cost we may not be able to fully recover or at a cost which precludes profitable development.
Our residential development and mixed-use business is susceptible to adverse weather conditions, other environmental
conditions, and natural disasters, as well as pandemics/epidemics such as COVID-19, each of which could adversely affect our
business and results of operations. For example, while none of our U.S. properties were materially adversely affected by the
recent significant wildfires throughout Southern California, we could experience labor shortages, construction delays, or utility
company delays, which in turn could impact our results.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 114
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
The below summarizes certain terms relating to our business that are made throughout the MD&A and it defines
IFRS performance measures, non-IFRS performance measures and key operating measures that we use to analyze and discuss
our results.
References
“Brookfield,” the “company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries. The “Corporation” refers to our asset management business which is comprised of our asset management and
corporate business segments.
We refer to investors in the Corporation as shareholders and we refer to investors in our private funds and listed affiliates
as investors.
We use asset manager to refer to our Asset Management segment which offers a variety of investment products to our
investors:
• We have over 42 active funds across major asset classes: real estate, infrastructure/renewable power and private equity.
These funds include core, credit, value-add and opportunistic closed-end funds and core long-life funds. We refer to these
funds as our private funds.
• We refer to BPY, BPYU, BEP, BEPC, BIP, BIPC, and BBU as our listed affiliates.
• We refer to our public securities group as public securities. This group manages fee-bearing capital through numerous
funds and separately managed accounts, focused on fixed income and equity securities.
Throughout the MD&A and consolidated financial statements, the following operating companies, joint ventures and
associates, and their respective subsidiaries, will be referenced as follows:
• Altera – Altera Infrastructure L.P. (formerly Teekay Offshore)
• GGP – GGP Inc.
• Atlantis – Atlantis Paradise Island Resort
• BBU – Brookfield Business Partners L.P.
• BEP – Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P.
• BEPC – Brookfield Renewable Corporation
• GrafTech – GrafTech International Ltd.
• Greenergy – Greenergy Fuels Holdings Limited
• Healthscope – Healthscope Limited
• IndoStar – IndoStar Capital Finance Limited
• BIP – Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.
• NAP – North American Palladium Ltd.
• BIPC – Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation
• BPY – Brookfield Property Partners L.P.
• Norbord – Norbord Inc. (acquired by West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. on
February 1, 2021)
• BPYU – Brookfield Property REIT Inc. (formerly GGP Inc. or BPR)
• NorthRiver – NorthRiver Midstream Inc.
• BrandSafway – Brand Industrial Holdings Inc.
• Nova Cold – Nova Cold Logistics ULC
• Cheniere – Cheniere Energy Partners, L.P.
• Oaktree – Oaktree Capital Management
• Clarios – Clarios Global LP
• Sagen – Sagen MI Canada Inc. (formerly Genworth MI Canada Inc.)
• DBCT – Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal
• Summit DigiTel – Summit Digitel Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.
• Forest City – Forest City Realty Trust, Inc.
• TERP – TerraForm Power, Inc.
• Genesee & Wyoming – Genesee & Wyoming Inc.
• Westinghouse – Westinghouse Electric Company
Performance Measures
Definitions of performance measures, including IFRS, non-IFRS and operating measures, are presented below in alphabetical
order. We have specifically identified those measures which are IFRS or non-IFRS measures; the remainder are
operating measures.
Assets under management (“AUM”) refers to the total fair value of assets that we manage, on a gross asset value basis,
including assets for which we earn management fees and those for which we do not. AUM is calculated as follows: (i) for
investments that Brookfield consolidates for accounting purposes or actively manages, including investments of which
Brookfield or a controlled investment vehicle is the largest shareholder or the primary operator or manager, at 100% of the
investment’s total assets on a fair value basis; and (ii) for all other investments, at Brookfield’s or its controlled investment
vehicle’s, as applicable, proportionate share of the investment’s total assets on a fair value basis. Brookfield’s methodology for
determining AUM may differ from the methodology employed by other alternative asset managers and Brookfield’s AUM
presented herein may differ from our AUM reflected in other public filings and/or our Form ADV and Form PF.
115 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Base management fees, which are determined by contractual arrangements, are typically equal to a percentage of fee-bearing
capital and are accrued quarterly. Base management fees, including private fund base fees and listed affiliate base fees,
are IFRS measures.
Private fund base fees are typically earned on fee-bearing capital from third-party investors only and are earned on invested
and/or uninvested fund capital, depending on the stage of the fund life.
Listed affiliate base fees are earned on the total capitalization, including debt and market capitalization, of the listed affiliates,
which includes our investment. Base fees for BPY and BEP include a quarterly fixed fee amount of $12.5 million
and $5 million, respectively. BPY and BEP each pay additional fees of 1.25% on the increase in market capitalization above
their initial capitalization of $11.5 billion and $8 billion, respectively. Base fees for BPYU, BIP and BBU are 1.25% of
total capitalization. BPYU capital was subject to a 12-month fee waiver which expired at the end of August 2019.
Carried interest is an IFRS measure that is a contractual arrangement whereby we receive a fixed percentage of investment
gains generated within a private fund provided that the investors receive a pre-determined minimum return. Carried interest is
typically paid towards the end of the life of a fund after the capital has been returned to investors and may be subject to
clawback until all investments have been monetized and minimum investment returns are sufficiently assured.
Realized carried interest is an IFRS measure and represents our share of investment returns based on realized gains within a
private fund. Realized carried interest earned is recognized when an underlying investment is profitably disposed of and the
fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of preferred returns, in accordance with the respective terms set out in the fund’s
governing agreements, and when the probability of clawback is remote. We include realized carried interest when determining
our Asset Management segment results within our consolidated financial statements.
Realized carried interest, net is a non-IFRS measure and represents realized carried interest after direct costs, which include
employee expenses and cash taxes. A reconciliation of realized carried interest to realized carried interest, net, is shown below:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Realized carried interest1................................................................................................................................... $
Less: direct costs associated with realized carried interest................................................................................
Less: realized carried interest not attributable to BAM.....................................................................................
2020
684 $
(273)
411
(63)
2019
600
(197)
403
(7)
Realized carried interest, net.............................................................................................................................. $
348 $
396
1.
Includes $339 million of realized carried interest related to Oaktree (2019 – $35 million). For segment reporting, Oaktree’s revenue is shown on a 100% basis.
Carry eligible capital represents the capital committed, pledged or invested in the private funds that we manage and which
entitle us to earn carried interest. Carry eligible capital includes both invested and uninvested (i.e., uncalled) private fund
amounts as well as those amounts invested directly by investors (co-investments) if those entitle us to earn carried interest. We
believe this measure is useful to investors as it provides additional insight into the capital base upon which we have potential to
earn carried interest once minimum investment returns are sufficiently assured.
Adjusted carry eligible capital excludes uncalled fund commitments and funds that have not yet reached their preferred
return, as well as co-investments and separately managed accounts that are subject to lower carried interest than our
standard funds.
A reconciliation from carry eligible capital to adjusted carry eligible capital is provided below:
AS AT DEC. 31
2019
(MILLIONS)
Carry eligible capital1........................................................................................................................................ $ 85,330 $ 79,822
Less:
2020
Uncalled private fund commitments...............................................................................................................
(27,624)
(33,897)
Co-investments and other...............................................................................................................................
(7,450)
(7,646)
Funds not yet at target preferred return...........................................................................................................
(16,863)
(15,759)
Adjusted carry eligible capital........................................................................................................................... $ 33,393 $ 22,520
1. Excludes carry eligible capital related to Oaktree.
Cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment is a non-IFRS measure that provides insight into earnings received by
the Corporation that are available for distribution to common shareholders or to be reinvested into the business. It is calculated
as the sum of our Asset Management segment FFO (i.e., fee-related earnings and realized carried interest, net); distributions
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 116
from our listed affiliates, other investments that pay regular cash distributions and FFO from our corporate cash and financial
assets; other invested capital earnings, which include FFO from our residential operations, energy contracts, sustainable
resources and other real estate, private equity, corporate investments that do not pay regular cash distributions, corporate costs
and corporate interest expense; excluding equity-based compensation costs and net of preferred share dividend payments.
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Asset management FFO1.................................................................................................................................... $
Our share of Oaktree’s distributable earnings...................................................................................................
Distributions from investments..........................................................................................................................
Other invested capital earnings
Corporate borrowings.....................................................................................................................................
Corporate costs and taxes................................................................................................................................
Other wholly owned investments....................................................................................................................
Preferred share dividends...................................................................................................................................
Add back: equity-based compensation costs.....................................................................................................
2020
2019
1,486 $
1,555
259
1,929
42
1,589
(388)
(151)
16
(523)
(142)
94
(348)
(135)
(36)
(519)
(152)
87
Cash available for distribution and/or reinvestment.......................................................................................... $
3,103 $
2,602
1. Excludes $186 million and $104 million of fee-related earnings and realized carried interest, net from Oaktree, respectively (2019 – $32 million and $10 million). See
definition in Glossary of Terms beginning on page 115.
Consolidated capitalization reflects the full capitalization of wholly owned and partially-owned entities that we consolidate in
our financial statements. Our consolidated capitalization includes 100% of the debt of the consolidated entities even though
in many cases we only own a portion of the entity and therefore our pro-rata exposure to this debt is much lower. In other
cases, this basis of presentation excludes the debt of partially-owned entities that are accounted for following the equity
method, such as our investments in Canary Wharf and several of our infrastructure businesses.
Core liquidity represents the amount of cash, financial assets and undrawn credit lines at the Corporation, listed affiliates and
directly held investments. We use core liquidity as a key measure of our ability to fund future transactions and capitalize
quickly on opportunities as they arise. Our core liquidity also allows us to backstop the transactions of our various businesses
as necessary and fund the development of new activities that are not yet suitable for our investors.
Total liquidity represents the sum of core liquidity and uncalled private fund commitments and is used to pursue new
transactions.
Corporate capitalization represents the amount of debt issued by the Corporation, accounts payable and deferred tax liability
in our Corporate segment as well as our issued and outstanding common and preferred shares.
Distributions (current rate) represents the distributions that we would receive during the next twelve months based on the
current distribution rates of the investments that we currently hold. The dividends from our listed investments are calculated by
multiplying the number of shares held by the most recently announced distribution policy. The yield on cash and
financial assets portfolio is equal to 8% of the weighted-average balance of the last four quarters of our corporate cash
and financial assets. Distributions on our unlisted investments are calculated based on the quarterly distributions received in
the most recent fiscal year.
Economic ownership interest represents the company’s proportionate equity interest in our listed affiliates which can include
redemption-exchange units (“REUs”), Class A limited partnership units, special limited partnership units and general
partnership units in each subsidiary, where applicable, as well as any units or shares issued in subsidiaries that are
exchangeable for units in our listed affiliates (“exchange units”). REUs and exchange units share the same economic attributes
as the Class A limited partnership units in all respects except for our redemption right, which the listed affiliate can satisfy
through the issuance of Class A limited partnership units. The REUs, general partnership units and exchange units participate in
earnings and distributions on a per unit basis equivalent to the per unit participation of the Class A limited partnership units of
the subsidiary.
Fee-bearing capital represents the capital committed, pledged or invested in the listed affiliates, private funds and public
securities that we manage which entitles us to earn fee revenues. Fee-bearing capital includes both called (“invested”) and
uncalled (“pledged” or “committed”) amounts. When reconciling period amounts, we utilize the following definitions:
•
Inflows include capital commitments and contributions to our private and public securities funds and equity issuances in
our listed affiliates.
117 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
• Outflows represent distributions and redemptions of capital from within the public securities capital.
•
Distributions represent quarterly distributions from listed affiliates as well as returns of committed capital (excluding
market valuation adjustments), redemptions and expiry of uncalled commitments within our private funds.
• Market valuation includes gains (losses) on portfolio investments, listed affiliates and public securities based on
market prices.
• Other includes changes in net non-recourse leverage included in the determination of listed affiliate capitalization and the
impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on non-U.S. dollar commitments.
Fee-related earnings is an IFRS measure that is comprised of fee revenues less direct costs associated with earning those fees,
which include employee expenses and professional fees as well as business related technology costs, other shared services and
taxes. We use this measure to provide additional insight into the operating profitability of our asset management activities.
Fee revenues is an IFRS measure and includes base management fees, incentive distributions, performance fees and
transaction fees presented within our Asset Management segment. Many of these items do not appear in consolidated revenues
because they are earned from consolidated entities and are eliminated on consolidation.
Funds from operations (“FFO”) is a key measure of our financial performance. We use FFO to assess operating results and
the performance of our businesses on a segmented basis. While we use segment FFO as our segment measure of profit and loss
(see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements), the sum of FFO for all our segments, or total FFO, is a non-IFRS
measure. The following table reconciles total FFO to net income:
Total
Per Share
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
Net income.................................................................................................................... $
707 $ 5,354 $
0.37 $
3.50
Financial statement components not included in FFO.................................................
Equity accounted fair value changes and other non-FFO items1...............................
Fair value changes.....................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization...................................................................................
Deferred income taxes...............................................................................................
Realized disposition gains recorded as fair value changes or equity...........................
3,170
1,423
5,791
81
1,554
143
831
4,876
(475)
621
2.10
0.94
3.83
0.05
0.97
Non-controlling interest in FFO...................................................................................
(7,546)
(7,161)
(4.99)
0.10
0.56
3.28
(0.32)
0.40
(4.81)
Total FFO..................................................................................................................... $ 5,180 $ 4,189 $
3.27 $
2.71
1. Adjustment to back out non-FFO expenses (income) that are included in consolidated equity accounted income including depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes
and fair value changes from equity accounted investments.
We use FFO to assess our performance as an asset manager and separately as an investor in our assets. FFO includes the fees
that we earn from managing capital as well as our share of revenues earned and costs incurred within our operations, which
include interest expense and other costs. Specifically, FFO includes the impact of contracts that we enter into to generate
revenue, including asset management agreements, power sales agreements, contracts that our operating businesses enter into
such as leases and take or pay contracts and sales of inventory. FFO also includes the impact of changes in borrowings or the
cost of borrowings as well as other costs incurred to operate our business.
We use realized disposition gains and losses within FFO in order to provide additional insight regarding the performance
of investments on a cumulative realized basis, including any unrealized fair value adjustments that were recorded in equity and
not otherwise reflected in current period FFO, and believe it is useful to investors to better understand variances between
reporting periods. We exclude depreciation and amortization from FFO as we believe that the value of most of our assets
typically increases over time, provided we make the necessary maintenance expenditures, the timing and magnitude of which
may differ from the amount of depreciation recorded in any given period. In addition, the depreciated cost base of our assets is
reflected in the ultimate realized disposition gain or loss on disposal. As noted above, unrealized fair value changes
are excluded from FFO until the period in which the asset is sold. We also exclude deferred income taxes from FFO
because the vast majority of the company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are a result of the revaluation of our assets
under IFRS.
Our definition of FFO may differ from the definition used by other organizations, as well as the definition of FFO used by the
Real Property Association of Canada (“REALPAC”) and the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, Inc.
(“NAREIT”), in part because the NAREIT definition is based on U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS. The key differences
between our definition of FFO and the determination of FFO by REALPAC and/or NAREIT are that we include the following:
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 118
realized disposition gains or losses and cash taxes payable or receivable on those gains or losses, if any; foreign exchange gains
or losses on monetary items not forming part of our net investment in foreign operations; and foreign exchange gains or losses
on the sale of an investment in a foreign operation. We do not use FFO as a measure of cash generated from our operations.
Incentive distributions is an IFRS measure that is determined by contractual arrangements; incentive distributions are paid to
us by BPY, BEP and BIP and represent a portion of distributions paid by listed affiliates above a predetermined hurdle.
Incentive distributions are accrued on the record date of the associated distributions of the entity.
A summary of our distribution hurdles and current distribution rates is as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
Brookfield Infrastructure (BIP)3........................................................ $
Brookfield Renewable (BEP)4..........................................................
Brookfield Property (BPY)5..............................................................
Current
Distribution Rate1
Distribution Hurdles
(per unit)2
0.79
0.73 / $
2.04 $
1.22
1.33
0.80 /
1.10 /
0.90
1.20
Incentive
Distributions
15% / 25%
15% / 25%
15% / 25%
1. Current rate based on most recently announced distribution rates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Incentive distributions equate to 18% and 33% of limited partner distribution increases over the first and second hurdles, respectively.
Incentive distributions from Brookfield Infrastructure are earned on distributions made by BIP and BIPC.
Incentive distributions from Brookfield Renewable are earned on distributions made by BEP and BEPC.
Incentive distributions from Brookfield Property are earned on distributions made by BPY and BPYU.
Invested capital consists of investments in our listed affiliates, other listed securities, unlisted investments and corporate
working capital. Our invested capital provides us with FFO and cash distributions.
Invested capital, net consists of invested capital and leverage.
Leverage represents the amount of corporate borrowings and perpetual preferred shares held by the company.
Long-term average (“LTA”) generation is used in our Renewable Power segment and is determined based on expected
electrical generation from its assets in commercial operation during the year. For assets acquired or reaching commercial
operation during the year, LTA generation is calculated from the acquisition or commercial operation date. In Brazil, assured
generation levels are used as a proxy for LTA. We compare LTA generation to actual generation levels to assess the impact on
revenues and FFO of hydrology, wind generation levels and irradiance, which vary from one period to the next.
Performance fees is an IFRS measure. Performance fees are paid to us when we exceed predetermined investment returns
within BBU and on certain public securities portfolios. BBU performance fees are accrued quarterly based on the volume-
weighted average increase in BBU unit price over the previous threshold, whereas performance fees within public securities
funds are typically determined on an annual basis. Performance fees are not subject to clawback.
Proportionate basis generation is used in our Renewable Power segment to describe the total amount of power generated by
facilities held by BEP, at BEP’s respective economic ownership interest percentage.
Realized disposition gains/losses is a component of FFO and includes gains or losses arising from transactions during the
reporting period together with any fair value changes and revaluation surplus recorded in prior periods, presented net of cash
taxes payable or receivable. Realized disposition gains include amounts that are recorded in net income, other comprehensive
income and as ownership changes in our consolidated statements of equity, and exclude amounts attributable to non-controlling
interests unless otherwise noted. We use realized disposition gains/losses to provide additional insight regarding the
performance of investments on a cumulative realized basis, including any unrealized fair value adjustments that were recorded
in prior periods and not otherwise reflected in current period FFO, and believe it is useful to investors to better understand
variances between reporting periods.
Same-store or same-property represents the earnings contribution from assets or investments held throughout both the current
and prior reporting period on a constant ownership basis. We utilize same-store analysis to illustrate the growth in earnings
excluding the impact of acquisitions or dispositions.
Unrealized carried interest is the change in accumulated unrealized carried interest from prior period and represents the
amount of carried interest generated during the period. We use this measure to provide insight into the value our investments
have created in the period.
Accumulated unrealized carried interest is based on carried interest that would be receivable under the contractual formula
at the period end date as if a fund was liquidated and all investments had been monetized at the values recorded on that date.
We use this measure to provide insight into our potential to realize carried interest in the future. Details of components of our
accumulated unrealized carried interest are included in the definition of unrealized carried interest below.
119 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Accumulated unrealized carried interest, net is after direct costs, which include employee expenses and taxes.
The following table identifies the inputs of accumulated unrealized carried interest to arrive at unrealized carried interest
generated in the period:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Adjusted Carry
Eligible
Capital1
Adjusted
Multiple of
Capital2
Fund Target
Carried
Interest3
Current
Carried
Interest4
2020
Real Estate...................................................................... $
Infrastructure.................................................................
Private Equity................................................................
$
2019
Real Estate....................................................................... $
Infrastructure...................................................................
Private Equity..................................................................
$
8,950
19,964
4,479
33,393
6,758
13,397
2,365
22,520
1.5x
1.4x
2.0x
1.7x
1.5x
2.7x
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
19%
17%
13%
20%
18%
15%
1. Excludes uncalled private fund commitments, co-investment capital and funds that have not met their preferred return.
2. Adjusted Multiple of Capital represents the ratio of total distributions plus estimates of remaining value to the equity invested, and reflects performance net of fund
management fees and expenses, before carried interest. Our core, credit and value add funds pay management fees of 0.90-1.50% and our opportunistic and private
equity funds pay fees of 1.50-2.00%. Funds typically incur fund expenses of approximately 0.35% of carry eligible capital annually.
Fund target carried interest percentage is the target carry average of the funds within adjusted carry eligible capital as at each period end.
3.
4. When a fund has achieved its preferred return, we earn an accelerated percentage of the additional fund profit until we have earned the fund target carried interest
percentage. Funds in their early stage of earning carry will not yet have earned the full percentage of total fund profit to which we are entitled.
The following table summarizes the unrealized carried interest generated in the current and prior year periods:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2018
2020 vs. 2019
2019 vs. 2018
Accumulated Unrealized Carried Interest
Change
Real Estate...................................................................... $
855 $
986 $
1,087 $
(131) $
Infrastructure..................................................................
Private Equity.................................................................
Oaktree............................................................................
Accumulated unrealized carried interest........................
Less: associated expenses1..............................................
Accumulated unrealized carry, net................................. $
Add: realized carried interest, net...................................
Unrealized carried interest, net.......................................
1,492
599
1,078
4,024
1,175
596
890
3,647
(1,423)
(1,258)
725
674
—
2,486
(754)
2,601 $
2,389 $
1,732
317
3
188
377
(165)
212
(411)
$
(199) $
(101)
450
(78)
890
1,161
(504)
657
142
799
1. Carried interest generated is subject to taxes and long-term incentive expenses to investment professionals. These expenses are typically 30-35% of carried
interest generated.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 120
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
REPORTING
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
Management of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (Brookfield) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the
supervision of, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Board of Directors,
management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as defined in Regulation 240.13a-15(f) or 240.15d-15(f).
Management assessed the effectiveness of Brookfield’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,
based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2020,
Brookfield’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. Management excluded from its assessment the internal
control over financial reporting for Summit Digitel Infrastructure Private Limited, IndoStar Capital Finance Limited, several
real estate entities and the 100 MW concentrated solar portfolio in Spain, which were acquired during 2020, and whose total
assets, net assets, revenues and net income constitute approximately 3%, 3%, 1% and 1% respectively, of the consolidated
financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Brookfield’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, has been audited by Deloitte LLP, the
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, who also audited Brookfield’s consolidated financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 2020. As stated in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte LLP expressed
an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Brookfield’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.
Bruce Flatt
Chief Executive Officer
March 23, 2021
Toronto, Canada
Nicholas Goodman
Chief Financial Officer
121 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 of the Company and our
report dated March 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its
assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Summit Digitel Infrastructure Private Limited, IndoStar Capital
Finance Limited, several real estate entities and the 100 MW concentrated solar portfolio in Spain, which were acquired during
2020 and whose financial statements constitute, in aggregate, 3% of total assets, 3% of net assets, 1% of revenues and 1% of
net income of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020. Accordingly, our
audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Summit Digitel Infrastructure Private Limited, IndoStar
Capital Finance Limited, several real estate entities and the 100 MW concentrated solar portfolio in Spain.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
Toronto, Canada
March 23, 2021
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 122
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The accompanying consolidated financial statements and other financial information in this Annual Report have been prepared
by the company’s management which is responsible for their integrity, consistency, objectivity and reliability. To fulfill this
responsibility, the company maintains policies, procedures and systems of internal control to ensure that its reporting practices
and accounting and administrative procedures are appropriate to provide a high degree of assurance that is relevant and reliable
financial information is produced and assets are safeguarded. These controls include the careful selection and training of
employees, the establishment of well-defined areas of responsibility and accountability for performance, and the
communication of policies and code of conduct throughout the company. In addition, the company maintains an internal audit
group that conducts periodic audits of the company’s operations. The Chief Internal Auditor has full access to the Audit
Committee.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and, where appropriate, reflect estimates based on management’s
judgment. The financial information presented throughout this Annual Report is consistent with the information contained in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Deloitte LLP, the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appointed by the shareholders, have audited the consolidated
financial statements set out on pages 126 through 215 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) to enable them to express to the shareholders and the board of directors their opinion on the
consolidated financial statements. Their report is set out on the following page.
The consolidated financial statements have been further reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors acting through its
Audit Committee, which is comprised of directors who are neither officers nor employees of the company. The Audit
Committee, which meets with the auditors and management to review the activities of each and reports to the Board of
Directors, oversees management’s responsibilities for the financial reporting and internal control systems. The auditors have
full and direct access to the Audit Committee and meet periodically with the committee both with and without management
present to discuss their audit and related findings.
Bruce Flatt
Chief Executive Officer
March 23, 2021
Toronto, Canada
Nicholas Goodman
Chief Financial Officer
123 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income,
changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and its financial performance and its cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission and our report dated March 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due
to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Fair Value of Investment Properties and Property, Plant and Equipment – Refer to Notes 2(g)(i), 2(g)(ii), 11 and
12 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company has elected the fair value model for investment properties and the revaluation model for certain classes of
property, plant and equipment, namely the Company’s renewable power generating, utilities, transport, communication, energy,
and hospitality operating assets. The Company measures these assets at fair value or revalued amount subsequent to initial
recognition on the balance sheet.
The investment properties and certain classes of property, plant and equipment have limited observable market activity, which
requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The estimates and
assumptions with the highest degree of subjectivity and impact on fair values are future expected market rents and revenues,
operating margins, terminal value multiples, terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates. Auditing these estimates and
assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment as the estimations made by management contains significant
measurement uncertainty. This resulted in an increased extent of audit effort, including the need to involve fair value
specialists.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 124
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to future expected market rents and revenues, operating margins, terminal value multiples,
terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates of investment properties and certain classes of property, plant and equipment
included the following, among others:
•
•
•
•
Evaluated the effectiveness of controls, including those related to management’s process for determining investment
properties and certain classes of property, plant and equipment fair values including those over determining future
expected market rents and revenues, operating margins, terminal value multiples, terminal capitalization rates, and
discount rates.
Tested management’s future expected market rents and revenues, operating margins, terminal value multiples, terminal
capitalization rates, and discount rates through independent analysis and comparison to external sources including
objective contractual information, and observable economic indicators, where applicable.
Evaluated management’s ability to accurately estimate fair value and future expected market rents and revenues and
operating margins by comparing management’s historical fair value estimates to market transactions and forecasts to
actual results.
Evaluated the impact of current market events and conditions, including relevant comparable transactions, on the
assumptions used by management.
• With the assistance of fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of management’s determination of terminal
value multiples, terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates by (1) testing the source information underlying the
determination of terminal value multiples, terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates; (2) developing a range of
independent estimates and comparing those to the terminal value multiples, terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates
selected by management; and (3) considering recent market transactions and industry surveys.
/s/ Deloitte LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
Toronto, Canada
March 23, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1971.
125 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
2019
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................................................................
Other financial assets............................................................................................................
Accounts receivable and other..............................................................................................
Inventory...............................................................................................................................
Assets classified as held for sale...........................................................................................
Equity accounted investments..............................................................................................
Investment properties...........................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment..............................................................................................
Intangible assets....................................................................................................................
Goodwill...............................................................................................................................
Deferred income tax assets...................................................................................................
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
$
9,933 $
17,730
18,928
10,360
5,917
41,327
96,782
100,009
24,658
14,714
3,338
6,778
12,468
18,469
10,272
3,502
40,698
96,686
89,264
27,710
14,550
3,572
Total assets.............................................................................................................................
$
343,696 $
323,969
Liabilities and equity
Corporate borrowings...........................................................................................................
Accounts payable and other..................................................................................................
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale.................................................
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities.....................................................................
Deferred income tax liabilities.............................................................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations...............................................................................................
Equity
Preferred equity....................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests......................................................................................................
Common equity....................................................................................................................
16
17
9
18
15
19
21
21
21
$
9,077 $
50,682
2,359
7,083
43,077
1,690
139,324
136,292
15,913
3,699
14,849
4,132
4,145
86,804
31,693
4,145
81,833
30,868
Total equity..............................................................................................................................
122,642
116,846
Total liabilities and equity....................................................................................................
$
343,696 $
323,969
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 126
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Revenues.....................................................................................................................
Direct costs..................................................................................................................
Other income and gains..............................................................................................
Note
22
23
Equity accounted (loss) income..................................................................................
10
Expenses
Interest......................................................................................................................
Corporate costs.........................................................................................................
Fair value changes.......................................................................................................
24
Depreciation and amortization....................................................................................
Income taxes...............................................................................................................
15
Net income..................................................................................................................
Net (loss) income attributable to:
Shareholders.............................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests.........................................................................................
Net (loss) income per share:
Diluted......................................................................................................................
Basic.........................................................................................................................
21
21
2020
$
62,752 $
(47,386)
785
(79)
(7,213)
(101)
(1,423)
(5,791)
(837)
707 $
(134) $
841
707 $
(0.12) $
(0.12)
$
$
$
$
2019
67,826
(52,728)
1,285
2,498
(7,227)
(98)
(831)
(4,876)
(495)
5,354
2,807
2,547
5,354
1.73
1.78
127 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
Net income.....................................................................................................................
$
2020
707 $
2019
5,354
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that may be reclassified to net income
Financial contracts and power sale agreements........................................................
Marketable securities................................................................................................
Equity accounted investments..................................................................................
10
Foreign currency translation.....................................................................................
Income taxes.............................................................................................................
15
Items that will not be reclassified to net income
Revaluations of property, plant and equipment........................................................
Revaluation of pension obligations..........................................................................
Equity accounted investments..................................................................................
Marketable securities................................................................................................
12
17
10
Income taxes.............................................................................................................
15
Other comprehensive income........................................................................................
Comprehensive income.................................................................................................
Attributable to:
Shareholders
Net (loss) income......................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income...................................................................................
Comprehensive income............................................................................................
Non-controlling interests
Net income................................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income...................................................................................
Comprehensive income............................................................................................
$
$
$
$
$
(218)
285
(82)
(1,294)
(38)
(1,347)
4,794
(298)
36
316
(1,188)
3,660
2,313
3,020 $
(134) $
818
684 $
841 $
1,495
2,336 $
(52)
75
(37)
(403)
(15)
(432)
3,328
(149)
354
299
(688)
3,144
2,712
8,066
2,807
524
3,331
2,547
2,188
4,735
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 128
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Common
Share
Capital
Balance as at
Contributed
Surplus
Retained
Earnings
Ownership
Changes1
Revaluation
Surplus
Currency
Translation
Other
Reserves2
Common
Equity
Preferred
Equity
Non-
controlling
Interests
Total
Equity
December 31, 2019.........
$
7,305
$
286
$ 16,026
$
1,010
$
7,876
$
(2,017) $
382
$
30,868
$
4,145
$
81,833
$ 116,846
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
Changes in year:
Net (loss) income...............
Other comprehensive
income (loss)...................
Comprehensive income
(loss) ...............................
Shareholder distributions
Common equity.............
Preferred equity.............
Non-controlling
interests.......................
Other items
Equity issuances, net of
redemptions.................
Share-based
compensation..............
Ownership changes........
Total change in year...........
Balance as at
—
—
—
—
—
—
63
—
—
63
—
—
—
—
—
—
(134)
—
(134)
(726)
(141)
—
(60)
(273)
59
—
(1)
(23)
449
(848)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,005
1,005
—
—
—
—
—
—
(332)
(332)
—
—
—
—
—
1,681
1,681
(1,351)
(346)
216
(116)
—
145
145
—
—
—
—
—
247
392
(134)
818
684
(726)
(141)
—
(270)
36
1,242
825
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
841
707
1,495
2,313
2,336
3,020
—
—
(726)
(141)
(6,493)
(6,493)
12,719
12,449
—
36
(3,591)
(2,349)
4,971
5,796
December 31, 2020.........
$
7,368
$
285
$ 15,178
$
2,691
$
7,530
$
(2,133) $
774
$
31,693
$
4,145
$
86,804
$ 122,642
1.
2.
Includes gains or losses on changes in ownership interests of consolidated subsidiaries.
Includes changes in fair value of marketable securities, cash flow hedges, actuarial changes on pension plans and equity accounted other comprehensive income, net of
associated income taxes.
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Common
Share
Capital
Balance as at
Contributed
Surplus
Retained
Earnings
Ownership
Changes1
Revaluation
Surplus
Currency
Translation
Other
Reserves2
Common
Equity
Preferred
Equity
Non-
controlling
Interests
Total
Equity
December 31, 2018........ $
4,457
$
271
$
14,244
$
645
$
7,556
$
(1,833) $
307
$
25,647
$
4,168
$
67,335
$
97,150
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
Changes in year:
Net income.......................
Other comprehensive
income (loss).................
Comprehensive income
(loss)..............................
Shareholder distributions
Common equity............
Preferred equity............
Non-controlling
interests.....................
Other items
Equity issuances, net of
redemptions...............
Share-based
compensation............
Ownership changes......
Total change in year.........
2,848
Balance as at
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,807
—
2,807
(620)
(152)
—
2,848
(40)
(331)
—
—
55
—
15
(68)
146
1,782
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
365
365
—
591
591
—
—
—
—
—
(271)
320
—
(190)
(190)
—
—
—
—
—
6
(184)
—
123
123
—
—
—
—
—
(48)
75
2,807
524
3,331
(620)
(152)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,547
5,354
2,188
2,712
4,735
8,066
—
—
(620)
(152)
(8,568)
(8,568)
2,477
(23)
16,636
19,090
(13)
198
5,221
—
—
(23)
—
1,695
14,498
(13)
1,893
19,696
December 31, 2019........ $
7,305
$
286
$
16,026
$
1,010
$
7,876
$
(2,017) $
382
$
30,868
$
4,145
$
81,833
$ 116,846
1.
2.
Includes gains or losses on changes in ownership interests of consolidated subsidiaries.
Includes changes in fair value of marketable securities, cash flow hedges, actuarial changes on pension plans and equity accounted other comprehensive income, net of
associated income taxes.
129 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Operating activities
Note
2020
2019
Net income..........................................................................................................................
Other income and gains.......................................................................................................
Share of undistributed equity accounted earnings...............................................................
Fair value changes...............................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization............................................................................................
Deferred income taxes.........................................................................................................
Investments in residential inventory...................................................................................
Net change in non-cash working capital balances..............................................................
24
15
$
Financing activities
Corporate borrowings arranged...........................................................................................
Corporate borrowings repaid...............................................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings arranged.....................................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings repaid.........................................................................................
Non-recourse credit facilities, net.......................................................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations issued...................................................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations redeemed.............................................................................
Capital provided from non-controlling interests.................................................................
Capital repaid to non-controlling interests..........................................................................
Repayment of lease liabilities.............................................................................................
Preferred equity redemptions..............................................................................................
Common shares issued........................................................................................................
Common shares repurchased...............................................................................................
Distributions to non-controlling interests............................................................................
Distributions to shareholders...............................................................................................
Investing activities
Acquisitions
Investment properties........................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment..........................................................................................
Equity accounted investments...........................................................................................
Financial assets and other..................................................................................................
Acquisition of subsidiaries................................................................................................
Dispositions
Investment properties........................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment..........................................................................................
Equity accounted investments...........................................................................................
Financial assets and other..................................................................................................
Disposition of subsidiaries................................................................................................
Restricted cash and deposits................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents
Change in cash and cash equivalents..................................................................................
Net change in cash classified within assets held for sale....................................................
Foreign exchange revaluation.............................................................................................
Balance, beginning of year..................................................................................................
Balance, end of year............................................................................................................
Supplemental cash flow disclosures
Income taxes paid................................................................................................................
Interest paid.........................................................................................................................
$
$
707 $
(785)
1,347
1,423
5,791
81
51
(274)
8,341
2,216
(251)
37,594
(33,496)
(1,705)
231
(246)
16,312
(3,593)
(602)
—
17
(419)
(6,493)
(867)
8,698
(5,111)
(4,012)
(3,733)
(25,536)
(3,453)
2,266
125
215
22,557
3,415
(606)
(13,873)
3,166
23
(34)
6,778
9,933 $
5,354
(1,285)
(1,654)
831
4,876
(475)
(319)
(1,000)
6,328
992
(450)
64,576
(42,215)
(926)
212
(45)
19,447
(2,811)
(424)
(16)
13
(267)
(8,568)
(772)
28,746
(6,921)
(3,053)
(5,534)
(10,830)
(31,088)
5,239
140
1,725
10,850
2,336
462
(36,674)
(1,600)
(7)
(5)
8,390
6,778
1,101 $
6,583
504
6,323
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 130
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. ORGANIZATION AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Organization
Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (the “Corporation”) is a global alternative asset management company. References in these
financial statements to “Brookfield,” “us,” “we,” “our” or “the company” refer to the Corporation and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries and consolidated entities. The company owns and operates assets with a focus on real estate, renewable power,
infrastructure, private equity and credit. The Corporation is listed on the New York and Toronto stock exchanges under the
symbols BAM and BAM.A, respectively. The Corporation was formed by articles of amalgamation under the Business
Corporations Act (Ontario) and is registered in Ontario, Canada. The registered office of the Corporation is Brookfield Place,
181 Bay Street, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2T3.
Capital Management
The company utilizes the Corporation’s Capital to manage the business in a number of ways, including operating performance,
value creation, credit metrics and capital efficiency. The performance of the Corporation’s Capital is closely tracked and
monitored by the company’s key management personnel and evaluated relative to management’s objectives. The primary goal
of the company is to earn a 12-15% return compounded over the long-term while always maintaining excess capital to support
ongoing operations.
The Corporation’s Capital consists of the capital invested in its asset management activities, including investments in entities
that it manages, its corporate investments that are held outside of managed entities and its net working capital. The
Corporation’s Capital is funded with common equity, preferred equity and corporate borrowings issued by the Corporation.
As at December 31, 2020, the Corporation’s Capital totaled $45.1 billion (2019 – $42.1 billion), and is computed as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................................................................................... $
Other financial assets.................................................................................................................................
Common equity in managed investments..................................................................................................
Other assets and liabilities of the Corporation...........................................................................................
Corporation’s Capital................................................................................................................................. $
Corporation’s Capital is comprised of the following:
Common equity....................................................................................................................................... $
Preferred shares.......................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interest..........................................................................................................................
Corporate borrowings..............................................................................................................................
$
2020
1,283 $
3,809
33,732
6,321
45,145 $
31,693 $
4,145
230
9,077
45,145 $
2019
807
2,722
33,839
4,728
42,096
30,868
4,145
—
7,083
42,096
The Corporation generates returns on its capital through management fees and performance revenues earned as an asset
manager, as well as distributions or dividends earned from its capital invested in managed entities, and through performance of
the Corporation’s financial asset investments. Prudent levels of corporate borrowings and preferred equity are utilized to
enhance returns to shareholders’ common equity.
131 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
A reconciliation of the Corporation’s Capital to the company’s consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2020 is as
follows:
The
Corporation
Managed
Investments
Elimination
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................. $
Other financial assets ....................................................................
Accounts receivable and other1......................................................
Inventory........................................................................................
Assets classified as held for sale....................................................
Equity accounted investments........................................................
Investment properties.....................................................................
Property, plant and equipment.......................................................
Intangible assets.............................................................................
Goodwill........................................................................................
Deferred income tax assets............................................................
Accounts payable and other1..........................................................
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale..........
Deferred income tax liabilities.......................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations.........................................................
Total...............................................................................................
Common equity in managed investments2.....................................
Corporation’s Capital
Less:
Corporate borrowings..................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities............................
Amounts attributable to preferred equity....................................
Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.......................
Common equity............................................................................ $
1,283 $
3,809
3,632
2
—
5,361
17
122
285
368
2,159
(5,134)
—
(414)
(77)
11,413
33,732
45,145
9,077
—
4,145
230
31,693 $
8,650 $
13,921
17,401
10,358
5,917
35,966
96,765
99,887
24,373
14,346
1,179
(47,653)
(2,359)
(15,499)
(3,622)
259,630
—
259,630
—
139,324
—
86,574
33,732 $
Total
Consolidated
9,933
17,730
18,928
10,360
5,917
41,327
96,782
100,009
24,658
14,714
3,338
(50,682)
(2,359)
(15,913)
(3,699)
271,043
—
271,043
— $
—
(2,105)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,105
—
—
—
—
(33,732)
(33,732)
—
—
—
—
(33,732) $
9,077
139,324
4,145
86,804
31,693
1. Contains the gross up of intercompany balances, including accounts receivable and other, and accounts payable and other of $2.1 billion and $2.1 billion
respectively, between entities within the Corporation and its managed investments.
2. Represents the value of the Corporation’s managed investments.
Common equity in managed investments is a measure routinely evaluated by our company’s key management personnel and
represents the net equity in our consolidated financial statements outside of our corporate and asset management segments,
excluding non-controlling interests. This measure is equal to the sum of the common equity in our real estate, infrastructure,
renewable power, private equity and residential operating segments.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 132
A reconciliation of the Corporation’s Capital to the company’s consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2019 is as
follows:
The
Corporation
Managed
Investments
Elimination
AS AT DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................. $
Other financial assets ....................................................................
Accounts receivable and other1......................................................
Inventory........................................................................................
Assets classified as held for sale....................................................
Equity accounted investments........................................................
Investment properties.....................................................................
Property, plant and equipment.......................................................
Intangible assets.............................................................................
Goodwill........................................................................................
Deferred income tax assets............................................................
Accounts payable and other1..........................................................
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale..........
Deferred income tax liabilities.......................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations.........................................................
Total...............................................................................................
Common equity in managed investments2.....................................
Corporation’s Capital
Less:
Corporate borrowings..................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities............................
Amounts attributable to preferred equity....................................
Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.......................
Common equity............................................................................ $
807 $
2,722
1,629
—
—
5,281
—
79
124
328
2,477
(4,870)
—
(279)
(41)
8,257
33,839
42,096
7,083
—
4,145
—
30,868 $
5,971 $
9,746
17,002
10,272
3,502
35,417
96,686
89,185
27,586
14,222
1,095
(38,369)
(1,690)
(14,570)
(4,091)
251,964
—
251,964
—
136,292
—
81,833
33,839 $
— $
—
(162)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
162
—
—
—
—
Total
Consolidated
6,778
12,468
18,469
10,272
3,502
40,698
96,686
89,264
27,710
14,550
3,572
(43,077)
(1,690)
(14,849)
(4,132)
260,221
—
260,221
(33,839)
(33,839)
—
—
—
—
(33,839) $
7,083
136,292
4,145
81,833
30,868
1. Contains the gross up of intercompany balances, including accounts receivable and other, and accounts payable and other of $162 million and $162 million respectively,
between entities within the Corporation and its managed investments.
2. Represents the value of the Corporation’s managed investments
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a) Statement of Compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors of the company on March 23,
2021.
b) Future Changes in Accounting Standards
i.
Insurance Contracts
In May 2017, the IASB published IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 17”), which establishes principles for the recognition,
measurement, presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts. IFRS 17 will replace IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts, and will
be applied retrospectively. In June 2020, the IASB proposed an amendment to IFRS 17 providing a one-year deferral on the
effective date of the standard to January 1, 2023. IFRS 17 requires insurance contract liabilities to be measured at a
current fulfillment value and provides a more uniform measurement and presentation approach for all insurance contracts.
The company is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 17 on its operations.
133 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
ii. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On August 27, 2020, the IASB published Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4
and IFRS 16 (“Phase II Amendments”), effective January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Phase II Amendments
provide additional guidance to address issues that will arise during the transition of benchmark interest rates. The Phase II
Amendments primarily relate to the modification of financial assets, financial liabilities and lease liabilities where the basis for
determining the contractual cash flows changes as a result of IBOR reform, allowing for prospective application of the
applicable benchmark interest rate and to the application of hedge accounting, providing an exception such that changes in
the formal designation and documentation of hedge accounting relationships that are needed to reflect the changes required by
IBOR reform do not result in the discontinuation of hedge accounting or the designation of new hedging relationships.
The company is progressing through its assessment and the transition plan to address the impact and effect changes as a result
of amendments to the contractual terms of IBOR referenced floating-rate borrowings, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, and
updating hedge designations. The adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on our company’s financial reporting.
c) Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis.
i. Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its subsidiaries, which are the entities over
which the company exercises control. Control exists when the company is able to exercise power over the investee, is exposed
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the
amount of its returns. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control is obtained and continue to be consolidated until the
date when control is lost. The company includes 100% of its subsidiaries’ revenues and expenses in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations and 100% of its subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with non-
controlling interests in the equity of the company’s subsidiaries included within the company’s equity. All intercompany
balances, transactions, unrealized gains and losses are eliminated in full.
The company continually reassesses whether or not it controls an investee, particularly if facts and circumstances indicate there
is a change to one or more of the control criteria previously mentioned. In certain circumstances when the company has less
than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it
the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The company considers all relevant facts and
circumstances in assessing whether or not the company’s voting rights are sufficient to give it control of an investee.
Certain of the company’s subsidiaries are subject to profit sharing arrangements, such as carried interest, between the company
and the non-controlling equity holders, whereby the company is entitled to a participation in profits, as determined under the
agreements. The attribution of net income amongst equity holders in these subsidiaries reflects the impact of these profit
sharing arrangements when the attribution of profits as determined in the agreement is no longer subject to adjustment based on
future events and correspondingly reduces non-controlling interests’ attributable share of those profits.
Gains or losses resulting from changes in the company’s ownership interest of a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control
are accounted for as equity transactions and are recorded within ownership changes as a component of equity. When we
dispose of all or part of a subsidiary resulting in a loss of control, the difference between the carrying value of what is sold and
the proceeds from disposition is recognized within other income and gains in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Refer to Note 2(q) for an explanation of the company’s accounting policy for business combinations and to Note 4 for
additional information on subsidiaries of the company with significant non-controlling interests.
ii. Associates and Joint Ventures
Associates are entities over which the company exercises significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate
in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but without control or joint control over those policies. Joint
ventures are joint arrangements whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have the rights to the net assets
of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an arrangement, which exists only
when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The company accounts
for associates and joint ventures using the equity method of accounting within equity accounted investments on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Interests in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method are initially recognized at cost. At the time of
initial recognition, if the cost of the associate or joint venture is lower than the proportionate share of the investment’s
underlying fair value, the company records a gain on the difference between the cost and the underlying fair value of the
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 134
investment in net income. If the cost of the associate or joint venture is greater than the company’s proportionate share of the
underlying fair value, goodwill relating to the associate or joint venture is included in the carrying amount of the investment.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the carrying value of the company’s interest in an associate or joint venture is adjusted for the
company’s share of comprehensive income and distributions of the investee. Profit and losses resulting from transactions with
an associate or joint venture are recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the interests of unrelated investors
in the investee. The carrying value of associates or joint ventures is assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet
date. Impairment losses on equity accounted investments may be subsequently reversed in net income. Further information on
the impairment of long-lived assets is available in Note 2(l).
iii. Joint Operations
A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets,
and obligations for the liabilities, related to the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of
an arrangement which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of parties sharing
control. The company recognizes only its assets, liabilities and share of the results of operations of the joint operation. The
assets, liabilities and results of joint operations are included within the respective line items of the Consolidated Balance
Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
d) Foreign Currency Translation
The U.S. dollar is the functional and presentation currency of the company. Each of the company’s subsidiaries, associates,
joint ventures and joint operations determines its own functional currency and items included in the consolidated financial
statements of each subsidiary, associate, joint venture and joint operation are measured using that functional currency.
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of
exchange prevailing at the reporting date and revenues and expenses at average rates during the period. Gains or losses on
translation are accumulated as a component of equity. On the disposal of a foreign operation, or the loss of control, joint control
or significant influence, the component of accumulated other comprehensive income relating to that foreign operation is
reclassified to net income. Gains or losses on foreign currency denominated balances and transactions that are designated as
hedges of net investments in these operations are reported in the same manner.
Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities of the company are translated using the rate of exchange
prevailing at the reporting date and non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value are translated at the rate of
exchange prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Revenues and expenses are measured at average rates
during the period. Gains or losses on translation of these items are included in net income. Gains or losses on transactions
which hedge these items are also included in net income. Foreign currency denominated non-monetary assets and liabilities,
measured at historic cost, are translated at the rate of exchange at the transaction date.
e) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments with original
maturities of three months or less.
f) Related Party Transactions
In the normal course of operations, the company enters into various transactions on market terms with related parties. The
majority of transactions with related parties are between consolidated entities and eliminate on consolidation. The company and
its subsidiaries may also transact with entities over which the company has significant influence or joint control. Amounts
owed to and by associates and joint ventures are not eliminated on consolidation. The company’s subsidiaries with significant
non-controlling interests are described in Note 4 and its associates and joint ventures are described in Note 10.
In addition to our subsidiaries and equity accounted investments, we consider key management personnel, the Board of
Directors and material shareholders to be related parties. See additional details in Note 27.
g) Operating Assets
i.
Investment Properties
The company uses the fair value method to account for real estate classified as investment properties. A property is determined
to be an investment property when it is principally held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation, or both.
Investment properties also include properties that are under development or redevelopment for future use as investment
property. Investment properties are initially measured at cost including transaction costs, or at fair value if acquired in a
135 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
business combination. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising
from changes in fair value are included in net income during the period in which they arise.
Fair values are completed by undertaking one of two accepted approaches: (i) discounting the expected future cash flows,
generally over a term of 10 years including a terminal value based on the application of a capitalization rate to estimated
year 11 net operating income, typically used for our office, retail and logistics assets; or (ii) undertaking a direct capitalization
approach for certain of our LP investments and directly held multifamily assets whereby a capitalization rate is applied to
estimated stabilized annual net operating income. The future cash flows of each property are based upon, among other things,
rental income from current leases and assumptions about rental income from future leases reflecting current conditions, less
future cash outflows relating to such current and future leases.
Commercial developments are also measured using a discounted cash flow model, net of costs to complete, as of the balance
sheet date. Development sites in the planning phases are carried at cost.
ii. Property, Plant and Equipment
The company uses the revaluation method of accounting for certain classes of property, plant and equipment as well as certain
assets which are under development for future use as PP&E. PP&E measured using the revaluation method is initially
measured at cost, or at fair value if acquired in a business combination, and subsequently carried at its revalued amount, being
the fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment
losses. Revaluations are performed on an annual basis at the end of each fiscal year, commencing in the first year subsequent to
the date of acquisition, unless there is an indication that assets are impaired. Where the carrying amount of an asset increases as
a result of a revaluation, the increase is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity in revaluation
surplus, unless the increase reverses a previously recognized revaluation loss recorded through net income, in which case that
portion of the increase is recognized in net income.
Where the carrying amount of an asset decreases, the decrease is recognized in other comprehensive income to the extent of
any balance existing in revaluation surplus in respect of the asset, with the remainder of the decrease recognized in net income.
Depreciation of an asset commences when it is available for use. On loss of control or partial disposition of an asset measured
using the revaluation method, all accumulated revaluation surplus or the portion disposed of, respectively, is transferred into
retained earnings or ownership changes, respectively.
PP&E held in our Private Equity segment, which include leasehold improvements, are measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Land is carried at cost whereas finite-life assets such as buildings and
equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is
calculated on a systematic basis over the assets’ useful life.
Depreciation methods and useful lives are reassessed at least annually regardless of the measurement method used.
Renewable Power
Renewable power generally determines the fair value of its PP&E by using a 20-year discounted cash flow model for the
majority of its assets. This model incorporates future cash flows from long-term power purchase agreements that are in place
where it is determined that the power purchase agreements are linked specifically to the related power generating assets. The
model also includes estimates of future electricity prices, anticipated long-term average generation, estimated operating and
capital expenditures, and assumptions about future inflation rates and discount rates by geographical location.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 136
Depreciation on renewable power generating assets is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated service lives of the
assets, which are as follows:
(YEARS)
Useful Lives
Dams....................................................................................................................................................................................
Up to 115
Penstocks.............................................................................................................................................................................
Up to 60
Powerhouses........................................................................................................................................................................
Up to 115
Hydroelectric generating units............................................................................................................................................
Up to 115
Wind generating units.........................................................................................................................................................
Solar generating units..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas-fired cogenerating (“Cogeneration”) units...................................................................................................................
Other assets.........................................................................................................................................................................
Up to 30
Up to 35
Up to 40
Up to 60
Cost is allocated to the significant components of power generating assets and each component is depreciated separately.
The depreciation of PP&E in our Brazilian renewable power operations is based on the duration of the authorization or the
useful life of a concession. The weighted-average remaining duration at December 31, 2020 is 32 years (2019 – 32 years). Land
rights are included as part of the concession or authorization and are subject to depreciation.
Infrastructure
Utilities, transport, midstream and data assets within our infrastructure operations as well as assets under development
classified as PP&E on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are accounted for using the revaluation method. The company
determines the fair value of its utilities, transport, midstream and data assets using discounted cash flow analyses, which
include estimates of forecasted revenue, operating costs, maintenance and other capital expenditures. Valuations are performed
internally on an annual basis. Discount rates are selected for each asset, giving consideration to the volatility and geography of
its revenue streams.
Depreciation on utilities, transport, midstream and data assets is calculated on a straight-line or declining balance basis over the
estimated service lives of the components of the assets, which are as follows:
(YEARS)
Buildings.............................................................................................................................................................................
Transmission stations, towers and related fixtures..............................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements.....................................................................................................................................................
Plant and equipment............................................................................................................................................................
Network systems.................................................................................................................................................................
Track....................................................................................................................................................................................
District energy systems.......................................................................................................................................................
Pipelines..............................................................................................................................................................................
Gas storage assets................................................................................................................................................................
The fair value and the estimated remaining service lives are reassessed annually.
Useful Lives
Up to 75
Up to 40
Up to 50
Up to 40
Up to 65
Up to 40
Up to 50
Up to 20
Up to 50
Public service concessions that provide the right to charge users for a service in which the service and fee is regulated by the
grantor are accounted for as intangible assets.
In our sustainable resources operations, land used in the production of standing timber, as well as bridges and roads used in
sustainable resources production, are accounted for using the revaluation method and included in PP&E. Bridges, roads and
equipment are depreciated over their useful lives, generally 3 to 30 years.
Real Estate – Hospitality Assets
Hospitality operating assets within our real estate operations are classified as PP&E and are accounted for using the revaluation
method. The company determines the fair value for these assets by using a depreciated replacement cost method based on the
age, physical condition and the construction costs of the assets. Fair value of hospitality properties are also reviewed in
reference to each hospitality asset’s enterprise value which is determined using a discounted cash flow model.
137 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Depreciation on hospitality assets is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each component of the
asset as follows:
(YEARS)
Useful Lives
Building and building improvements..................................................................................................................................
5 to 50 +
Land improvements.............................................................................................................................................................
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.......................................................................................................................................
15
2 to 15
Private Equity
The company accounts for its private equity PP&E using the cost model. Costs include expenditures that are directly
attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Depreciation of an asset commences when it is available for use. PP&E is
depreciated for each component of the following asset classes as follows:
On a straight-line basis (YEARS)
Buildings.............................................................................................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements.....................................................................................................................................................
Machinery and equipment...................................................................................................................................................
Vessels.................................................................................................................................................................................
Not on a straight-line basis
Useful Lives
Up to 50
Up to 40
Up to 20
Up to 35
Useful Lives
Oil and gas related equipment................................................................................................................................. Units of production
iii. Inventory
Private Equity
Fuel inventories within our Private Equity segment are traded in active markets and are purchased with the view to resell in the
near future, generating a profit from fluctuations in prices or margins. As a result, fuel inventories are carried at market value
by reference to prices in a quoted active market, in accordance with the commodity broker-trader exemption granted by IAS 2,
Inventories. Changes in fair value less costs to sell are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations through direct
costs. Fuel products that are held for extended periods in order to benefit from future anticipated increases in fuel prices or
located in territories where no active market exists are recognized at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Products and
chemicals used in the production of biofuels are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.
Real Estate
Develop-for-sale multifamily projects, residential development lots, homes and residential condominium projects are recorded
in inventory. Residential development lots are recorded at the lower of cost, which includes pre-development expenditures and
capitalized borrowing costs and net realizable value, which the company determines as the estimated selling price of the
inventory in the ordinary course of business in its completed state, less estimated expenses, including holding costs, costs to
complete and costs to sell.
Homes and other properties held for sale, which include properties subject to sale agreements, are recorded at the lower of cost
and net realizable value in inventory. Costs are allocated to the salable acreage of each project or subdivision in proportion to
the anticipated revenue.
Residential Development
Inventories consist of land held for development, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes and
model homes. In addition to direct land acquisitions, land development and improvement costs and home construction costs,
costs also include interest, real estate taxes and direct overhead related to development and construction, which are capitalized
to inventory during the period beginning with the commencement of development and ending with the completion of
construction or development. Indirect costs are allocated to homes or lots based on the number of units in a community.
Land and housing assets are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which the company determines as the
estimated selling price of the inventory in the ordinary course of business in its completed state, less estimated expenses,
including holding costs, costs to complete and costs to sell.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 138
h) Fair Value Measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another
valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the company takes into account the characteristics of
the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the
measurement date.
Fair value measurement is disaggregated into three hierarchical levels: Level 1, 2 or 3. Fair value hierarchical levels are directly
based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurement are observable. The levels are as follows:
Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or
liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the asset or liability’s
anticipated life.
Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the
asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and
the risk inherent in the inputs in determining the estimate.
Refer to the investment properties and revaluation of PP&E explanations for the approach taken to determine the fair value of
these operating assets.
Further information on fair value measurements is available in Notes 6, 7, 11 and 12.
i) Accounts Receivable
Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method, less an allowance for expected credit losses for uncollectability.
j)
Intangible Assets
Finite life intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses
and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization is recorded within depreciation and
amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Certain of the company’s intangible assets have an indefinite life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the
asset is expected to generate cash flows. Indefinite life intangible assets are recorded at cost unless an impairment is identified
which requires a write-down to its recoverable amount.
Indefinite life intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate there
may be an impairment. Any impairment of the company’s indefinite life intangible assets is recorded in net income in the
period in which the impairment is identified. Impairment losses on intangible assets may be subsequently reversed in net
income.
Infrastructure
Intangible assets within our Infrastructure segment primarily consist of conservancy rights, service concession arrangements,
customer order backlogs, track access rights, operating network agreements and customer contracts and relationships.
Concession arrangements, accounted for as intangible assets under IFRIC 12, Service Concession Arrangements (“IFRIC 12”),
were mostly acquired through acquisitions of gas transmission, electricity transmission and toll road businesses and are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement.
The intangible assets at the Brazilian regulated gas transmission operation and Brazilian electricity transmission operation
relate to concession contracts, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contractual agreement. The
intangible assets at the Chilean, Indian and Peruvian toll roads relate to the right to operate a road and charge users a specified
tariff for a contractual length of time and is amortized over the life of the contractual arrangement with an average of 13, 16 and
22 years remaining, respectively.
Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information on these concession arrangements.
The intangible assets at our residential infrastructure operation are comprised of contractual customer relationships, customer
contracts, proprietary technology and brands. The contractual customer relationships and customer contracts represent ongoing
economic benefits from leasing customers and annuity-based management agreements. Proprietary technology is recognized
139 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
for the development of new metering technology, which allows the business to generate revenue through its sub-metering
business. Brands represent the intrinsic value customers place on the operation’s various brand names.
Private Equity
Our private equity operations include intangible assets across a number of operating companies. The majority are finite life
intangible assets that are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following useful lives:
(YEARS)
Water and sewage concession agreements..........................................................................................................................
Brand names........................................................................................................................................................................
Computer software..............................................................................................................................................................
Customer relationships........................................................................................................................................................
Value of insurance contracts acquired................................................................................................................................
Patents and trademarks........................................................................................................................................................
Proprietary technology........................................................................................................................................................
Product development costs..................................................................................................................................................
Distribution networks..........................................................................................................................................................
Loyalty program..................................................................................................................................................................
Useful Lives
Up to 40
Up to 20
Up to 10
Up to 30
Up to 15
Up to 40
Up to 20
Up to 5
Up to 25
Up to 15
Real Estate
Intangible assets in our Real Estate segment are primarily trademarks associated with hospitality assets. These trademarks have
indefinite lives.
k) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the price paid for the acquisition of an entity over the fair value of the net identifiable
tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating unit to which it relates. The
company identifies cash-generating units as identifiable groups of assets that are largely independent of the cash inflows from
other assets or groups of assets.
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment.
Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing if the carrying value of a cash-generating unit, including the allocated
goodwill, exceeds its recoverable amount determined as the greater of the estimated fair value less costs to sell and the value in
use. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a cash-generating unit are first allocated to the carrying value of goodwill and
any excess is allocated to the carrying amount of assets in the cash-generating unit. Any goodwill impairment is recorded in
income in the period in which the impairment is identified. Impairment losses on goodwill are not subsequently reversed. On
disposal of a subsidiary, any attributable amount of goodwill is included in determination of the gain or loss on disposal.
l)
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
At each balance sheet date or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment, the company assesses
whether its assets, other than those measured at fair value with changes in value recorded in net income, have any indication of
impairment. An impairment is recognized if the recoverable amount, determined as the higher of the estimated fair value less
costs of disposal and the discounted future cash flows generated from use and eventual disposal from an asset or cash-
generating unit, is less than their carrying value. Impairment losses are recorded as fair value changes within the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. The projections of future cash flows take into account the relevant operating plans and
management’s best estimate of the most probable set of conditions anticipated to prevail. Where an impairment loss
subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate
of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been
recognized previously.
m) Subsidiary Equity Obligations
Subsidiary equity obligations include subsidiary preferred equity units, subsidiary preferred shares and capital securities as well
as limited-life funds and redeemable fund units.
Subsidiary preferred equity units and capital securities are preferred shares that may be settled by a variable number of
common equity units upon their conversion by the holders or the company. These instruments, as well as the related accrued
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 140
distributions, are classified as liabilities at amortized cost on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Dividends or yield distributions
on these instruments are recorded as interest expense. To the extent conversion features are not closely related to the underlying
liability the instruments are bifurcated into debt and equity components.
Limited-life funds represent the interests of others in the company’s consolidated funds that have a defined maximum fixed life
where the company has an obligation to distribute the residual interests of the fund to fund partners based on their proportionate
share of the fund’s equity in the form of cash or other financial assets at cessation of the fund’s life.
Redeemable fund units represent interests of others in consolidated subsidiaries that have a redemption feature that requires the
company to deliver cash or other financial assets to the holders of the units upon receiving a redemption notice.
Limited-life funds and redeemable fund units are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value within subsidiary equity
obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value are recorded in net income in the period of the
change.
n) Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), specifies how and when revenue should be recognized and
requires disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from customer
contracts.
Where available, the company has elected the practical expedient available under IFRS 15 for measuring progress toward
complete satisfaction of performance obligation and for disclosure requirements of remaining performance obligations. This
permits the company to recognize revenue in the amount to which we have the right to invoice such that the company has a
right to the consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer for performance completed to
date.
Revenue Recognition Policies by Segment
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on
behalf of third parties. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service (or a bundle of
goods and services) to the customer and is the unit of account in IFRS 15. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each
distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue, as, or when, the performance obligation is satisfied. The company
recognizes revenue when it transfers control of a product or service to a customer.
The company recognizes revenue from the following major sources:
Asset Management
The company’s primary asset management revenue streams, which include base management fees, incentive fees (including
incentive distributions and performance fees) and realized carried interest, are satisfied over time. A significant portion of our
asset management revenue is inter-segment in nature and thus eliminated on consolidation; that which survives is recorded as
revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The company earns base management fees in accordance with contractual arrangements with our long-term private funds,
perpetual strategies and public securities’ investment vehicles. Fees are typically equal to a percentage of fee-bearing capital
within the respective fund or entity and are accrued quarterly. These fees are earned over the period of time that the
management services are provided and are allocated to the distinct services provided by the company during the reporting
period.
Incentive distributions and performance fees are incentive payments to reward the company for meeting or exceeding certain
performance thresholds of managed entities. Incentive distributions, paid to us by our listed affiliates, are determined by
contractual arrangements and represent a portion of distributions paid by the listed affiliates above a predetermined hurdle.
They are accrued as revenue on the respective affiliates’ distribution record dates if that hurdle has been achieved. BBU pays
performance fees if the growth in its unit price exceeds a predetermined threshold, with the unit price based on the quarterly
volume-weighted average price of publicly traded units. These fees are accrued on a quarterly basis subject to the performance
of the listed vehicle.
Carried interest is a performance fee arrangement in which we receive a percentage of investment returns, generated within a
private fund on carry eligible capital, based on a contractual formula. We are eligible to earn carried interest from a fund once
returns exceed the fund’s contractually defined performance hurdles at which point we earn an accelerated percentage of the
additional fund profit until we have earned the percentage of total fund profit, net of fees and expenses, to which we are
entitled. We recognize this carried interest when a fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of preferred returns and when it is
141 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur, which are generally met when an underlying fund investment is
profitably disposed of. Typically carried interest is not recognized as revenue until the fund is near the end of its life.
Real Estate
Revenue from hospitality operations is generated by providing accommodation, food and beverage and leisure facilities to hotel
guests. Revenue from accommodation is recognized over the period that the guest stays at the hotel; food and beverage revenue
as well as revenue from leisure activities is recognized when goods and services are provided.
Real estate rental income is recognized in accordance with IFRS 16, Leases. As the company retains substantially all the risks
and benefits of ownership of its investment properties, it accounts for leases with its tenants as operating leases and begins
recognizing revenue when the tenant has a right to use the leased asset. The total amount of contractual rent to be received from
operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease; a straight-line or free rent receivable, as
applicable, is recorded as a component of investment property representing the difference between rental revenue recorded and
the contractual amount received. Percentage participating rents are recognized when tenants’ specified sales targets have been
met.
Renewable Power
Revenue is earned by selling electricity sourced from our power generating facilities. It is derived from the output delivered and
capacity provided at rates specified under contract terms or at prevailing market rates if the sale is uncontracted. Performance
obligations are satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes benefits as we deliver electricity and
related products.
We also sell power and related products under bundled arrangements. Energy, capacity and renewable credits within power
purchase agreements (“PPA”) are considered to be distinct performance obligations. A contract’s transaction price is allocated
to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue over time as the performance obligation is satisfied. The sale
of energy and capacity are distinct goods that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer as measured by
the output method. Renewable credits are performance obligations satisfied at a point in time. Measurement of satisfaction and
transfer of control to the customer of renewable credits in a bundled arrangement coincides with the pattern of revenue
recognition of the underlying energy generation.
Infrastructure
Our infrastructure revenue is predominantly recognized over time as services are rendered. Performance obligations are
satisfied based on actual usage or throughput depending on the terms of the arrangement. Contract progress is determined using
a cost-to-cost input method. Any upfront payments that are separable from the recurring revenue are recognized over time for
the period the services are provided.
In addition, we have certain contracts where we earn revenue at a point in time when control of the product ultimately transfers
to the customer, which for our sustainable resources operations coincides with product delivery.
Private Equity
Revenue from our private equity operations primarily consists of: (i) sale of goods or products which is recognized as revenue
when the product is shipped and title passes to the customer; and (ii) the provision of services which are recognized
as revenue over the period of time that they are provided.
Revenue recognized over a period of time is determined using the cost-to-cost input method to measure progress towards
complete satisfaction of the performance obligations as the work performed on the contracts creates or enhances an asset that is
controlled by the customer. As work is performed, a contract asset in the form of contracts-in-progress is recognized, which
is reclassified to accounts receivable when invoiced to the customer. If payment is received in advance of work being
completed, a contract liability is recognized. Variable consideration, such as claims, incentives and variations resulting from
contract modifications, is only recognized in the transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant
reversal in the amount of revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is
subsequently resolved.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 142
Residential Development
Revenue from residential land sales, sales of homes and the completion of residential condominium projects is recognized at
the point in time when our performance obligations are met. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer title over a
product to a customer and all material conditions of the sales contract have been met. If title of a property transfers but material
future development is required, revenue will be delayed until the point in time at which the remaining performance obligations
are satisfied.
Corporate Activities and Other
Dividend and interest income from other financial assets are recognized as revenue when declared or on an accrual basis using
the effective interest method, in accordance with IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”).
Interest revenue from loans and notes receivable, less a provision for uncollectable amounts, is recorded on the accrual basis
using the effective interest method, in accordance with IFRS 9.
o) Financial Instruments
Classification of Financial Instruments
The company classifies its financial assets as fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”), fair value through other
comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) and amortized cost according to the company’s business objectives for managing the
financial assets and based on the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The company classifies its
financial liabilities as amortized cost or FVTPL.
•
•
•
Financial instruments that are not held for the sole purpose of collecting contractual cash flows are classified as FVTPL
and are initially recognized at their fair value and are subsequently measured at fair value at each reporting date. Gains and
losses recorded on each revaluation date are recognized within net earnings. Transaction costs of financial assets classified
as FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss.
Financial assets classified as FVTOCI are initially recognized at their fair value and are subsequently measured at fair
value at each reporting date. The cumulative gains or losses related to FVTOCI equity instruments are not reclassified to
profit or loss on disposal, whereas the cumulative gains or losses on all other FVTOCI assets are reclassified to profit or
loss on disposal, when there is a significant or prolonged decline in fair value or when the company acquires a controlling
or significant interest in the underlying investment and commences equity accounting or consolidating the investment. The
cumulative gains or losses on all FVTOCI liabilities are reclassified to profit or loss on disposal.
Financial instruments that are held for the purpose of collecting contractual cash flows that are solely payments of
principal and interest are classified as amortized cost and are initially recognized at their fair value and are subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Transaction costs of financial instruments classified as
amortized cost are capitalized and amortized in profit or loss on the same basis as the financial instrument.
Expected credit losses associated with debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI are assessed on a forward-looking
basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition. Impairment charges are recognized in profit or loss based on the expected credit loss model.
143 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table presents the types of financial instruments held by the company within each financial instrument
classification:
Financial Instrument Type
Financial Assets
Measurement
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................................................................... Amortized cost
Other financial assets
Government bonds...................................................................................................................
FVTPL, FVTOCI
Corporate bonds.......................................................................................................................
FVTPL, FVTOCI, Amortized cost
Fixed income securities and other............................................................................................ FVTPL, FVTOCI
Common shares and warrants..................................................................................................
FVTPL, FVTOCI
Loan and notes receivable........................................................................................................ FVTPL, Amortized cost
Accounts receivable and other1.................................................................................................. FVTPL, Amortized cost
Financial Liabilities
Corporate borrowings................................................................................................................ Amortized cost
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities
Property-specific borrowings................................................................................................... Amortized cost
Subsidiary borrowings............................................................................................................. Amortized cost
Accounts payable and other1...................................................................................................... FVTPL, Amortized cost
Subsidiary equity obligations..................................................................................................... FVTPL, Amortized cost
1.
Includes derivative instruments.
Other Financial Assets
Other financial assets are recognized on their trade date and initially recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded
in net income or other comprehensive income in accordance with their classification. Fair values of financial instruments are
determined by reference to quoted bid or ask prices, as appropriate. Where bid and ask prices are unavailable, the closing price
of the most recent transaction of that instrument is used.
Other financial assets also include loans and notes receivable which are recorded initially at fair value and, with the exception
of loans and notes receivable designated as FVTPL, are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method, less any applicable provision for impairment. A provision for impairment is established when there is objective
evidence that the company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Loans
and receivables designated as FVTPL are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in net income in the period
in which they arise.
Allowance for Credit Losses
For financial assets classified as amortized cost or debt instruments as FVTOCI, at each reporting period, the company assesses
if there has been a significant increase in credit risk since the asset was originated to determine if a 12-month expected credit
loss or a life-time expected credit loss should be recorded regardless of whether there has been an actual loss event. The
company uses unbiased, probability-weighted loss scenarios which consider multiple loss scenarios based on reasonable and
supportable forecasts in order to calculate the expected credit losses.
The company assesses the carrying value of FVTOCI and amortized cost securities for impairment when there is objective
evidence that the asset is impaired such as when an asset is in default. Impaired financial assets continue to record life-time
expected credit losses; however interest revenue is calculated based on the net amortized carrying amount after deducting the
loss allowance. When objective evidence of impairment exists, losses arising from impairment are reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive income to net income.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 144
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting
The company selectively utilizes derivative financial instruments primarily to manage financial risks, including interest rate,
commodity and foreign exchange risks. Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value within the company’s
consolidated financial statements. Hedge accounting is applied when the derivative is designated as a hedge of a specific
exposure and there is assurance that it will continue to be effective as a hedge based on an expectation of offsetting cash flows
or fair values. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when the derivative no longer qualifies as a hedge or the
hedging relationship is terminated. Once discontinued, the cumulative change in fair value of a derivative that was previously
recorded in other comprehensive income by the application of hedge accounting is recognized in net income over the remaining
term of the original hedging relationship. The assets or liabilities relating to unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses on
derivative financial instruments are recorded in accounts receivable and other or accounts payable and other, respectively.
Items Classified as Hedges
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts designated as hedges of currency risks relating to a net
investment in a subsidiary or an associate are included in equity. Gains or losses are reclassified into net income in the period in
which the subsidiary or associate is disposed of or to the extent that the hedges are ineffective. Where a subsidiary is partially
disposed, and control is retained, any associated gains or costs are reclassified within equity to ownership changes. Derivative
financial instruments that are designated as hedges to offset corresponding changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities and
cash flows are measured at their estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in net income or as a component of
equity, as applicable. Unrealized gains and losses on interest rate contracts designated as hedges of future variable interest
payments are included in equity as a cash flow hedge when the interest rate risk relates to an anticipated variable
interest payment. The periodic exchanges of payments on interest rate swap contracts designated as hedges of debt are recorded
on an accrual basis as an adjustment to interest expense. The periodic exchanges of payments on interest rate contracts
designated as hedges of future interest payments are amortized into net income over the term of the corresponding interest
payments. Unrealized gains and losses on electricity contracts designated as cash flow hedges of future power generation
revenue are included in equity as a cash flow hedge. The periodic exchanges of payments on power generation commodity
swap contracts designated as hedges are recorded on a settlement basis as an adjustment to power generation revenue.
Items Not Classified as Hedges
Derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedges are carried at their estimated fair value, and gains and losses
arising from changes in fair value are recognized in net income in the period in which the change occurs. Realized and
unrealized gains and losses on equity derivatives used to offset changes in share prices in respect of vested deferred share units
and restricted share units are recorded together with the corresponding compensation expense. Realized and unrealized gains on
other derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded in revenues, direct costs or corporate costs, as applicable. Realized and
unrealized gains and losses on derivatives which are considered economic hedges, and where hedge accounting is not able to be
elected, are recorded in fair value changes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
p) Income Taxes
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid to tax authorities, net of recoveries,
based on the tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Current and deferred income tax
relating to items recognized directly in equity are also recognized in equity. Deferred income tax liabilities are provided for
using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases and carrying amounts of assets and liabilities.
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences and for the carry forward of unused tax
credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that deductions, tax credits and tax losses can be utilized. The
carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent it is no longer
probable that the income tax assets will be recovered. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates
that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have
been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
q) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of a business acquisition is measured at the
aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments
issued in exchange for control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are
recognized at their fair values at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets that are classified as held for sale which
are recognized and measured at fair value less costs to sell. The interest of non-controlling shareholders in the acquiree is
initially measured at the non-controlling shareholders’ proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities recognized.
145 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
To the extent the fair value of consideration paid exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets, the
excess is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the fair value of consideration paid is less than the fair value of net identifiable
tangible and intangible assets, the excess is recognized in net income.
When a business combination is achieved in stages, previously held interests in the acquired entity are re-measured to fair value
at the acquisition date, which is the date control is obtained, and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in net income,
other than amounts transferred directly to retained earnings. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the
acquisition date that have previously been recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to net income.
Transaction costs are recorded as an expense within fair value changes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
r) Leases
The company accounts for leases under IFRS 16 Leases (“IFRS 16”). Under IFRS 16, the company must assess whether a
contract is, or contains, a lease at inception of the contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if it conveys the right to control
the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control exists if a customer can make the
important decisions governing the use of an asset specified in a contract similar to decisions made over assets owned by the
business. The company has elected to not allocate contract consideration between lease and non-lease components, but rather
account for each lease and non-lease component as a single lease component. This election is made by asset class.
For lessors, a lease shall be classified as either a finance or operating lease on commencement of the lease contract. If the
contract represents a finance lease in which the risk and rewards of ownership have transferred to the lessee, a lessor shall
recognize a finance lease receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease discounted using the interest rate
implicit in the lease. Subsequently, finance income is recognized at a constant rate on the net investment of the finance lease.
Lease payments received from operating leases shall be recognized into income on a straight-line or other systematic basis.
For lessees, the company recognizes a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability at the lease commencement date. The
ROU asset is initially measured based on the calculated lease liability plus initial direct costs incurred by the lessee, estimates
to dismantle and restore the underlying asset at the end of the lease term and lease payments made net of incentives received at
or before the lease commencement date. It is classified as either investment PP&E, or inventory depending on the nature of the
asset and is subsequently accounted for consistently with owned assets within the respective asset classes with the exception of
PP&E. Unlike most of the company’s owned assets within PP&E, lease assets classified within PP&E are subsequently
measured applying the cost method rather than the revaluation method. The ROU asset is depreciated applying a straight-line
method or other systematic basis over the shorter of the useful life of the underlying asset or the term of the lease. Lease
contracts often include an option to extend the term of the lease and such extensions are factored into the lease term if the
company is reasonably certain to exercise that option. ROU assets are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36,
Impairment of Assets. Refer to section (g) above for additional details of our accounting policies governing investment
properties, PP&E and inventory.
Lease liabilities are classified within accounts payable and other and are recognized at the commencement of the lease, initially
measured at the present value of future lease payments not paid as at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate
implicit in the lease, or the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate if the implicit rate cannot be readily determined. Lease
liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost by applying the effective interest method. Lease liabilities are
remeasured if there is reassessment of the timing or amount of future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate,
revisions to estimates of the lease term or residual value guarantee, or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the
underlying asset. Such remeasurements of the lease liability are generally recognized as an adjustment to the ROU asset unless
further reduction in the measurement of the lease liability would reduce a ROU asset below zero, in which case it is recorded in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the ROU
asset. The related payments are recognized as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those
payments occurs and are classified within direct costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
We are applying certain practical expedients as permitted by the standard; specifically, we have elected to apply practical
expedients associated with short-term and low-value leases that allow the company to record operating expenses on such leases
on a straight-line basis without having to capitalize the lease arrangement.
We have also applied a number of critical judgments in applying this standard, including: i) identifying whether a contract (or
part of a contract) includes a lease; ii) determining whether it is reasonably certain that lease extension or termination options
will be exercised in determining the lease term; and iii) determining whether variable payments are in-substance fixed. Critical
estimates used in the application of IFRS 16 include estimating the lease term and determining the appropriate rate at which to
discount the lease payments.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 146
s) Other Items
i. Capitalized Costs
Capitalized costs related to assets under development and redevelopment include all eligible expenditures incurred in
connection with the acquisition, development and construction of the asset until it is available for its intended use. These
expenditures consist of costs that are directly attributable to these assets.
Borrowing costs are capitalized when such costs are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a
qualifying asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that takes a substantial period of time to prepare for its intended use.
ii. Share-based Payments
The company issues share-based awards to certain employees and non-employee directors. The cost of equity-settled share-
based transactions, comprised of share options, restricted shares and escrowed shares, is determined as the fair value of the
award on the grant date using a fair value model. The cost of equity-settled share-based transactions is recognized as each
tranche vests and is recorded in contributed surplus as a component of equity. The cost of cash-settled share-based transactions,
comprised of Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) and Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”), is measured as the fair value at the grant
date, and expensed on a proportionate basis consistent with the vesting features over the vesting period with the recognition of
a corresponding liability. The liability is recorded as a provision within accounts payable and other and measured at each
reporting date at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income.
iii. Provisions
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing that is recognized when the company has a present obligation as a result of a past
event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of
the amount of the obligation. The company’s significant provisions consist of pensions and other long-term and post-
employment benefits, warranties on some products or services, obligations to retire or decommission tangible long-lived assets
and the cost of legal claims arising in the normal course of operations.
a. Pensions and Other Post-Employment Benefits
The company offers pension and other post-employment benefit plans to employees of certain of its subsidiaries, with certain
of these subsidiaries offering defined benefit plans. Defined benefit pension expenses, which include the current year’s service
cost, are included in direct costs. For each defined benefit plan, we recognize the present value of our defined benefit
obligations less the fair value of the plan assets as a defined benefit liability reported in accounts payable and other on our
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The company’s obligations under its defined benefit pension plans are determined periodically
through the preparation of actuarial valuations.
b. Other Long-Term Incentive Plans
The company provides long-term incentive plans to certain employees whereby the company allocates a portion of the amounts
realized through subsidiary profit-sharing agreements to its employees. The cost of these plans is recognized over the requisite
service period, provided it is probable that the vesting conditions will be achieved, based on the underlying subsidiary profit
sharing arrangement. The liability is recorded within accounts payable and other and measured at each reporting date with the
corresponding expense recognized in direct costs.
c. Warranties, Asset Retirement, Legal and Other
Certain consolidated entities offer warranties on the sale of products or services. A provision is recorded to provide for future
warranty costs based on management’s best estimate of probable warranty claims.
Certain consolidated entities have legal obligations to retire tangible long-lived assets. A provision is recorded at each reporting
date to provide for the estimated fair value of the asset retirement obligation upon decommissioning of the asset period.
In the normal course of operations, the company may become involved in legal proceedings. Management analyzes information
about these legal matters and provides provisions for probable contingent losses, including estimated legal expenses to resolve
the matters. Internal and external legal counsel are used in order to estimate the probability of an unfavorable outcome and the
amount of loss.
147 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
t) Critical Estimates and Judgments
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the carried amounts
of certain assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses recorded during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
In making estimates and judgments, management relies on external information and observable conditions, where possible,
supplemented by internal analysis as required. These estimates and judgments have been applied in a manner consistent with
prior periods and there are no known trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that the company believes will materially
affect the methodology or assumptions utilized in making estimates and judgments in these consolidated financial statements.
i. Critical Estimates
The significant estimates used in determining the recorded amount for assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial
statements include the following:
a.
Investment Properties
The critical assumptions and estimates used when determining the fair value of commercial properties are: discount rates and
terminal capitalization rates for properties valued using a discounted cash flow model and capitalization rates for properties
valued using a direct capitalization approach. Management also uses assumptions and estimates in determining expected future
cash flows in discounted cash flow models and stabilized net operating income used in values determined using the direct
capitalization approach. Properties under development are recorded at fair value using a discounted cash flow model which
includes estimates in respect of the timing and cost to complete the development.
Further information on investment property estimates is provided in Note 11.
b. Revaluation Method for Property, Plant and Equipment
When determining the carrying value of PP&E using the revaluation method, the company uses the following critical
assumptions and estimates: the timing of forecasted revenues; future sales prices and associated expenses; future sales volumes;
future regulatory rates; maintenance and other capital expenditures; discount rates; terminal capitalization rates; terminal
valuation dates; useful lives; and residual values. Determination of the fair value of PP&E under development includes
estimates in respect of the timing and cost to complete the development.
Further information on estimates used in the revaluation method for PP&E is provided in Note 12.
c. Financial Instruments
Estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are: equity and commodity prices; future
interest rates; the credit worthiness of the company relative to its counterparties; the credit risk of the company’s counterparties;
estimated future cash flows; the amount of the liability and equity components of compound financial instruments; discount
rates and volatility utilized in option valuations.
Further information on estimates used in determining the carrying value of financial instruments is provided in Notes 6 and 25.
d.
Inventory
The company estimates the net realizable value of its inventory using estimates and assumptions about future development
costs, costs to hold and future selling costs.
e.
Other
Other estimates and assumptions utilized in the preparation of the company’s consolidated financial statements are: the
assessment or determination of net recoverable amount; oil and gas reserves; depreciation and amortization rates and useful
lives; estimation of recoverable amounts of cash-generating units for impairment assessments of goodwill and intangible assets;
ability to utilize tax losses and other tax measurements; fair value of assets held as collateral and the percentage of completion
for construction contracts.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 148
ii. Critical Judgments
Management is required to make critical judgments when applying its accounting policies. The following judgments have the
most significant effect on the consolidated financial statements:
a. Control or Level of Influence
When determining the appropriate basis of accounting for the company’s investees, the company makes judgments about the
degree of influence that it exerts directly or through an arrangement over the investees’ relevant activities. This may include
the ability to elect investee directors or appoint management. Control is obtained when the company has the power to direct the
relevant investing, financing and operating decisions of an entity and does so in its capacity as principal of the operations,
rather than as an agent for other investors. Operating as a principal includes having sufficient capital at risk in any investee and
exposure to the variability of the returns generated as a result of the decisions of the company as principal. Judgment is used in
determining the sufficiency of the capital at risk or variability of returns. In making these judgments, the company considers the
ability of other investors to remove the company as a manager or general partner in a controlled partnership.
b.
Investment Properties
When applying the company’s accounting policy for investment properties, judgment is applied in determining whether certain
costs are additions to the carrying amount of the property and, for properties under development, identifying the point at which
practical completion of the property occurs and identifying the directly attributable borrowing costs to be included in the
carrying value of the development property.
c. Property, Plant and Equipment
The company’s accounting policy for its PP&E requires critical judgments over the assessment of carrying value, whether
certain costs are additions to the carrying amount of the PP&E as opposed to repairs and maintenance, and for assets under
development the identification of when the asset is capable of being used as intended and identifying the directly attributable
borrowing costs to be included in the asset’s carrying value.
For assets that are measured using the revaluation method, judgment is required when estimating future prices, volumes,
discount and capitalization rates. Judgment is applied when determining future electricity prices considering broker quotes for
the years in which there is a liquid market available and, for the subsequent years, our best estimate of electricity prices from
renewable sources that would allow new entrants into the market.
d.
Identifying Performance Obligations for Revenue Recognition
Management is required to identify performance obligations relating to contracts with customers at the inception of each
contract. IFRS 15 requires a contract’s transaction price to be allocated to each distinct performance obligation and
subsequently recognized into income when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Judgment is used when assessing the
pattern of delivery of the product or service to determine if revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time. For
certain service contracts recognized over time, judgment is required to determine if revenue from variable consideration such as
incentives, claims and variations from contract modifications has met the required probability threshold to be recognized.
Management also uses judgment to determine whether contracts for the sale of products and services have distinct performance
obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation. Goods and services are considered
distinct if: (1) a customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily
available to the customer; and (2) the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable
from other promises in the contract.
Additional details about revenue recognition policies across our operating segments are included in Note 2(n) of the
consolidated financial statements.
149 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
e. Common Control Transactions
The purchase and sale of businesses or subsidiaries between entities under common control are not specifically addressed in
IFRS and accordingly, management uses judgment when determining a policy to account for such transactions taking into
consideration other guidance in the IFRS framework and pronouncements of other standard-setting bodies. The company’s
policy is to record assets and liabilities recognized as a result of transfers of businesses or subsidiaries between entities under
common control at carrying value. Differences between the carrying amount of the consideration given or received and the
carrying amount of the assets and liabilities transferred are recorded directly in equity.
f.
Indicators of Impairment
Judgment is applied when determining whether indicators of impairment exist when assessing the carrying values of the
company’s assets, including: the determination of the company’s ability to hold financial assets; the estimation of a cash-
generating unit’s future revenues and direct costs; the determination of discount and capitalization rates; and when an asset’s
carrying value is above the value derived using publicly traded prices which are quoted in a liquid market.
g.
Income Taxes
The company makes judgments when determining the future tax rates applicable to subsidiaries and identifying the temporary
differences that relate to each subsidiary. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are
expected to apply during the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities settled, using the tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates. The company measures deferred income taxes associated with its
investment properties based on its specific intention with respect to each asset at the end of the reporting period. Where the
company has a specific intention to sell a property in the foreseeable future, deferred taxes on the building portion of an
investment property are measured based on the tax consequences that would follow the disposition of the property. Otherwise,
deferred taxes are measured on the basis the carrying value of the investment property will be recovered substantially through
use.
h. Classification of Non-Controlling Interests in Limited-Life Funds
Non-controlling interests in limited-life funds are classified as liabilities (subsidiary equity obligations) or equity (non-
controlling interests) depending on whether an obligation exists to distribute residual net assets to non-controlling interests on
liquidation in the form of cash or another financial asset or assets delivered in kind. Judgment is required to determine what the
governing documents of each entity require or permit in this regard.
i. Other
Other critical judgments include the determination of effectiveness of financial hedges for accounting purposes; the likelihood
and timing of anticipated transactions for hedge accounting; and the determination of functional currency.
3. SEGMENT INFORMATION
a) Operating Segments
Our operations are organized into our asset management and corporate segments, in addition to five operating business groups
which collectively represent seven operating segments for internal and external reporting purposes. We use our common equity
by segment to evaluate capital allocation decisions and measure performance using funds from operations (“FFO”).
Our operating segments are as follows:
The Corporation:
i.
Asset management operations include managing our long-term private funds, perpetual strategies and public securities on
behalf of our investors and ourselves, as well as our share of the asset management activities of Oaktree Capital
Management (“Oaktree”). We generate contractual base management fees for these activities as well as incentive
distributions and performance income, including performance fees, transaction fees and carried interest.
ii. Corporate activities include the investment of cash and financial assets, as well as the management of our corporate
leverage, including corporate borrowings and preferred equity, which fund a portion of the capital invested in our other
operations. Certain corporate costs such as technology and operations are incurred on behalf of our operating segments and
allocated to each operating segment based on an internal pricing framework.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 150
Managed investments:
iii. Real estate operations include the ownership, operation and development of core office, core retail, LP investments and
other properties.
iv. Renewable power operations include the ownership, operation and development of hydroelectric, wind, solar and energy
transition power generating facilities.
v.
Infrastructure operations include the ownership, operation and development of utilities, transport, midstream, data and
sustainable resource assets.
vi. Private equity operations include a broad range of industries, and are mostly focused on business services, infrastructure
services and industrials.
vii. Residential development operations consist of homebuilding, condominium development and land development.
b) Segment Financial Measures
FFO is a key measure of our financial performance and our segment measure of profit and loss. It is utilized by our Chief
Operating Decision Maker in assessing operating results and the performance of our businesses on a segmented basis.
We define FFO as net income excluding fair value changes, depreciation and amortization and deferred income taxes, net of
non-controlling interests. When determining FFO, we include our proportionate share of the FFO from equity accounted
investments on a fully diluted basis. FFO also includes realized disposition gains and losses, which are gains or losses arising
from transactions during the reporting period, adjusted to include associated fair value changes and revaluation surplus
recorded in prior periods, taxes payable or receivable in connection with those transactions and amounts that are recorded
directly in equity, such as ownership changes.
We use FFO to assess our performance as an asset manager and as an investor in our assets. FFO from our Asset Management
segment includes fees, net of the associated costs, that we earn from managing capital in our listed affiliates, private funds and
public securities accounts. We are also eligible to earn incentive payments in the form of incentive distributions, performance
fees or carried interest. As an investor in our assets, our FFO represents the company’s share of revenues less costs incurred
within our operations, which include interest expenses and other costs. Specifically, it includes the impact of contracts that we
enter into to generate revenues, including power sales agreements, contracts that our operating businesses enter into such as
leases and take or pay contracts and sales of inventory. FFO includes the impact of changes in leverage or the cost of that
financial leverage and other costs incurred to operate our business.
We use realized disposition gains and losses within FFO in order to provide additional insight regarding the performance
of investments on a cumulative realized basis, including any unrealized fair value adjustments that were recorded in equity and
not otherwise reflected in current period FFO, and believe it is useful to investors to better understand variances between
reporting periods. We exclude depreciation and amortization from FFO as we believe that the value of most of our assets
typically increases over time, provided we make the necessary maintenance expenditures, the timing and magnitude of which
may differ from the amount of depreciation recorded in any given period. In addition, the depreciated cost base of our assets is
reflected in the ultimate realized disposition gain or loss on disposal. As noted above, unrealized fair value changes
are excluded from FFO until the period in which the asset is sold. We also exclude deferred income taxes from FFO
because the vast majority of the company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are a result of the revaluation of our assets
under IFRS.
Our definition of FFO may differ from the definition used by other organizations, as well as the definition of FFO used by the
Real Property Association of Canada (“REALPAC”) and the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, Inc.
(“NAREIT”), in part because the NAREIT definition is based on U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS. The key differences
between our definition of FFO and the determination of FFO by REALPAC and/or NAREIT are that we include the following:
realized disposition gains or losses and cash taxes payable or receivable on those gains or losses, if any; foreign exchange gains
or losses on monetary items not forming part of our net investment in foreign operations; and foreign exchange gains or losses
on the sale of an investment in a foreign operation. We do not use FFO as a measure of cash generated from our operations.
We illustrate how we derive FFO for each operating segment and reconcile total FFO to net income in Note 3(c)(v) of the
consolidated financial statements.
Segment Balance Sheet Information
We use common equity by segment as our measure of segment assets when reviewing our deconsolidated balance sheet
because it is utilized by our Chief Operating Decision Maker for capital allocation decisions.
151 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Segment Allocation and Measurement
Segment measures include amounts earned from consolidated entities that are eliminated on consolidation. The principal
adjustment is to include asset management revenues charged to consolidated entities as revenues within the company’s Asset
Management segment with the corresponding expense recorded as corporate costs within the relevant segment. These amounts
are based on the in-place terms of the asset management contracts between the consolidated entities. Inter-segment revenues are
determined under terms that approximate market value.
The company allocates the costs of shared functions that would otherwise be included within its Corporate Activities segment,
such as information technology and internal audit, pursuant to formal policies.
c) Reportable Segment Measures
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Segments
Note
External revenues..................... $
Inter-segment and other
revenues1................................
Segmented revenues.................
FFO from equity accounted
investments1...........................
Interest expense........................
Current income taxes...............
Funds from operations1............
Common equity........................
Equity accounted investments..
Additions to non-current
assets2....................................
246
$
872 $
8,851
$
4,085
$
9,294
$ 37,161
$
2,243
$
62,752
3,278
3,524
277
—
—
1,776
4,947
4,530
64
(1)
871
(17)
(388)
(67)
(86)
(6,986)
830
234
32
8,883
765
(3,117)
(82)
876
19,331
21,024
—
4,085
116
(885)
(66)
1,044
5,154
1,444
7
614
9,301
37,775
1,329
600
(1,224)
(1,573)
(247)
569
2,552
10,530
(286)
935
3,965
2,623
—
2,243
21
(29)
(8)
66
2,730
346
3,930
i
66,682
3,091
(7,216)
(756)
5,180
31,693
41,327
ii
iii
iv
v
10,117
1,677
11,200
3,535
45
26,872
1. We equity account for our investment in Oaktree and include our share of the FFO and FFO from equity accounted investments at approximately 62%. However, for
segment reporting, Oaktree’s revenue is shown on a 100% basis. For the year ended December 31, 2020, $1.2 billion of Oaktree’s revenues was included in our Asset
Management segment revenue.
Includes additions to equity accounted investments, investment properties, property, plant and equipment, sustainable resources, intangible assets and goodwill.
2.
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Segments
Note
External revenues..................... $
271
$
508 $
10,442
$
3,959
$
7,091
$ 43,099
$
2,456
$
67,826
Inter-segment revenues............
Segmented revenues1...............
FFO from equity accounted
investments............................
Interest expense........................
Current income taxes...............
Funds from operations1............
Common equity........................
Equity accounted investments..
Additions to non-current
assets2....................................
2,343
2,614
43
—
—
1,597
4,927
4,599
4,654
(49)
459
14
(349)
(114)
(359)
(7,897)
681
617
33
10,475
1,049
(3,469)
(165)
1,185
18,781
22,314
17,915
15
3,974
74
(923)
(73)
333
5,320
1,154
2,207
2
479
7,093
43,578
1,100
(937)
(255)
464
2,792
8,972
320
(1,536)
(326)
844
4,086
2,596
—
2,456
41
(66)
(37)
125
2,859
382
2,823
i
70,649
2,641
(7,280)
(970)
4,189
30,868
40,698
ii
iii
iv
v
17,352
19,825
88
62,658
1. We equity account for our investment in Oaktree and include our share of the FFO and FFO from equity accounted investments at approximately 61%. However, for
segment reporting, Oaktree’s revenue is shown on a 100% basis. For the year ended December 31, 2019, $231 million of Oaktree’s revenues was included in our Asset
Management segment revenue.
Includes additions to equity accounted investments, investment properties, property, plant and equipment, sustainable resources, intangible assets and goodwill.
2.
i.
Inter-Segment Revenues
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the adjustment to external revenues when determining segmented revenues consists of
asset management revenues earned from consolidated entities and Oaktree totaling $3.3 billion (2019 – $2.3 billion), revenues
earned on construction projects between consolidated entities totaling $610 million (2019 – $450 million), and other revenues
totaling a net income of $42 million (2019 – $30 million). Inter-segment revenues are eliminated on consolidation to arrive at
the company’s consolidated revenues.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 152
ii. FFO from Equity Accounted Investments
The company determines FFO from its equity accounted investments by applying the same methodology utilized in adjusting
net income of consolidated entities. The following table reconciles the company’s consolidated equity accounted income to
FFO from equity accounted investments:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Consolidated equity accounted (loss) income............................................................................................ $
Non-FFO items from equity accounted investments1................................................................................
FFO from equity accounted investments................................................................................................... $
2020
(79) $
3,170
3,091 $
2019
2,498
143
2,641
1. Adjustment to back out non-FFO expenses (income) that are included in consolidated equity accounted income including depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes
and fair value changes from equity accounted investments.
iii. Interest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the adjustment to interest expense consists of interest on loans between consolidated
entities totaling $8 million (2019 – $53 million) that is eliminated on consolidation, along with the associated revenue.
iv. Current Income Taxes
Current income taxes are included in FFO but are aggregated with deferred income taxes in income tax expense on the
company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table reconciles consolidated income taxes to current and
deferred income taxes:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Current income tax expense....................................................................................................................... $
(756) $
Deferred income tax (expense) recovery....................................................................................................
(81)
Income tax expense.................................................................................................................................... $
(837) $
iv.
v. Reconciliation of Net Income to Total FFO
The following table reconciles net income to total FFO:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
Net income..................................................................................................................................
$
707 $
Financial statement components not included in FFO
Equity accounted fair value changes and other non-FFO items..............................................
Fair value changes....................................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization.................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes.............................................................................................................
Realized disposition gains in fair value changes or equity.........................................................
vi
Non-controlling interests in FFO................................................................................................
3,170
1,423
5,791
81
1,554
(7,546)
2019
(970)
475
(495)
2019
5,354
143
831
4,876
(475)
621
(7,161)
Total FFO....................................................................................................................................
$
5,180 $
4,189
vi. Realized Disposition Gains
Realized disposition gains include gains and losses recorded in net income arising from transactions during the current period,
adjusted to include fair value changes and revaluation surplus recorded in prior periods in connection with the assets sold.
Realized disposition gains also include amounts that are recorded directly in equity as changes in ownership, as opposed to net
income, because they result from a change in ownership of a consolidated entity.
The realized disposition gains recorded in fair value changes, revaluation surplus or directly in equity were $1.6 billion for the
year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – $621 million), of which $499 million relates to prior periods (2019 – $284 million),
$1.1 billion has been recorded directly in equity as changes in ownership (2019 – $258 million) and a loss of $29 million has
been recorded in fair value changes (2019 – gain of $79 million).
153 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
d) Geographic Allocation
The company’s revenues by location of operations are as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
U.S................................................................................................................................................................... $
18,048 $
16,584
Canada.............................................................................................................................................................
U.K..................................................................................................................................................................
Brazil...............................................................................................................................................................
Europe.............................................................................................................................................................
Australia..........................................................................................................................................................
India.................................................................................................................................................................
Colombia.........................................................................................................................................................
Other Asia ......................................................................................................................................................
Other................................................................................................................................................................
5,906
16,032
3,323
6,191
5,528
1,284
1,762
2,388
2,290
6,202
21,847
4,099
6,285
5,522
803
2,095
1,599
2,790
$
62,752 $
67,826
The company’s consolidated assets by location are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
U.S..................................................................................................................................................................... $ 159,684 $ 149,687
Canada................................................................................................................................................................
U.K.....................................................................................................................................................................
Brazil..................................................................................................................................................................
Europe................................................................................................................................................................
Australia.............................................................................................................................................................
India...................................................................................................................................................................
Colombia............................................................................................................................................................
Other Asia..........................................................................................................................................................
Other..................................................................................................................................................................
36,403
31,598
20,675
22,267
22,000
21,438
10,919
9,343
9,369
35,840
30,184
24,354
19,404
22,971
9,089
10,819
8,379
13,242
$ 343,696 $ 323,969
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 154
4. SUBSIDIARIES
The following table presents the details of the company’s subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests:
AS AT DEC. 31
Jurisdiction of
Formation
Brookfield Property Partners L.P. (“BPY”).............................................................
Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P. (“BEP”)3........................................................
Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. (“BIP”)4.....................................................
Bermuda
Bermuda
Bermuda
Brookfield Business Partners L.P. (“BBU”)............................................................
Bermuda
Ownership Interest Held by
Non-Controlling Interests1, 2
2020
38.3%
49.3%
71.5%
36.5%
2019
44.8%
39.5%
70.4%
37.3%
1. Control and associated voting rights of the limited partnerships (BPY, BEP, BIP and BBU) reside with their respective general partners which are wholly owned
subsidiaries of the company. The company’s general partner interest is entitled to earn base management fees and incentive payments in the form of incentive
distribution rights or performance fees.
2. The company’s ownership interest in BPY, BEP, BIP and BBU includes a combination of redemption-exchange units (REUs), Class A limited partnership units, special
limited partnership units, general partnership units and units or shares that are exchangeable for units in our listed partnerships, in each subsidiary, where applicable.
Each of BPY, BEP, BIP and BBU’s partnership capital includes its Class A limited partnership units whereas REUs and general partnership units are considered non-
controlling interests for the respective partnerships. REUs share the same economic attributes in all respects except for the redemption right attached thereto. The REUs
and general partnership units participate in earnings and distributions on a per unit basis equivalent to the per unit participation of the Class A limited partnership units
of the subsidiary.
3. Ownership interest held by Non-Controlling Interests represents the combined units not held in BEP LP and Brookfield Renewable Corporation (“BEPC”).
4. Ownership interest held by Non-Controlling Interests represents the combined units not held in BIP LP and Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation (“BIPC”).
The table below presents the exchanges on which the company’s subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests were
publicly listed as of December 31, 2020:
BPY..............................................................................................................................................
BPY.UN
BEP...............................................................................................................................................
BEP.UN
BIP................................................................................................................................................
BIP.UN
BBU..............................................................................................................................................
BBU.UN
N/A
BEP
BIP
BBU
BPY
N/A
N/A
N/A
TSX
NYSE
Nasdaq
The following table outlines the composition of accumulated non-controlling interests presented within the company’s
consolidated financial statements:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
BPY.................................................................................................................................................................... $ 25,986 $ 29,165
BEP....................................................................................................................................................................
BIP.....................................................................................................................................................................
BBU...................................................................................................................................................................
Individually immaterial subsidiaries with non-controlling interests.................................................................
17,194
19,753
9,162
14,709
13,321
20,036
8,664
10,647
$ 86,804 $ 81,833
155 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
All publicly listed entities are subject to independent governance. Accordingly, the company has no direct access to the assets
of these subsidiaries. Summarized financial information with respect to the company’s subsidiaries with significant non-
controlling interests is set out below. The summarized financial information represents amounts before intra-group
eliminations:
BPY
BEP
BIP
BBU
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Current assets .......................................... $ 5,009 $ 3,289 $ 1,742 $ 1,474 $ 3,711 $ 5,841 $ 14,493 $ 12,795
Non-current assets ...................................
102,942
108,354
47,980
34,217
57,620
50,467
40,253
38,956
Current liabilities ....................................
(18,220)
(12,466)
(2,876)
(1,678)
(5,524)
(5,439)
(12,133)
(11,024)
Non-current liabilities .............................
(48,208)
(54,242)
(25,079)
(15,882)
(34,134)
(28,692)
(31,276)
(29,674)
Non-controlling interests ........................
(25,986)
(29,165)
(17,194)
(13,321)
(19,753)
(20,036)
(9,162)
(8,664)
Equity attributable to Brookfield ............ $ 15,537 $ 15,770 $ 4,573 $ 4,810 $ 1,920 $ 2,141 $ 2,175 $ 2,389
Revenues ................................................. $ 6,593 $ 8,203 $ 3,810 $ 2,980 $ 8,885 $ 6,597 $ 37,635 $ 43,032
Net income (loss) attributable to:
Non-controlling interests ..................... $
(673) $ 2,091 $
162 $
348 $
863 $
636 $
686 $
353
Shareholders .........................................
(1,385)
1,066
(207)
(75)
41
14
(106)
81
$ (2,058) $ 3,157 $
(45) $
273 $
904 $
650 $
580 $
434
Other comprehensive income (loss)
attributable to:
Non-controlling interests ..................... $
153 $
234 $ 1,621 $ 1,179 $
(82) $
486 $
25 $
(159)
Shareholders .........................................
261
89
653
546
20
104
47
(39)
$
414 $
323 $ 2,274 $ 1,725 $
(62) $
590 $
72 $
(198)
The summarized cash flows of the company’s subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests are as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Cash flows from (used in):
BPY
BEP
BIP
BBU
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Operating activities............................... $ 1,332 $
624 $ 1,296 $ 1,212 $ 2,530 $ 2,143 $ 4,205 $ 2,163
Financing activities...............................
(215)
(892)
Investing activities................................
(99)
(1,611)
(792)
(426)
(1,010)
2,126
9,542
(1,077)
15,925
(251)
(4,609)
(11,372)
(2,334)
(17,939)
Distributions paid to non-controlling
interests in common equity.................... $
528 $
576 $
323 $
254 $
642 $
628 $
13 $
13
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 156
5. ACQUISITIONS OF CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES
a) Completed During 2020
The following table summarizes the balance sheet impact as a result of business combinations that occurred in the year ended
December 31, 2020. The valuations of the assets acquired are still under evaluation and as such the business combinations have
been accounted for on a provisional basis:
(MILLIONS)
Private Equity
Infrastructure
Real Estate,
Renewable Power
and Other
Cash and cash equivalents........................ $
Accounts receivable and other..................
Inventory...................................................
Property, plant and equipment..................
Intangible assets........................................
Goodwill...................................................
Deferred income tax assets.......................
105 $
1,441
12
84
27
63
31
Total assets................................................
1,763
Less:
Accounts payable and other...................
Non-recourse borrowings.......................
Deferred income tax liabilities...............
Non-controlling interests1......................
(55)
(1,016)
—
(227)
(1,298)
Net assets acquired.................................... $
465 $
— $
38 $
408
—
7,334
532
27
—
8,301
(2,518)
(2,356)
(22)
—
(4,896)
3,405 $
76
55
661
66
55
15
966
(227)
(470)
(12)
(47)
(756)
210 $
Total
143
1,925
67
8,079
625
145
46
11,030
(2,800)
(3,842)
(34)
(274)
(6,950)
4,080
Consideration2........................................... $
465 $
3,405 $
210 $
4,080
1.
Includes non-controlling interests recognized on business combinations measured as the proportionate share of fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
date of acquisition.
2. Total consideration, including amounts paid by non-controlling interests that participated in the acquisition as investors in Brookfield-sponsored private funds or as co-
investors.
Brookfield recorded $621 million of revenue and $10 million of net income in 2020 from the acquired operations as a result of
the acquisitions made during the year. If the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year, they would have contributed
$1.6 billion and $25 million to total revenue and net losses, respectively.
157 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table summarizes the balance sheet impact as a result of significant business combinations that occurred in 2020.
The valuations of the assets acquired are still under evaluation and as such the business combinations have been accounted for
on a provisional basis.
(MILLIONS)
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................................... $
Accounts receivable and other.....................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment.....................................................................................
Intangible assets...........................................................................................................
Goodwill......................................................................................................................
Deferred income tax assets..........................................................................................
Total assets...................................................................................................................
Less:
Accounts payable and other......................................................................................
Non-recourse borrowings..........................................................................................
Deferred income tax liabilities..................................................................................
Non-controlling interests1.........................................................................................
Private Equity
IndoStar
Infrastructure
Summit DigiTel
78 $
1,391
9
20
21
28
1,547
(30)
(1,003)
—
(219)
(1,252)
—
408
7,334
532
27
—
8,301
(2,518)
(2,356)
(22)
—
(4,896)
3,405
Net assets acquired ...................................................................................................... $
295 $
Consideration2.............................................................................................................. $
295 $
3,405
1.
Includes non-controlling interests recognized on business combinations measured as the proportionate share of fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
date of acquisition.
2. Total consideration, including amounts paid by non-controlling interests that participated in the acquisition as investors in Brookfield-sponsored private funds or as
co-investors.
Private Equity
During 2020, a subsidiary of the company, together with institutional partners, acquired a 57% ownership interest in IndoStar,
an Indian financing company focused on commercial vehicle lending and affordable home finance. The transaction was
accounted for as a business combination achieved in stages on May 27, July 8 and 9, 2020. The subsidiary’s previously held
investment in IndoStar was remeasured to fair value prior to the acquisition of additional interests. The fair value approximated
carrying value and no cumulative gain or loss arising from changes in the fair value of the investment was recognized. Total
consideration of $295 million was comprised of an existing equity interest of $276 million and $19 million of cash on hand.
Total revenues and net loss that would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are
$175 million and $37 million, respectively.
Infrastructure
On August 31, 2020, a subsidiary of the company, alongside institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in an Indian
telecom tower operation for a total of approximately $3.4 billion. Consideration paid was funded fully by cash on hand.
Goodwill in the amount of $27 million was recognized, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Total revenues and net
income that would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $1.1 billion and
$9 million, respectively.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 158
b) Completed During 2019
The following table summarizes the balance sheet impact as a result of business combinations that occurred in 2019. No
material changes were made to those allocations disclosed in the 2019 consolidated financial statements:
(MILLIONS)
Private
Equity
Infrastructure
Real Estate
Renewable
Power and
Other
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................... $
344 $
94 $
31 $
6
$
Accounts receivable and other .............................................
Assets classified as held for sale...........................................
Inventory...............................................................................
Equity accounted investments .............................................
Investment properties ..........................................................
Property, plant and equipment .............................................
Intangible assets ...................................................................
Goodwill ..............................................................................
Deferred income tax assets ..................................................
6,706
—
2,230
847
—
6,650
7,057
3,479
363
553
1,584
74
48
211
8,710
3,248
2,644
46
114
—
46
—
3,458
785
28
2
—
110
—
13
—
—
1,308
—
—
—
Total assets...........................................................................
27,676
17,212
4,464
1,437
Less:
Accounts payable and other ..............................................
Non-recourse borrowings...................................................
Deferred income tax liabilities ..........................................
Non-controlling interests1..................................................
(5,025)
(1,084)
(1,142)
(1,749)
(2,425)
(1,980)
(1,248)
(828)
(2,394)
(537)
—
(88)
(101)
(319)
(36)
—
Total
475
7,483
1,584
2,363
895
3,669
17,453
10,333
6,125
409
50,789
(9,945)
(3,920)
(2,426)
(2,665)
Net assets acquired............................................................... $
18,676 $
10,731 $
1,445 $
981
$
31,833
(9,000)
(6,481)
(3,019)
(456)
(18,956)
Consideration2...................................................................... $
18,672 $
10,731 $
1,445 $
981
$
31,829
1.
Includes non-controlling interests recognized on business combinations measured as the proportionate share of fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
date of acquisition.
2. Total consideration, including amounts paid by non-controlling interests that participated in the acquisition as investors in Brookfield-sponsored private funds or as
co-investors.
Brookfield recorded $7.6 billion of revenue and $635 million of net losses in 2019 from the acquired operations as a result of
the acquisitions made during the year. If the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year, they would have contributed
$14.7 billion and $189 million to total revenue and net income, respectively. The difference in our net losses since acquisition
date compared to net income had we held our investments since January 1 primarily relate to the timing of acquisitions during
the year as those with large contributors to net income were purchased in late 2019. In addition, our post-acquisition margins
were reduced from the step-up in inventory costs resulting from purchase price allocations as well as restructuring costs in
certain of our acquisitions.
159 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table summarizes the balance sheet impact as a result of significant business combinations that occurred in 2019.
No material changes were made to those allocations disclosed in the 2019 consolidated financial statements.
(MILLIONS)
Clarios Healthscope
Genworth
Private Equity
Infrastructure
Genesee &
Wyoming NorthRiver
East-West
Pipeline
Real
Estate
Aveo
Group
Renewable
Power
Arcadia
Cash and cash equivalents....... $
11 $
25 $
253 $
— $
67 $
2 $
27 $
Accounts receivable and other
1,503
196
4,796
Assets classified as held for
sale.........................................
—
Inventory.................................
1,775
Equity accounted investments.
Investment properties..............
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets......................
Goodwill..................................
Deferred income tax assets......
838
—
3,582
6,420
1,894
181
Total assets..............................
16,204
Less:
—
41
9
—
2,590
280
1,548
136
4,825
66
—
28
—
—
2,134
295
—
—
461
1,584
43
48
—
5,283
1,992
2,042
5
—
—
3
—
—
1,198
74
218
41
92
—
43
—
3,458
95
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
243
—
—
5,302
2,523
11,525
1,536
3,717
Accounts payable and other.
(1,998)
(691)
(1,954)
Non-recourse borrowings.....
—
—
(342)
(66)
—
(2,071)
(1,567)
Deferred income tax
liabilities.............................
Non-controlling interests1....
(967)
(469)
(3,434)
(79)
—
(770)
(49)
(1,279)
(3,624)
—
(1,111)
(578)
(644)
(250)
(4,999)
(218)
(2,368)
—
—
—
(537)
—
(88)
(218)
(2,993)
Net assets acquired ................. $ 12,770 $
4,055 $ 1,678 $
1,879 $
6,526 $
1,318 $
724 $
3
31
—
7
—
—
759
—
—
—
800
(65)
—
—
—
(65)
735
Consideration2......................... $ 12,770 $
4,055 $ 1,674 $
1,879 $
6,526 $
1,318 $
724 $
735
1.
Includes non-controlling interests recognized on business combinations measured as the proportionate share of fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
date of acquisition.
2. Total consideration, including amounts paid by non-controlling interests that participated in the acquisition as investors in Brookfield-sponsored private funds or as
co-investors.
Private Equity
On April 30, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in Clarios, a global
automotive battery business, for total consideration of $12.8 billion. Total consideration paid was funded with $2.9 billion of
cash on hand, with $9.9 billion funded through non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing. The acquisition
resulted in recognition of $1.9 billion of goodwill, which is largely reflective of potential to innovate and grow the business.
Approximately $20 million of the goodwill recognized is deductible for tax purposes. Total revenues and net loss that would
have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $8.3 billion and $74 million, respectively.
On June 6, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in Healthscope
Limited, an Australian private healthcare provider, for a total consideration of $4.1 billion. Total consideration paid was funded
with $1.2 billion of cash on hand, with $2.9 billion funded through non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing.
The acquisition resulted in recognition of $1.5 billion of goodwill, which is largely reflective of potential growth from
integration of the operations. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for tax purposes. Total revenues and net loss that
would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $1.6 billion and $81 million,
respectively.
On December 12, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 57% interest in Genworth, a
Canadian mortgage insurance services business, for total consideration of $1.7 billion, which was funded with cash on hand.
The acquisition generated a bargain purchase gain of $4 million. Total revenues and net loss that would have been recorded if
the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $677 million and $321 million, respectively.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 160
Infrastructure
On March 22, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in East-West
Pipeline Limited, an Indian natural gas pipeline business, for total consideration of $1.9 billion. Consideration paid was funded
with $959 million of cash on hand and the remainder funded through non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing.
Total revenues and net loss that would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are
$359 million and $65 million, respectively.
On December 30, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in Genesee &
Wyoming Inc., a short-haul rail operator in North America, for a total consideration of $6.5 billion. Consideration paid funded
with $5.4 billion of cash on hand and the remainder funded through non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing.
The acquisition resulted in recognition of $2.0 billion of goodwill, which is largely reflective of potential growth prospects and
strong market position. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for tax purposes. Total revenues and net income that
would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $2.3 billion and $235 million,
respectively.
On December 31, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired a 100% interest in NorthRiver
Midstream Inc., the federally regulated portion of Enbridge Inc.’s Canadian natural gas midstream business to be operated
alongside the provincial assets acquired in 2018, for a total consideration of $1.3 billion. Consideration paid funded with
$861 million of cash on hand and the remainder funded through non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing. The
acquisition resulted in recognition of $218 million of goodwill, which is largely reflective of potential growth prospects and
strong market position. The goodwill recognized is deductible for tax purposes. Total revenues and net income that would have
been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $271 million and $121 million, respectively.
Real Estate
On November 29, 2019, a subsidiary of the company, along with institutional partners, acquired an 84% interest in Aveo
Group, a real estate company that develops, owns and operates a portfolio of retirement homes in Australia, for total
consideration of $724 million. Consideration paid funded with $658 million of cash on hand and the remainder funded through
non-recourse borrowings raised concurrently on closing. Total revenues and net loss that would have been recorded if the
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the year are $174 million and $4 million, respectively.
Renewable Power
On September 26, 2019, a subsidiary of the company acquired a 100% interest in Arcadia, a distributed generation portfolio of
renewable energy facilities in the U.S., for total consideration of $735 million funded by non-recourse borrowings raised
concurrently on closing. Total revenues and net income that would have been recorded if the transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the year are $67 million and $22 million, respectively.
161 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
6. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
a) Financial Instruments Classification
The following tables list the company’s financial instruments by their respective classification as at December 31, 2020 and
2019:
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Financial assets1
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................... $
Fair Value
Through
Profit or Loss
Fair Value
Through OCI
Amortized
Cost
Total
— $
— $
9,933 $
9,933
Other financial assets
Government bonds....................................................................
Corporate bonds........................................................................
Fixed income securities and other............................................
Common shares and warrants...................................................
Loans and notes receivable2.....................................................
Accounts receivable and other3...................................................
Financial liabilities
356
1,094
1,079
3,287
110
5,926
1,766
2,295
2,148
1,191
3,227
—
8,861
—
—
357
—
—
2,586
2,943
11,906
$
7,692 $
8,861 $
24,782 $
2,651
3,599
2,270
6,514
2,696
17,730
13,672
41,335
Corporate borrowings.................................................................. $
— $
— $
9,077 $
9,077
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities
Property-specific borrowings...................................................
Subsidiary borrowings..............................................................
Accounts payable and other2.......................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations......................................................
—
—
—
5,889
1,457
—
—
—
—
—
128,556
10,768
139,324
35,228
2,242
128,556
10,768
139,324
41,117
3,699
$
7,346 $
— $
185,871 $
193,217
1.
2.
3.
Financial assets include $9.7 billion of assets pledged as collateral.
Includes a shareholder loan of $500 million receivable from our U.S. gas pipeline.
Includes derivative instruments which are elected for hedge accounting, totaling $888 million included in accounts receivable and other and $2.4 billion included in
accounts payable and other, for which changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 162
AS AT DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Financial assets1
Fair Value
Through
Profit or Loss
Fair Value
Through OCI Amortized Cost
Total
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................... $
— $
— $
6,778 $
6,778
Other financial assets
Government bonds..................................................................
Corporate bonds......................................................................
Fixed income securities and other...........................................
Common shares and warrants.................................................
Loans and notes receivable2....................................................
Accounts receivable and other3..................................................
Financial liabilities
156
1,118
1,131
1,791
55
4,251
1,957
2,247
1,839
619
1,398
—
6,103
—
—
310
—
—
1,804
2,114
12,078
$
6,208 $
6,103 $
20,970 $
2,403
3,267
1,750
3,189
1,859
12,468
14,035
33,281
Corporate borrowings................................................................. $
— $
— $
7,083 $
7,083
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities
Property-specific borrowings..................................................
Subsidiary borrowings.............................................................
Accounts payable and other2......................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations.....................................................
—
—
—
4,528
1,896
—
—
—
—
—
127,869
8,423
136,292
32,196
2,236
127,869
8,423
136,292
36,724
4,132
$
6,424 $
— $
177,807 $
184,231
1.
2.
3.
Financial assets include $7.0 billion of assets pledged as collateral.
Includes a shareholder loan of $500 million receivable from our U.S. gas pipeline.
Includes derivative instruments which are elected for hedge accounting, totaling $950 million included in accounts receivable and other and $1.3 billion included in
accounts payable and other, for which changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income.
Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) financial assets are presented in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which they arise. Dividends from FVTPL and fair value through other
comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) financial assets are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the
company’s right to receive payment is established. Interest on FVTOCI financial assets is calculated using the effective interest
method and reported in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
FVTOCI debt and equity securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded through
other comprehensive income. As at December 31, 2020, the unrealized gains and losses relating to the fair value of FVTOCI
securities amounted to $916 million (2019 – $479 million) and $322 million (2019 – $108 million), respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, $7 million (2019 – $3 million) of net deferred losses previously recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income were reclassified to net income as a result of the disposition or impairment of certain
of our FVTOCI financial assets that are not equity instruments.
Included in cash and cash equivalents is $8.2 billion (2019 – $5.7 billion) of cash and $1.8 billion (2019 – $1.1 billion) of
short-term deposits as at December 31, 2020.
163 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
b) Carrying and Fair Value
The following table lists the company’s financial instruments by their respective classification as at December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Financial assets
2020
2019
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents...................................................................................... $
9,933 $
9,933 $
6,778 $
6,778
Other financial assets
Government bonds...............................................................................................
Corporate bonds...................................................................................................
Fixed income securities and other.......................................................................
Common shares and warrants..............................................................................
Loans and notes receivable..................................................................................
Accounts receivable and other................................................................................
2,651
3,599
2,270
6,514
2,696
17,730
13,672
2,651
3,599
2,270
6,514
2,696
17,730
13,672
2,403
3,267
1,750
3,189
1,859
12,468
14,035
2,403
3,267
1,750
3,189
1,859
12,468
14,035
$ 41,335 $ 41,335 $ 33,281 $ 33,281
Financial liabilities
Corporate borrowings............................................................................................. $
9,077 $ 10,540 $
7,083 $
7,933
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities
Property-specific borrowings..............................................................................
128,556
131,099
127,869
129,728
Subsidiary borrowings.........................................................................................
10,768
11,085
8,423
8,632
139,324
142,184
136,292
138,360
Accounts payable and other....................................................................................
41,117
Subsidiary equity obligations.................................................................................
3,699
41,117
3,699
36,724
4,132
36,724
4,139
$ 193,217 $ 197,540 $ 184,231 $ 187,156
The current and non-current balances of other financial assets are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Current................................................................................................................................................... $
5,483 $
Non-current...........................................................................................................................................
12,247
2019
3,605
8,863
Total...................................................................................................................................................... $
17,730 $
12,468
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 164
c) Fair Value Hierarchy Levels
The following table categorizes financial assets and liabilities, which are carried at fair value, based upon the fair value
hierarchy levels:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
2020
2019
Financial assets
Other financial assets
Government bonds................................................... $
7 $
2,644 $
— $
— $
2,403 $
Corporate bonds.......................................................
Fixed income securities and other............................
192
867
Common shares and warrants..................................
4,548
Loans and notes receivables.....................................
Accounts receivable and other....................................
—
50
2,764
912
577
42
1,581
286
491
—
419
1,389
1,966
68
135
—
1
2,682
851
421
51
1,737
—
275
480
802
4
219
$
5,664 $
8,520 $
2,369 $
2,386 $
8,145 $
1,780
Financial liabilities
Accounts payable and other........................................ $
75 $
5,090 $
724 $
93 $
3,749 $
686
Subsidiary equity obligations......................................
—
77
1,380
—
40
1,856
$
75 $
5,167 $
2,104 $
93 $
3,789 $
2,542
During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3.
Fair values of financial instruments are determined by reference to quoted bid or ask prices, as appropriate. If bid and ask prices
are unavailable, the closing price of the most recent transaction of that instrument is used. In the absence of an active market,
fair values are determined based on prevailing market rates for instruments with similar characteristics and risk profiles or
internal or external valuation models, such as option pricing models and discounted cash flow analysis, using observable
market inputs.
The following table summarizes the valuation techniques and key inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 2
financial instruments:
(MILLIONS)
Type of Asset/Liability
Derivative assets/Derivative
liabilities (accounts receivable/
accounts payable).......................
Carrying Value
Dec. 31, 2020
$
Valuation Techniques and Key Inputs
1,581 / Foreign currency forward contracts – discounted cash flow model –
forward exchange rates (from observable forward exchange rates at the end
of the reporting period) and discounted at credit adjusted rate
(5,090)
Interest rate contracts – discounted cash flow model – forward interest rates
(from observable yield curves) and applicable credit spreads discounted at a
credit adjusted rate
Energy derivatives – quoted market prices, or in their absence internal
valuation models, corroborated with observable market data
Other financial assets.....................
6,939 Valuation models based on observable market data
Redeemable fund units (subsidiary
equity obligations).....................
(77) Aggregated market prices of underlying investments
Fair values determined using valuation models requiring the use of unobservable inputs (Level 3 financial assets and liabilities)
include assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates. In determining those
unobservable inputs, the company uses observable external market inputs such as interest rate yield curves, currency rates and
price and rate volatilities, as applicable, to develop assumptions regarding those unobservable inputs.
165 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table summarizes the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value
measurement of Level 3 financial instruments:
(MILLIONS)
Type of Asset/Liability
Fixed income securities and
other.........................................
Carrying Value
Dec. 31, 2020
$
Valuation
Techniques
491 Discounted cash
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
• Future cash flows
flows
• Discount rate
Relationship of Unobservable
Inputs to Fair Value
• Increases
(decreases)
future cash flows
(decrease) fair value
in
increase
• Increases
discount
(increase) fair value
(decreases)
rate
in
decrease
Corporate bonds........................
286 Discounted cash
• Future cash flows
• Increases
(decreases)
flows
future cash flows
(decrease) fair value
in
increase
Common shares and warrants...
1,389 Discounted cash
flows
• Discount rate
• Increases
discount
(increase) fair value
(decreases)
rate
in
decrease
• Future cash flows
• Increases
(decreases)
future cash flows
(decrease) fair value
in
increase
• Discount rate
Black-Scholes
model
• Volatility
• Term to maturity
• Increases
discount
(increase) fair value
(decreases)
rate
in
decrease
• Increases
(decreases)
in
volatility increase (decreases)
fair value
• Increases (decreases) in term
increase
maturity
to
(decrease) fair value
Limited-life funds (subsidiary
equity obligations)................
(1,380) Discounted cash
flows
Derivative assets/Derivative
liabilities (accounts
receivable/payable)...............
135 /
(724)
Discounted cash
flows
• Future cash flows
• Increases
(decreases)
future cash flows
(decrease) fair value
in
increase
• Discount rate
• Terminal
capitalization rate
• Investment horizon
• Increases
discount
(increase) fair value
(decreases)
rate
in
decrease
(decreases)
in
• Increases
terminal
capitalization
rate decrease (increase) fair
value
• Increases (decreases) in the
investment horizon decrease
(increase) fair value
• Future cash flows
• Increases
(decreases)
future cash flows
(decrease) fair value
in
increase
• Discount rate
• Increases
discount
(increase) fair value
(decreases)
rate
in
decrease
The following table presents the changes in the balance of financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 for the years
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Financial
Assets
Financial
Liabilities
Financial
Assets
Financial
Liabilities
Balance, beginning of year..................................................................................... $
1,780 $
2,542 $
795 $
2,299
Fair value changes in net income...........................................................................
Fair value changes in other comprehensive income1..............................................
Additions, net of disposals......................................................................................
(92)
15
666
(111)
4
(331)
278
(10)
717
(27)
6
264
Balance, end of year............................................................................................... $
2,369 $
2,104 $
1,780 $
2,542
1.
Includes foreign currency translation.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 166
The following table categorizes liabilities measured at amortized cost, but for which fair values are disclosed based upon the
fair value hierarchy levels:
2020
2019
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Corporate borrowings................................................. $ 10,443 $
97 $
— $
7,841 $
92 $
—
Property-specific borrowings.....................................
Subsidiary borrowings................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations.....................................
3,406
7,825
—
57,927
69,766
3
73
3,257
2,169
6,467
6,111
—
52,386
70,875
299
73
2,222
2,170
Fair values of Level 2 and Level 3 liabilities measured at amortized cost but for which fair values are disclosed are determined
using valuation techniques such as adjusted public pricing and discounted cash flows.
d) Hedging Activities
The company uses derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments to manage or maintain exposures to interest, currency,
credit and other market risks. Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value. For certain derivatives which are used
to manage exposures, the company determines whether hedge accounting can be applied. Hedge accounting is applied when the
derivative is designated as a hedge of a specific exposure and there is assurance that it will continue to be highly effective as a
hedge based on an expectation of offsetting cash flows or fair value. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when the
derivative no longer qualifies as a hedge or the hedging relationship is terminated. Once discontinued, the cumulative change in
fair value of a derivative that was previously recorded in other comprehensive income by the application of hedge accounting is
recognized in profit or loss over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship as amounts related to the hedged item
are recognized in profit or loss. The assets or liabilities relating to unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses on derivative
financial instruments are recorded in financial assets and financial liabilities, respectively.
i. Cash Flow Hedges
The company uses the following cash flow hedges: energy derivative contracts to hedge the sale of power; interest rate swaps
to hedge the variability in cash flows or future cash flows related to a variable rate asset or liability; and equity derivatives
to hedge long-term compensation arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2020, pre-tax net unrealized losses of
$479 million (2019 – losses of $89 million) were recorded in other comprehensive income for the effective portion of the cash
flow hedges. As at December 31, 2020, there was an unrealized derivative liability balance of $689 million relating to
derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges (2019 – $210 million).
ii. Net Investment Hedges
The company uses foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency denominated debt instruments to manage its foreign
currency exposures arising from net investments in foreign operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, unrealized pre-
tax net losses of $182 million (2019 – gains of $433 million) were recorded in other comprehensive income for the
effective portion of hedges of net investments in foreign operations. As at December 31, 2020, there was an unrealized
derivative liability balance of $868 million relating to derivative contracts designated as net investment hedges (2019 – asset
balance of $551 million).
e) Netting of Financial Instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset with the net amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets where the company
currently has a legally enforceable right to offset and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle
the liability simultaneously.
167 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The company enters into derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master
netting agreements. In general, under such agreements the amounts owed by each counterparty on a single day are aggregated
into a single net amount that is payable by one party to the other. The agreements provide the company with the legal and
enforceable right to offset these amounts and accordingly the following balances are presented net in the consolidated financial
statements:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Gross amounts of financial instruments before netting.......................................... $
Gross amounts of financial instruments set-off in Consolidated Balance Sheets..
Net amount of financial instruments in Consolidated Balance Sheets................... $
2020
2019
2020
2019
2,195 $
2,380 $
4,379 $
2,853
(429)
(423)
(351)
(366)
1,766 $
1,957 $
4,028 $
2,487
Accounts Receivable
and Other
Accounts Payable
and Other
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 168
7. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Accounts receivable............................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other assets......................................................................................................
Restricted cash....................................................................................................................................
Sustainable resources..........................................................................................................................
Total....................................................................................................................................................
Note
2020
2019
(a)
(a)
(b)
$ 10,113 $ 11,129
6,335
2,395
85
5,636
1,595
109
$ 18,928 $ 18,469
The current and non-current balances of accounts receivable and other are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
2019
(MILLIONS)
Current .............................................................................................................................................................. $ 14,187 $ 13,862
Non-current .......................................................................................................................................................
4,607
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 18,928 $ 18,469
a) Accounts Receivable and Other Assets
4,741
2020
Accounts receivable includes contract assets of $632 million (2019 – $682 million). Contract assets relate primarily to work-
in-progress on our long-term construction services contracts for which customers have not yet been billed.
b) Restricted Cash
Restricted cash primarily relates to the financing arrangements including defeasement of debt obligations, debt service accounts
and deposits held by the company’s insurance operations across our segments.
c) Sustainable Resources
Additions of $75 million is attributable to the plantation of soybeans throughout the year. Dispositions of $270 million in 2019
related to the sale of our investment in Acadian. No disposition incurred in 2020.
The following table presents the change in the balance of timberlands and other agricultural assets:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Balance, beginning of year................................................................................................................................ $
Additions............................................................................................................................................................
Dispositions........................................................................................................................................................
Fair value adjustments ......................................................................................................................................
Decrease due to harvest ....................................................................................................................................
Foreign currency changes .................................................................................................................................
Balance, end of year........................................................................................................................................... $
2020
109 $
75
—
2
(61)
(40)
2019
333
77
(270)
12
(39)
(4)
85 $
109
169 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The carrying values are based on external appraisals completed annually as at December 31. The appraisals utilize a
combination of the discounted cash flow and sales comparison approaches to arrive at the estimated value. The significant
unobservable inputs (Level 3) included in the discounted cash flow models used when determining the fair value of standing
timber and agricultural assets include:
Valuation
Techniques
Discounted
cash flow
analysis
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
• Future cash flows
Relationship of Unobservable Inputs
to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future cash
flows increase (decrease) fair value
• Timber / agricultural
• Increases (decreases) in price increase
prices
(decrease) fair value
• Discount rate /
terminal
capitalization rate
• Increases (decreases) in discount rate
or terminal capitalization rate decrease
(increase) fair value
• Exit Date
• Increases (decreases)
in exit date
decrease (increase) fair value
Mitigating Factors
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows tend to
be accompanied by increases (decreases)
in discount rates that may offset changes
in fair value from cash flows
• Increases (decreases) in price tend to be
accompanied by increases (decreases) in
discount rates that may offset changes
in fair value from price
• Decreases (increases) in discount rates or
terminal capitalization rates tend to be
accompanied by increases (decreases) in
cash flows that may offset changes in fair
value from rates
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date tend
to be the result of changing cash flow
profiles that may result in higher (lower)
growth in cash flows prior to stabilizing
in the terminal year
Key valuation assumptions include a weighted-average discount and terminal capitalization rate of 4.6% (2019 – 6.1%), and
terminal valuation dates of up to 18 years (2019 – 21 years). Timber and agricultural asset prices were based on a combination
of forward prices available in the market and price forecasts.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 170
8. INVENTORY
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Residential properties under development......................................................................................................... $
2,816 $
3,007
Land held for development ...............................................................................................................................
Completed residential properties ......................................................................................................................
2,015
743
1,781
998
Industrial products.............................................................................................................................................
Other1.................................................................................................................................................................
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 10,360 $ 10,272
2,816
1,670
2,175
2,611
1. Other includes fuel inventory of $651 million (2019 – $690 million) and office developments of $581 million (2019 – $243 million).
The current and non-current balances of inventory are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Current .............................................................................................................................................................. $
6,337 $
7,054
Non-current .......................................................................................................................................................
4,023
3,218
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 10,360 $ 10,272
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the company recognized $24.6 billion (2019 – $26.5 billion) of inventory relating to
cost of goods sold and a $107 million expense of impaired inventory (2019 – $38 million). The carrying amount of inventory
pledged as collateral at December 31, 2020 was $6.0 billion (2019 – $4.7 billion).
9. HELD FOR SALE
The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Private
Equity
2020 Total
2019 Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................... $
1 $
5 $
— $
6 $
Accounts receivable and other....................................
Equity accounted investments.....................................
Investment properties..................................................
Property, plant and equipment....................................
Other long-term assets................................................
Deferred income tax assets.........................................
62
208
4,224
—
5
—
1
—
—
51
—
—
4
1,325
—
31
—
—
67
1,533
4,224
82
5
—
58
174
413
251
1,730
872
4
Assets classified as held for sale.................................... $
4,500 $
57 $
1,360 $
5,917 $
3,502
Liabilities
Accounts payable and other........................................ $
115 $
3 $
— $
118 $
Non-recourse borrowings of managed entities...........
Deferred income tax liabilities....................................
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for
sale............................................................................... $
2,230
—
4
7
—
—
2,234
7
223
1,071
396
2,345 $
14 $
— $
2,359 $
1,690
As at December 31, 2020, assets held for sale within our Real Estate segment include an office asset in Australia, a multifamily
asset in the U.S., two malls in the U.S., a mall in Brazil and four triple net lease assets in the U.S.
Assets held for sale within our Renewable Power segment include solar assets in Asia.
Within our Private Equity segment, assets held for sale relate to Norbord.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, we disposed of $6.7 billion and $2.6 billion of assets and liabilities held for sale,
respectively. The majority of disposals relate to the sale of the Australian rail operation of Genesee & Wyoming, the pathology
business at Healthscope, the Colombian regulated distribution business, and the wind portfolio in Ireland.
171 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
10. EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS
The following table presents the ownership interests and carrying values of the company’s investments in associates and joint
ventures, all of which are accounted for using the equity method:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Oaktree....................................................................................................................
Ownership Interest1
Carrying Value
2020
62%
2019
2020
2019
61% $
5,317 $
5,231
Real estate
Associates
LP investments and other..................................................................................
16 – 50% 30 – 90%
136
307
Joint ventures
Core office.........................................................................................................
15 – 56% 14 – 56%
Core retail..........................................................................................................
22 – 68% 12 – 68%
LP investments and other..................................................................................
9 – 84% 18 – 80%
Infrastructure
Associates
Utilities2.............................................................................................................
Transport............................................................................................................
11 – 50% 11 – 50%
21 – 58% 26 – 58%
Data....................................................................................................................
45 – 50% 45 – 50%
Other..................................................................................................................
22 – 50% 22 – 50%
Joint ventures
Midstream..........................................................................................................
Other..................................................................................................................
50%
50%
50%
50%
8,866
9,684
2,338
21,024
9,440
10,555
2,012
22,314
1,010
5,114
3,209
130
841
226
962
4,033
2,920
156
716
185
10,530
8,972
Private equity
Associates
Norbord..............................................................................................................
—%
43%
Industrial operations..........................................................................................
24 – 54% 24 – 54%
Other..................................................................................................................
14 – 70% 25 – 90%
—
834
1,789
2,623
Renewable power and other
Renewable power associates...............................................................................
Other equity accounted investments3.....................................................................
12 – 60% 14 – 60%
1,444
14 – 77% 16 – 85%
389
1,833
1,185
854
557
2,596
1,154
431
1,585
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 41,327 $ 40,698
1.
Joint ventures or associates in which the ownership interest is greater than 50% represent investments for which control is either shared or does not exist resulting in the
investment being equity accounted.
2. The current and comparative period include a shareholder loan of $500 million receivable from our investment in associate in a U.S. gas pipeline business.
3. Carrying value of joint ventures in other equity accounted investments is $346 million (2019 – $383 million).
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 172
The following tables presents the change in the balance of investments in associates and joint ventures:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Infrastructure
Real Estate
Private
Equity
Oaktree
Renewable
Power and
Other
2020 Total
2019 Total
5,231 $
22,314 $
8,972 $
2,596 $
1,585 $ 40,698 $
33,647
Balance, beginning of year..... $
Additions, net of (disposals)1.
Acquisitions through business
combinations........................
Share of net income (loss)......
91
—
189
Distributions received............
(194)
Share of other comprehensive
income (loss)......................
Foreign currency translation
and other...............................
—
—
517
—
(933)
(726)
(267)
119
1,771
—
442
(290)
165
(530)
(49)
—
153
(75)
25
(27)
238
2,568
4,676
—
70
—
(79)
895
2,498
(98)
(1,383)
(1,300)
31
7
(46)
(431)
317
(35)
Balance, end of year............. $
5,317 $
21,024 $
10,530 $
2,623 $
1,833 $ 41,327 $
40,698
1.
Includes assets sold, amounts reclassified to held for sale.
Additions, net of disposals, of $2.6 billion during the year relate primarily to the acquisition of a $1.3 billion interest in
BrandSafway in the first quarter of 2020, the acquisition of a $1.3 billion interest in Cheniere in the third quarter of 2020, and
acquisitions within our real estate group. These acquisitions were partially offset by the reclassification of Norbord to held for
sale as at December 31, 2020.
173 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table presents current and non-current assets, as well as current and non-current liabilities of the company’s
investments in associates and joint ventures:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Current
Assets
Non-
Current
Assets
Current
Liabilities
Non-
Current
Liabilities
Current
Assets
Non-
Current
Assets
Current
Liabilities
Non-
Current
Liabilities
Oaktree.............................................. $ 2,253 $ 17,056 $
2,146 $
7,487 $ 1,497 $ 16,870 $ 1,172 $ 7,434
2020
2019
Real estate
Associates
LP investments and other.............
21
1,207
42
958
32
955
15
390
Joint ventures
Core office...................................
2,496
36,668
3,485
17,107
2,790
36,861
4,824
13,987
Core retail.....................................
1,230
33,082
LP investments and other.............
1,279
12,288
673
903
13,721
7,290
992
35,726
615
14,334
648
9,559
648
5,247
Infrastructure
Associates
Utilities.........................................
646
6,142
Transport......................................
1,223
25,078
Data..............................................
841
13,308
Other............................................
34
356
Joint ventures
Midstream....................................
Other............................................
161
43
6,157
685
487
1,929
1,263
32
230
30
4,238
869
6,500
9,538
1,199
18,028
6,081
143
3,945
299
912
11,636
21
374
154
35
5,455
299
687
1,953
1,042
27
249
6
4,152
8,359
4,908
133
3,927
93
Private equity
Associates
Norbord .......................................
—
Industrial operations.....................
1,096
—
736
—
505
—
462
222
1,038
Other............................................
2,077
9,303
1,357
6,697
793
3,911
743
2,362
260
485
697
1,355
256
1,562
Renewable power and other
Renewable power associates..........
Other equity accounted investments.
1,355
210
7,492
790
635
67
3,307
178
539
1,022
5,967
—
535
118
2,530
113
$ 14,965 $ 170,348 $ 13,784 $ 81,211 $ 13,003 $ 155,246 $ 13,333 $ 68,780
Certain of the company’s investments in associates are subject to restrictions on the extent to which they can remit funds to
the company in the form of cash dividends or repay loans and advances as a result of borrowing arrangements, regulatory
restrictions, and other contractual requirements.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 174
The following table presents total revenues, net income and other comprehensive income (“OCI”) of the company’s
investments in associates and joint ventures:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Revenue
2020
Net
Income
OCI
Revenue
2019
Net
Income
Oaktree........................................................................ $
1,104 $
158 $
(2) $
295 $
12 $
OCI
(6)
Real estate
Associates
LP investments and other......................................
99
(145)
(941)
423
127
50
Joint ventures
Core office.............................................................
Core retail..............................................................
LP investments and other......................................
1,866
1,944
945
311
(1,471)
(376)
(113)
—
5
2,386
2,430
714
1,869
2,114
23
Infrastructure
Associates
Utilities..................................................................
Transport................................................................
Data........................................................................
Other......................................................................
Joint ventures
Midstream..............................................................
Other......................................................................
1,715
4,054
2,245
41
736
107
364
169
293
(23)
244
2
Private equity
Associates
Norbord .................................................................
Industrial operations..............................................
Other......................................................................
2,407
2,713
4,332
386
132
(130)
(205)
(1,451)
374
(245)
—
33
12
—
48
1,046
3,277
1,447
55
696
74
1,731
1,770
1,007
354
3
(38)
(45)
358
19
(165)
122
247
Renewable power and other
Renewable power associates...................................
Other equity accounted investments..........................
737
192
219
56
174
(2)
431
400
88
104
$ 25,237 $
189 $
(2,313) $ 18,182 $
5,192 $
(105)
—
—
26
363
57
(210)
—
—
13
—
26
242
1
457
Certain of the company’s investments are publicly listed entities with active pricing in a liquid market. The fair value of the
most significant listed entity, Norbord as at December 31, 2020, based on the publicly listed price in comparison to
the company’s carrying value is $nil (2019 – $0.9 billion) and $nil (2019 – $1.2 billion).
175 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
11. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
The following table presents the change in the fair value of the company’s investment properties:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Fair value, beginning of year............................................................................................................................... $ 96,686 $ 84,309
Additions.............................................................................................................................................................
8,180
11,638
Acquisitions through business combinations......................................................................................................
Changes in basis of accounting1..........................................................................................................................
Dispositions2........................................................................................................................................................
Fair value changes .............................................................................................................................................
—
193
3,669
928
(9,284)
(6,029)
(269)
1,710
Foreign currency translation and other................................................................................................................
461
Fair value, end of year3....................................................................................................................................... $ 96,782 $ 96,686
1,276
2019 balance includes the company’s adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in the recognition of ROU investment properties that were previously off-balance sheet items.
Includes amounts reclassified to held for sale.
1.
2.
3. As at December 31, 2020, the ending balance includes $90.4 billion (2019 – $88.5 billion) of investment properties leased to third parties. Also includes $3.3 billion of
ROU investment properties (December 31, 2019 – $2.6 billion).
Investment properties include the company’s office, retail, multifamily, and other properties as well as highest and best-use
land within the company’s sustainable resources operations. Additions of $8.2 billion primarily relates to the enhancement or
expansion of properties through capital expenditures and the purchase of investment properties during the year.
Dispositions of $9.3 billion (2019 – $6.0 billion) included the sale of multiple triple net lease investment properties, a portfolio
of investment properties within our directly held Fairfield investment, a self-storage portfolio, and a core office asset in
London. In addition, the current period includes the reclassification of a portfolio held within Forest City to assets held for sale.
Investment properties generated $5.7 billion (2019 – $5.8 billion) in rental income and incurred $2.5 billion (2019 –
$2.4 billion) in direct operating expenses. Most of our investment properties are pledged as collateral for the non-recourse
borrowings at their respective properties.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 176
The following table presents our investment properties measured at fair value:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Core office
United States.................................................................................................................. $
15,093 $
Canada............................................................................................................................
Australia.........................................................................................................................
Europe............................................................................................................................
Brazil..............................................................................................................................
Core retail........................................................................................................................
LP investments and other
LP investments office.....................................................................................................
LP investments retail......................................................................................................
Logistics.........................................................................................................................
Multifamily.....................................................................................................................
Triple net lease...............................................................................................................
Self-storage.....................................................................................................................
Student housing..............................................................................................................
Manufactured housing....................................................................................................
Mixed-use.......................................................................................................................
Directly held real estate properties................................................................................
Other investment properties..........................................................................................
5,102
2,731
2,699
309
20,324
8,727
2,538
—
2,442
3,719
—
2,962
2,784
3,096
22,350
1,906
$
96,782 $
15,748
4,806
2,300
2,867
361
21,561
8,756
2,812
94
2,937
4,508
1,007
2,605
2,446
2,703
19,814
1,361
96,686
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are utilized when determining the fair value of investment properties. The significant
Level 3 inputs include:
Valuation
Technique
Discounted cash
flow analysis1
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
• Future cash flows –
primarily driven by net
operating income
Relationship of Unobservable
Inputs to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future
cash flows increase (decrease)
fair value
• Discount rate
• Increases (decreases) in
discount rate decrease
(increase) fair value
• Terminal capitalization
• Increases (decreases) in
rate
terminal capitalization rate
decrease (increase) fair value
Mitigating Factors
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows tend to be
accompanied by increases (decreases) in
discount rates that may offset changes in fair
value from cash flows
• Increases (decreases) in discount rates tend to
be accompanied by increases (decreases) in
cash flows that may offset changes in fair
value from discount rates
• Increases (decreases) in terminal capitalization
rates tend to be accompanied by increases
(decreases) in cash flows that may offset
changes
terminal
capitalization rates
fair value
from
in
• Investment horizon
• Increases (decreases) in the
• Increases (decreases) in the investment
investment horizon decrease
(increase) fair value
horizon tend to be the result of changing cash
flow profiles that may result in higher (lower)
growth in cash flows prior to stabilizing in
the terminal year
1. Certain investment properties are valued using the direct capitalization method instead of a discounted cash flow model. Under the direct capitalization method, a
capitalization rate is applied to estimated current year cash flows.
The company’s investment properties are diversified by asset type, asset class, geography and market. Therefore, there may be
mitigating factors in addition to those noted above such as changes to assumptions that vary in direction and magnitude across
different geographies and markets.
177 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table summarizes the key valuation metrics of the company’s investment properties:
AS AT DEC. 31
Core office
United States....................................
Canada.............................................
Australia...........................................
Europe..............................................
Brazil...............................................
Core retail..........................................
LP investments and other
LP investments office......................
LP investments retail.......................
Mixed-use........................................
Logistics1.........................................
Multifamily1.....................................
Triple net lease1...............................
Self-storage1.....................................
Student housing1..............................
Manufactured housing1....................
Directly held real estate properties2
Other investment properties1,3.........
2020
Terminal
Capitalization
Rate
Discount
Rate
2019
Investment
Horizon
(years)
Discount
Rate
Terminal
Capitalization
Rate
Investment
Horizon
(years)
6.9%
5.9%
6.6%
5.2%
7.6%
7.0%
9.7%
8.7%
7.3%
—%
4.9%
6.2%
—%
4.9%
4.8%
5.1 – 9.3%
5.0 – 8.7%
5.6%
5.2%
5.7%
3.8%
7.0%
5.3%
7.2%
7.0%
5.2%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
5.4%
n/a
12
10
10
10
10
10
7
10
10
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
19
n/a
7.0%
5.9%
6.8%
4.6%
7.9%
6.7%
10.0%
8.8%
7.6%
5.8%
5.1%
6.3%
5.6%
5.8%
5.5%
5.2 – 9.2%
8.9%
5.6%
5.2%
5.9%
4.1%
7.4%
5.4%
7.3%
7.3%
5.4%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
6.1%
n/a
12
10
10
11
10
10
7
10
10
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
19
n/a
1. Logistics, multifamily, triple net lease, self-storage, student housing, manufactured housing and other investment properties are valued using the direct capitalization
method. The rates presented as the discount rate represent the overall implied capitalization rate. The terminal capitalization rate and the investment horizon are
not applicable.
2. We use either the discounted cash flow or the direct capitalization method when valuing our directly held real estate properties. The rates presented as the discount rate
represent the overall implied capitalization rates for investment properties that are valued using the direct capitalization approach.
3. Other investment properties include investment properties held in our Infrastructure and Residential Development segments.
12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The company’s property, plant and equipment relates to the operating segments as shown below:
Renewable
Power (a)
Infrastructure (b)
Real Estate (c)
Private Equity
and Other (d)
Total
2019
2020
2020
AS AT DEC. 31
2019
(MILLIONS)
Costs............................. $ 28,838 $ 27,820 $ 31,212 $ 22,454 $ 9,251 $ 9,890 $ 18,770 $ 17,269 $ 88,071 $ 77,433
Accumulated fair value
changes.......................
Accumulated
depreciation................
(13,134)
Total1............................ $ 45,206 $ 41,595 $ 32,167 $ 23,772 $ 8,432 $ 9,729 $ 14,204 $ 14,168 $ 100,009 $ 89,264
(16,446)
(2,459)
28,384
(1,212)
(3,671)
3,777
(7,870)
(6,690)
24,965
4,626
20,465
24,238
(2,458)
(3,693)
(1,527)
1,366
(873)
(643)
2020
2019
2019
2020
2019
2020
393
1. As at December 31, 2020, the total includes $3.9 billion (December 31, 2019 – $3.7 billion) of property, plant and equipment leased to third parties as operating leases.
Our ROU PP&E assets include $4.1 billion (December 31, 2019 – $2.2 billion) in our Infrastructure segment, $856 million (December 31, 2019 – $796 million) in our
Real Estate segment, $393 million (December 31, 2019 – $1.1 billion) in our Renewable Power segment and $1.3 billion (December 31, 2019 – $1.3 billion) in Private
Equity and other segments, totaling $6.7 billion (December 31, 2019 – $5.4 billion) of ROU assets.
Renewable Power, Infrastructure and Real Estate segments carry property, plant and equipment assets at fair value, classified
as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the use of significant unobservable inputs when determining fair value.
Private Equity and other segments carry property, plant and equipment assets at amortized cost. The carrying amount that
would have been recognized had our assets been accounted for under the cost model is $59.0 billion (2019 – $51.7 billion). As
at December 31, 2020, $80.2 billion (2019 – $66.3 billion) of property, plant and equipment, at cost, were pledged as collateral
for the property debt at their respective properties.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 178
a) Renewable Power
Our renewable power property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Cost, beginning of year........................... $ 14,074 $ 13,843 $ 8,459 $ 7,968 $ 5,287 $ 4,297 $ 27,820 $ 26,108
Hydroelectric
Wind
Solar and Other
Total
Changes in basis of accounting..............
—
83
—
321
—
3
—
407
Additions, net of disposals and assets
reclassified as held for sale...................
Acquisitions through business
combinations...........................................
425
162
(9)
(342)
284
280
700
100
Foreign currency translation...................
(600)
—
—
(14)
—
(52)
566
(54)
661
309
742
(35)
661
(343)
1,308
(103)
Cost, end of year.....................................
13,899
14,074
8,398
8,459
6,541
5,287
28,838
27,820
Accumulated fair value changes,
beginning of year..................................
Fair value changes..................................
Dispositions and assets reclassified as
held for sale..........................................
Foreign currency translation...................
Accumulated fair value changes, end
of year...................................................
Accumulated depreciation, beginning of
year.......................................................
Depreciation expenses............................
Dispositions and assets reclassified as
held for sale..........................................
Foreign currency translation...................
16,927
15,416
3,221
1,369
2,588
402
—
(283)
—
142
—
(82)
2,079
669
(126)
(34)
950
530
—
(15)
765
20,465
18,260
195
4,153
2,233
(35)
25
—
(380)
(161)
133
19,865
16,927
2,908
2,588
1,465
950
24,238
20,465
(4,412)
(517)
(3,879)
(532)
(1,781)
(546)
(1,358)
(502)
(497)
(302)
(260)
(245)
(6,690)
(1,365)
(5,497)
(1,279)
17
181
7
(8)
25
9
101
(22)
9
(56)
9
(1)
51
134
117
(31)
Accumulated depreciation, end of year..
(6,690)
Balance, end of year............................... $ 29,033 $ 26,589 $ 9,013 $ 9,266 $ 7,160 $ 5,740 $ 45,206 $ 41,595
(4,412)
(1,781)
(2,293)
(7,870)
(4,731)
(497)
(846)
179 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following table presents our renewable power property, plant and equipment measured at fair value by geography:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
North America................................................................................................................................................... $ 28,044 $ 25,617
Colombia............................................................................................................................................................
Europe................................................................................................................................................................
Brazil..................................................................................................................................................................
Other1.................................................................................................................................................................
8,150
4,912
3,005
1,095
7,353
3,770
3,575
1,280
$ 45,206 $ 41,595
1. Other refers primarily to China, India and Chile in both 2020 and 2019.
Renewable power assets are accounted for under the revaluation model and the most recent date of revaluation was
December 31, 2020. Valuations utilize significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) when determining the fair value of renewable
power assets. The significant Level 3 inputs include:
Valuation
Technique
Discounted cash
flow analysis
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
• Future cash flows –
primarily impacted by
future electricity price
assumptions
Relationship of Unobservable Inputs
to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future cash
flows increase (decrease) fair value
• Discount rate
• Increases (decreases) in discount rate
decrease (increase) fair value
Mitigating Factors
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows
tend to be accompanied by increases
(decreases) in discount rates that
may offset changes in fair value
from cash flows
• Increases (decreases)
in discount
rates tend to be accompanied by
increases (decreases) in cash flows
that may offset changes in fair value
from discount rates
• Terminal
capitalization rate
• Increases
(decreases)
terminal
capitalization rate decrease (increase)
fair value
in
in
tend
• Increases (decreases)
terminal
to be
capitalization
accompanied
increases
(decreases) in cash flows that may
offset changes in fair value from
terminal capitalization rates
rates
by
• Exit date
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date
decrease (increase) fair value
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date
tend to be the result of changing
cash flow profiles that may result in
higher (lower) growth in cash flows
prior to stabilizing in the terminal
year
Key valuation metrics of the company’s hydroelectric, wind and solar generating facilities at the end of 2020 and 2019 are
summarized below.
AS AT DEC. 31
Discount rate
North America
Brazil
Colombia
Europe
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Contracted................ 4.1 – 4.5% 4.6 – 4.9%
Uncontracted............ 5.6 – 6.0% 6.1 – 6.4%
Terminal
capitalization rate1....
Exit date......................
5.8 – 6.2% 6.2 – 6.7%
2041
2040
7.3 %
8.6 %
n/a
2048
8.2 %
9.5 %
n/a
2047
8.1 %
9.4 %
8.9 %
2040
9.0 % 3.0 – 3.6% 3.5 – 4.0%
10.3 % 3.6 – 4.7% 4.0 – 5.3%
9.8 %
2039
n/a
2035
n/a
2035
1. Terminal capitalization rate applies only to hydroelectric assets in North America and Colombia.
Terminal values are included in the valuation of hydroelectric assets in the U.S., Canada and Colombia. For the hydroelectric
assets in Brazil, cash flows have been included based on the duration of the authorization or useful life of a concession asset
without consideration of potential renewal value. The weighted-average remaining duration as at December 31, 2020, which
includes a one-time 30-year renewal for applicable hydroelectric assets completed in the current year, is 32 years (2019 –
32 years). Consequently, there is no terminal value attributed to the hydroelectric assets in Brazil.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 180
Key assumptions on contracted generation and future power pricing are summarized below:
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
North America (prices in US$/MWh).
Brazil (prices in R$/MWh)..................
Colombia (prices in COP$/MWh).......
Europe (prices in €/MWh)...................
Total Generation Contracted
under Power Purchase
Agreements
Power Prices from Long-
Term Power Purchase
Agreements
(weighted average)
Estimates of Future
Electricity Prices
(weighted average)
1 – 10 years
11 – 20 years
1 – 10 years
11 – 20 years
1 – 10 years
11 – 20 years
43%
70%
27%
87%
13%
30%
—%
56%
96
306
220,000
167
90
396
65
245
117
328
N/A
265,000
384,000
255
68
54
The company’s estimate of future renewable power pricing is based on management’s estimate of the cost of securing new
energy from renewable sources to meet future demand between 2023 and 2035 (2019 – between 2023 and 2035), which will
maintain system reliability and provide adequate levels of reserve generation.
b) Infrastructure
Our infrastructure property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
Utilities
Transport
Midstream
Data
Sustainable
Resources and
Other
Total
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Cost, beginning of year................... $
8,654
$ 6,248
$ 8,309
$ 2,495
$ 3,971 $ 2,443
$ 1,131
$ 444
$
389
$ 429
$ 22,454
$ 12,059
Changes in basis of accounting.......
—
110
—
356
—
108
—
633
—
—
—
1,207
550
34
146
171
277
136
51
(43)
(16)
(25)
1,008
273
Additions, net of disposals and
assets reclassified as held for sale...
Acquisitions through business
combinations...................................
Foreign currency translation...........
102
127
243
4
73
87
77
—
2,135
—
5,283
—
1,197
7,334
95
2
—
—
7,334
8,710
(79)
(15)
416
205
Cost, end of year.............................
9,306
8,654
8,698
8,309
4,321
3,971
8,593
1,131
294
389
31,212
22,454
Accumulated fair value changes,
beginning of year..........................
Disposition and assets reclassified
as held for sale................................
Fair value changes...........................
Foreign currency translation...........
Accumulated fair value changes,
end of year....................................
2,187
2,002
857
810
317
221
—
—
416
447
3,777
3,480
—
(416)
—
—
—
—
—
—
652
78
572
29
113
77
45
21
2
—
92
4
—
—
—
—
(98)
—
—
6
(37)
6
—
792
57
(453)
715
35
2,917
2,187
1,047
857
338
317
—
—
324
416
4,626
3,777
Accumulated depreciation,
beginning of year..........................
(1,172)
(985)
(950)
(744)
(208)
(120)
(88)
—
Depreciation expenses....................
(419)
(415)
(498)
(178)
(141)
(84)
(189)
(87)
(41)
(10)
(40)
(10)
(2,459)
(1,889)
(1,257)
(774)
Dispositions and assets reclassified
as held for sale................................
12
247
134
(25)
—
Foreign currency translation...........
(34)
(19)
(90)
(3)
(7)
3
(7)
17
—
(3)
(1)
7
9
7
2
170
(125)
232
(28)
Accumulated depreciation, end of
year...............................................
(1,613)
(1,172)
(1,404)
(950)
(356)
(208)
(263)
(88)
(35)
(41)
(3,671)
(2,459)
Balance, end of year........................ $ 10,610
$ 9,669
$ 8,341
$ 8,216
$ 4,303 $ 4,080
$ 8,330
$ 1,043
$
583
$ 764
$ 32,167
$ 23,772
Infrastructure’s PP&E assets are accounted for under the revaluation model, and the most recent date of revaluation was
December 31, 2020. The company’s utilities assets consist of regulated transmission and regulated distribution networks, which
are operated primarily under regulated rate base arrangements. In the company’s transport operations, the PP&E assets consist
of railroads, toll roads and ports. PP&E assets in the midstream operations are comprised of energy transmission, distribution
and storage and district energy assets. Data PP&E include mainly telecommunications towers, fiber optic networks and data
storage assets. PP&E within our sustainable resource operations include standing timber, land, roads and other agricultural
assets.
181 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Valuations utilize significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) when determining the fair value of infrastructure’s utilities,
transport, midstream, data and sustainable resources assets. The significant Level 3 inputs include:
Valuation
Technique
Discounted cash
flow analysis
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
• Future cash flows
Relationship of Unobservable Inputs
to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future cash
flows increase (decrease) fair value
• Discount rate
• Increases (decreases) in discount rate
decrease (increase) fair value
• Terminal
capitalization multiple
• Increases
(decreases)
in
capitalization multiple
(decreases) fair value
terminal
increases
Mitigating Factors
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows
tend to be accompanied by increases
(decreases) in discount rates that
may offset changes in fair value
from cash flows
• Increases (decreases)
in discount
rates tend to be accompanied by
increases (decreases) in cash flows
that may offset changes in fair value
from discount rates
in
• Increases (decreases)
terminal
capitalization multiple tend to be
increases
accompanied
(decreases) in cash flows that may
offset changes in fair value from
terminal capitalization multiple
by
• Investment horizon
• Increases
(decreases)
horizon
investment
(increase) fair value
in
the
decrease
• Increases
in
(decreases)
the
to be
investment horizon
the result of changing cash flow
profiles that may result in higher
(lower) growth in cash flows prior to
stabilizing in the terminal year
tend
Key valuation metrics of the company’s utilities, transport, midstream, data and sustainable resources assets at the end of 2020
and 2019 are summarized below.
Utilities
Transport
Midstream
Sustainable Resources
AS AT DEC. 31
2020
2019
2020
2019
Discount rates.....................................
7 – 14%
7 – 14%
7 – 13%
7 – 13%
Terminal capitalization multiples.......
7x – 23x
8x – 21x
9x – 14x
9x – 14x
2020
15%
10x
2019
15%
10x
Investment horizon/Exit date (years)..
10
10 – 20
10
10 – 20
5 – 10
5 – 10
2020
2019
6%
6x
10
5 – 10%
5x – 10x
3 – 21
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 182
c) Real Estate
Cost
Accumulated Fair
Value Changes
Accumulated
Depreciation
Total
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31
2020
(MILLIONS)
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year................... $ 9,890 $ 7,713 $ 1,366 $ 1,045 $ (1,527) $ (1,106) $ 9,729 $ 7,652
Changes in basis of accounting............
(1,895)
769
(681)
—
786
—
(1,790)
769
Additions/(dispositions)1, net of assets
reclassified as held for sale.................
Acquisitions through business
combinations......................................
Foreign currency translation.................
Fair value changes................................
Depreciation expenses..........................
1,023
—
233
—
—
514
785
109
—
—
(135)
(2)
—
2
(159)
—
—
—
323
—
27
—
(41)
—
37
—
(15)
—
(457)
(443)
915
—
194
(159)
(457)
549
785
94
323
(443)
Balance, end of year............................. $ 9,251 $ 9,890 $
393 $ 1,366 $ (1,212) $ (1,527) $ 8,432 $ 9,729
1.
For accumulated depreciation, (additions)/dispositions.
The company’s real estate PP&E assets include hospitality assets accounted for under the revaluation model, with the most
recent revaluation as at December 31, 2020. The company determined fair value for these assets by using the depreciated
replacement cost method. Valuations utilize significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) when determining the fair value of real
estate assets. The significant Level 3 inputs include estimates of assets’ replacement cost and remaining economic life.
d) Private Equity
Private equity and other PP&E includes assets owned by the company’s private equity and residential development operations.
These assets are accounted for under the cost model, which requires the assets to be carried at cost less accumulated
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The following table presents the changes to the carrying value of the
company’s property, plant and equipment assets included in these operations:
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year.............................. $ 17,269 $ 9,027 $ (643) $
(434) $ (2,458) $ (1,472) $ 14,168 $ 7,121
Cost
Accumulated
Impairment
Accumulated
Depreciation
Total
—
1,032
—
—
—
—
—
1,032
Changes in basis of accounting.......................
Additions/(dispositions)1, net of assets
reclassified as held for sale............................
Acquisitions through business combinations..
84
6,650
—
874
477
57
—
—
290
332
1,221
809
—
—
84
6,650
Foreign currency translation............................
Depreciation expenses.....................................
Impairment charges.........................................
543
—
—
83
—
—
(3)
(13)
(61)
(44)
479
26
—
—
(1,464)
(1,274)
(1,464)
(1,274)
(284)
(196)
—
—
(284)
(196)
Balance, end of year........................................ $ 18,770 $ 17,269 $ (873) $
(643) $ (3,693) $ (2,458) $ 14,204 $ 14,168
1.
For accumulated depreciation, (additions)/dispositions.
183 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents the breakdown of, and changes to, the balance of the company’s intangible assets:
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization and
Impairment
Total
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year......................................... $ 30,232 $ 20,304 $
(2,522) $
(1,542) $ 27,710 $ 18,762
Additions....................................................................
Disposals1...................................................................
Acquisitions through business combinations.............
Amortization...............................................................
PPA adjustments.........................................................
452
(2,246)
625
—
78
445
(499)
10,333
—
—
Foreign currency translation.......................................
(1,195)
(351)
—
307
—
—
132
—
452
(1,939)
445
(367)
625
10,333
(1,310)
(1,141)
(1,310)
(1,141)
7
230
—
29
85
(965)
—
(322)
Balance, end of year................................................... $ 27,946 $ 30,232 $
(3,288) $
(2,522) $ 24,658 $ 27,710
1.
Include assets sold and amounts reclassified to held for sale.
Intangible assets are allocated to the following operating segments:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
2019
Infrastructure......................................................................................................................................
Private equity......................................................................................................................................
Real estate...........................................................................................................................................
Renewable power and other...............................................................................................................
(a)
(b)
(c)
$ 11,769 $ 14,388
11,261
11,650
1,177
451
1,301
371
$ 24,658 $ 27,710
a) Infrastructure
The intangible assets in our Infrastructure segment are primarily related to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Concession arrangements of $2.9 billion (2019 – $3.9 billion) at the company’s Brazilian regulated gas transmission
operation that provide the right to charge a tariff over the term of the agreements. The agreements have an expiration date
between 2039 and 2041, which is the basis for the company’s determination of the asset’s remaining useful life. Upon
expiry of the agreements, the asset shall be returned to the government and the concession will be subject to a public
bidding process.
Concession arrangements totaling $2.6 billion (2019 – $2.7 billion) relating to the company’s Peruvian, Chilean and Indian
toll roads which provide the right to charge a tariff to users of the roads over the terms of the concessions. The Chilean and
Peruvian concessions have expiration dates of 2033 and 2043, respectively, while the Indian concessions have an
expiration date from 2026 to 2041. The company uses these expiration dates as a basis for determining the assets’
remaining useful lives.
Customer relationships, operating network agreements and track access rights of $1.9 billion (2019 – $2.0 billion) in our
North American rail operations. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 to 20 years.
Contractual customer relationships, customer contracts and proprietary technology of $1.4 billion (2019 – $1.4 billion) at
the company’s North American residential energy infrastructure operations. These assets are amortized on a straight-line
basis over 10 to 20 years.
Indefinite life intangible assets of $876 million (2019 – $667 million). The increase from 2019 is primarily attributable to
the brand value at our North American rail infrastructure business.
Access agreements of $1.8 billion with the users of the company’s Australian regulated terminal, which are 100% take-or-
pay contracts at a designated tariff rate based on the asset value, were included in intangible assets in 2019. The segment
completed the sale of the investment during the year.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 184
b) Private Equity
The intangible assets in our Private Equity segment are primarily related to:
•
Customer relationships of $5.1 billion (2019 – $5.3 billion), which remained consistent with prior year. The customer
relationships acquired are assessed to have a useful life of up to 30 years.
• Water and sewage concession agreements, the majority of which are arrangements with municipal governments across
Brazil, of $1.8 billion (2019 – $1.8 billion). The concession agreements provide the company the right to charge fees to
users over the terms of the agreements in exchange for water treatment services, ongoing and regular maintenance work on
water distribution assets and improvements to the water treatment and distribution systems. The concession agreements
have expiration dates that range from 2037 to 2056 which is the basis for the company’s determination of the assets’
remaining useful life. Upon expiry of the agreements, the assets shall be returned to the government.
•
Computer software, patents, trademarks and proprietary technology of $3.2 billion (2019 – $3.2 billion), which remained
consistent with prior year. The proprietary technology has the potential to provide competitive advantages and product
differentiation and is assessed to have a useful life of 15 years.
c) Real Estate
The intangible assets in our Real Estate segment are primarily attributable to indefinite life trademarks associated with the
hospitality assets, Center Parcs U.K properties. The Center Parcs trademark assets have been determined to have an indefinite
useful life as the company has the legal right to operate these trademarks exclusively in certain territories and in perpetuity. The
business model of Center Parcs is not subject to technological obsolescence or commercial innovations in any material way.
Inputs Used to Determine Recoverable Amounts of Intangible Assets
We test finite life intangible assets for impairment when an impairment indicator is identified. Indefinite life intangible assets
are tested for impairment annually. We use a discounted cash flow valuation to determine the recoverable amount and consider
the following significant unobservable inputs as part of our valuation:
Valuation
Technique
Discounted cash
flow models
Significant
Unobservable Input(s)
• Future cash flows
Relationship of Unobservable Input(s)
to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future cash
the
(decrease)
flows
recoverable amount
increase
• Discount rate
• Increases (decreases) in discount rate
decrease (increase) the recoverable
amount
Mitigating Factor(s)
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows
tend to be accompanied by increases
(decreases) in discount rates that
may offset changes in recoverable
amounts from cash flows
• Increases (decreases) in discount
rates tend to be accompanied by
increases (decreases) in cash flows
that may
in
offset
recoverable amounts from discount
rates
changes
• Terminal capitalization
rate
• Increases
(decreases)
terminal
capitalization rate decrease (increase)
the recoverable amount
in
• Increases (decreases)
in
tend
rates
by
terminal
to be
capitalization
accompanied
increases
(decreases) in cash flows that may
recoverable
offset
amounts
terminal
capitalization rates
in
from
changes
• Exit date
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date
decrease (increase) the recoverable
amount
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date
tend to be the result of changing
cash flow profiles that may result in
higher (lower) growth in cash flows
prior to stabilizing in the terminal
year
185 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
14. GOODWILL
The following table presents the breakdown of, and changes to, the balance of goodwill:
Cost
Accumulated
Impairment
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
2019
(MILLIONS)
2019
2020
2020
Total
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year.......................................... $ 15,412 $
9,198 $
(862) $
(383) $ 14,550 $
8,815
Acquisitions through business combinations..............
145
6,125
Impairment losses........................................................
Foreign currency translation and other1......................
Balance, end of year.................................................... $ 15,539 $ 15,412 $
(18)
89
—
—
—
(3)
40
—
(453)
(26)
145
(3)
22
6,125
(453)
63
(825) $
(862) $ 14,714 $ 14,550
1.
Includes adjustment to goodwill based on final purchase price allocation.
Goodwill is allocated to the following operating segments:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
2019
Infrastructure......................................................................................................................................
Private equity......................................................................................................................................
Real estate...........................................................................................................................................
Renewable power...............................................................................................................................
Asset management..............................................................................................................................
Other...................................................................................................................................................
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
$
6,634 $
6,553
5,244
1,404
970
368
94
5,218
1,357
977
328
117
Total....................................................................................................................................................
$ 14,714 $ 14,550
a) Infrastructure
Goodwill in our Infrastructure segment increased primarily from the acquisition of a telecom tower operation in India
completed in 2020, partial acquisition of interest in our Colombian natural gas transmission operation, as well as the impact
from foreign currency translation.
In addition to goodwill from acquisitions completed in 2020, we have goodwill attributed to Genesee & Wyoming, Enercare, a
Western Canadian natural gas gathering and processing operation, a Colombian natural gas transmission operation, a Brazilian
regulated transmission operation, and a portfolio of North American data center operations.
Goodwill attributable to our Brazilian regulated transmission operation arose from the inclusion of a deferred tax liability as the
tax bases of the net assets acquired were lower than their fair values. The goodwill is recoverable as long as
the tax circumstances that gave rise to the goodwill do not change. To date, no such changes have occurred.
The valuation assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of goodwill has been determined using a discounted
cash flow model. The key inputs are discount rates ranging from 11% – 14%, terminal capitalization multiples of 9x – 12x and
cash flow periods from 7 – 21 years. The recoverable amounts for the years ended 2020 and 2019 were determined to be in
excess of their carrying values.
b) Private Equity
Goodwill in our Private Equity segment remained consistent with prior year due to the impact of foreign currency translation
offset by the dispositions incurred during the year. Goodwill is primarily attributable to Clarios, Healthscope and Altera.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually using a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the recoverable amount. The
valuation assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for our construction services business are a discount rate of
9.9% (2019 – 9.4%), terminal growth rate of 2.6% (2019 – 1.5%) and terminal year of 2025 (2019 – 2024) for cash flows
included in the assumptions.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 186
c) Real Estate
Goodwill in our Real Estate segment is primarily attributable to Center Parcs U.K. and IFC Seoul. Their recoverable amounts
for the years ended 2020 and 2019 were determined to be in excess of their carrying values.
The valuation assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for Center Parcs were a discount rate of 9.5% (2019 –
7.9%) based on a market-based-weighted-average cost of capital, and a long-term growth rate of 3.0% (2019 – 2.0%).
The valuation assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for IFC Seoul were a discount rate of 7.2% (2019 –
7.5%) based on a market-based-weighted-average cost of capital, and a long-term growth rate of 2.8% (2019 – 2.8%).
d) Renewable Power
Goodwill in our Renewable Power segment, which is primarily attributable to a hydroelectric portfolio, arose from the
inclusion of a deferred tax liability as the tax bases of the net assets acquired were lower than their fair values. The goodwill is
recoverable as long as the tax circumstances that gave rise to the goodwill do not change. To date, no such changes have
occurred.
Inputs used to Determine Recoverable Amounts of Goodwill
The recoverable amounts used in goodwill impairment testing are calculated using discounted cash flow models based on
the following significant unobservable inputs:
Valuation
Technique
Discounted cash
flow models
Significant
Unobservable Input(s)
• Future cash flows
Relationship of Unobservable Input(s)
to Fair Value
• Increases (decreases) in future cash
the
(decrease)
flows
recoverable amount
increase
• Discount rate
• Increases (decreases) in discount rate
decrease (increase) the recoverable
amount
Mitigating Factor(s)
• Increases (decreases) in cash flows
tend to be accompanied by increases
(decreases) in discount rates that
may offset changes in recoverable
amounts from cash flows
• Increases (decreases) in discount
rates tend to be accompanied by
increases (decreases) in cash flows
that may
in
offset
recoverable amounts from discount
rates
changes
• Terminal capitalization
rate/multiple
• Increases
(decreases)
terminal
capitalization rate/multiple decrease
(increase) the recoverable amount
in
in
• Increases (decreases)
accompanied
terminal
capitalization rates/multiple tend to
be
increases
(decreases) in cash flows that may
recoverable
offset
terminal
amounts
capitalization rates
in
from
changes
by
• Exit date/terminal year
of cash flows
• Increases (decreases) in the exit date/
terminal year of cash flows decrease
(increase) the recoverable amount
• Increases (decreases) in the exit
date/terminal year of cash flows
tend to be the result of changing
cash flow profiles that may result in
higher (lower) growth in cash flows
prior to stabilizing in the terminal
year
187 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
15. INCOME TAXES
The major components of income tax expense/(recovery) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are set out below:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Current income tax expense............................................................................................................................... $
756 $
Deferred income tax expense / (recovery)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences.........................................................................................
(103)
Expense / (recovery) arising from previously unrecognized tax assets..........................................................
Change of tax rates and new legislation.........................................................................................................
Total deferred income tax expense / (recovery)................................................................................................
2
182
81
2019
970
281
(647)
(109)
(475)
Income tax expense............................................................................................................................................ $
837 $
495
The company’s Canadian domestic statutory income tax rate has remained consistent at 26% throughout both of 2020 and
2019. The company’s effective income tax rate is different from the company’s domestic statutory income tax rate due to the
following differences set out below:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
Statutory income tax rate...................................................................................................................................
2020
26 %
2019
26 %
Increase (reduction) in rate resulting from:
Change in tax rates and new legislation..........................................................................................................
International operations subject to different tax rates.....................................................................................
Taxable income attributable to non-controlling interests...............................................................................
Portion of gains subject to different tax rates.................................................................................................
Recognition of deferred tax assets..................................................................................................................
Non-recognition of the benefit of current year’s tax losses............................................................................
Other...............................................................................................................................................................
12
52
(31)
(10)
(10)
8
7
(2)
(7)
(4)
(1)
(9)
4
1
Effective income tax rate...................................................................................................................................
54 %
8 %
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2020 and 2019 relate to the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Non-capital losses (Canada).............................................................................................................................. $
916 $
Capital losses (Canada)......................................................................................................................................
Losses (U.S.)......................................................................................................................................................
Losses (International).........................................................................................................................................
48
3,338
1,415
2019
848
80
3,102
705
Difference in basis.............................................................................................................................................
(18,292)
(16,012)
Total net deferred tax liabilities......................................................................................................................... $ (12,575) $ (11,277)
The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities
have not been recognized as at December 31, 2020 is approximately $5 billion (2019 – approximately $5 billion).
The company regularly assesses the status of open tax examinations and its historical tax filing positions for the potential for
adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of the provision for income and other taxes. The company believes that it has
adequately provided for any tax adjustments that are more likely than not to occur as a result of ongoing tax examinations or
historical filing positions.
The dividend payment on certain preferred shares of the company results in the payment of cash taxes in Canada and the
company obtaining a deduction based on the amount of these taxes.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 188
The following table details the expiry date, if applicable, of the unrecognized deferred tax assets:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
One year from reporting date............................................................................................................................. $
4 $
Two years from reporting date...........................................................................................................................
Three years from reporting date.........................................................................................................................
After three years from reporting date.................................................................................................................
Do not expire......................................................................................................................................................
20
20
465
1,473
22
9
14
1,159
1,632
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $
1,982 $
2,836
The components of the income taxes in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are set
out below:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment................................................................................................... $
1,214 $
Financial contracts and power sale agreements.................................................................................................
Fair value through OCI securities......................................................................................................................
Foreign currency translation..............................................................................................................................
Revaluation of pension obligation.....................................................................................................................
(59)
74
37
(40)
2019
623
6
88
(8)
(6)
Total deferred tax in other comprehensive income............................................................................................ $
1,226 $
703
189 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
16. CORPORATE BORROWINGS
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Maturity
Annual Rate
Currency
2020
2019
Term debt
Public – Canadian............................................................... Mar. 1, 2021
Public – Canadian............................................................... Mar. 31, 2023
Public – Canadian............................................................... Mar. 8, 2024
Public – U.S........................................................................
Apr. 1 , 2024
Public – U.S........................................................................
Jan. 15, 2025
Public – Canadian...............................................................
Jan. 28, 2026
Public – U.S........................................................................
Jun. 2, 2026
Public – Canadian............................................................... Mar. 16, 2027
Public – U.S........................................................................
Jan. 25, 2028
Public – U.S........................................................................ Mar. 29, 2029
Public – U.S........................................................................ Apr. 15, 2030
Public – U.S........................................................................ Mar. 1, 2033
Public – Canadian...............................................................
Jun. 14, 2035
Private – Japanese..............................................................
Dec. 1, 2038
Public – U.S........................................................................
Sep. 20, 2047
Public – U.S........................................................................ Apr. 15, 2050
Public – U.S........................................................................ Mar. 30, 2051
Public – U.S........................................................................ Oct. 16, 2080
5.30%
4.54%
5.04%
4.00%
4.00%
4.82%
4.25%
3.80%
3.90%
4.85%
4.35%
7.38%
5.95%
1.42%
4.70%
3.45%
3.50%
4.63%
C$ $
— $
C$
C$
US$
US$
C$
US$
C$
US$
US$
US$
US$
C$
JPY
US$
US$
US$
US$
472
393
749
500
675
497
393
649
999
749
250
331
97
902
594
497
400
269
463
385
749
500
664
497
385
649
998
—
250
325
92
902
—
—
—
Deferred financing costs1..................................................................................................................................
Total.................................................................................................................................................................. $
1. Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the borrowing using the effective interest method.
9,147
(70)
7,128
(45)
9,077 $
7,083
Corporate borrowings have a weighted-average interest rate of 4.4% (2019 – 4.6%) and include $2.3 billion (2019 –
$2.5 billion) repayable in Canadian dollars of C$2.9 billion (2019 – C$3.2 billion) and $97 million (2019 – $92 million)
repayable in Japanese Yen of ¥10 billion (2019 – ¥10 billion).
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 190
17. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Accounts payable............................................................................................................................................... $
9,543 $
9,583
Provisions...........................................................................................................................................................
Lease liabilities..................................................................................................................................................
5,065
8,223
4,104
5,494
Other liabilities...................................................................................................................................................
27,851
23,896
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 50,682 $ 43,077
The current and non-current balances of accounts payable, provisions and other liabilities are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Current............................................................................................................................................................... $ 25,857 $ 23,212
Non-current........................................................................................................................................................
24,825
19,865
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 50,682 $ 43,077
Post-Employment Benefits
The company offers pension and other post-employment benefit plans to employees of certain of its subsidiaries. The
company’s obligations under its defined benefit pension plans are determined periodically through the preparation of actuarial
valuations. The benefit plans’ in-year valuation change was a decrease of $298 million (2019 – $149 million). The discount
rate used was 2% (2019 – 3%) with an increase in the rate of compensation of 1% (2019 – 2%), and an investment rate of 3%
(2019 – 6%).
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Plan assets.......................................................................................................................................................... $
3,335 $
3,029
Less accrued benefit obligation:
Defined benefit pension plan..........................................................................................................................
(4,613)
(3,995)
Other post-employment benefits.....................................................................................................................
(185)
(173)
Net liability........................................................................................................................................................
(1,463)
(1,139)
Less: net actuarial gains and other.....................................................................................................................
11
13
Accrued benefit liability.................................................................................................................................... $
(1,452) $
(1,126)
191 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
18. NON-RECOURSE BORROWINGS OF MANAGED ENTITIES
AS AT DEC. 31
Subsidiary borrowings........................................................................................................................
Property-specific borrowings.............................................................................................................
Note
(a)
(b)
2020
2019
$ 10,768 $
8,423
128,556
127,869
Total....................................................................................................................................................
$ 139,324 $ 136,292
a) Subsidiary Borrowings
Principal repayments on subsidiary borrowings due over the next five calendar years and thereafter are as follows:
(MILLIONS)
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
2021................................................. $
314 $
3 $
— $
— $
— $
2022.................................................
2023.................................................
2024.................................................
2025.................................................
Thereafter.........................................
Total Principal repayments..............
Deferred financing costs and other..
—
393
1,974
393
314
3,388
(10)
—
—
—
314
1,826
2,143
(11)
—
—
1,681
—
1,492
3,173
(15)
—
—
310
—
—
310
—
38
227
26
394
1,100
1,785
5
Total
317
38
620
3,991
1,101
4,732
10,799
(31)
Total – Dec. 31, 2020...................... $
3,378 $
2,132 $
3,158 $
310 $
1,790 $
10,768
Total – Dec. 31, 2019....................... $
2,024 $
2,098 $
2,470 $
— $
1,831 $
8,423
The weighted-average interest rate on subsidiary borrowings as at December 31, 2020 was 3.5% (2019 – 4.3%).
The current and non-current balances of subsidiary borrowings are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Current............................................................................................................................................................... $
317 $
Non-current........................................................................................................................................................
10,451
2019
17
8,406
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 10,768 $
8,423
Subsidiary borrowings by currency include the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Local Currency
2019
Local Currency
U.S. dollars................................................................. $
4,376
US$
4,376 $
5,162
Canadian dollars.........................................................
Brazilian reais.............................................................
6,254
138
C$
7,963
Rs
715
3,078
183
US$
C$
Rs
5,162
3,998
737
Total............................................................................ $ 10,768
$
8,423
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 192
b) Property-Specific Borrowings
Principal repayments on property-specific borrowings due over the next five calendar years and thereafter are as follows:
(MILLIONS)
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
2021................................................. $
16,583 $
1,194 $
1,595 $
1,531 $
67 $
2022.................................................
2023.................................................
2024.................................................
2025.................................................
Thereafter.........................................
Total Principal repayments..............
10,654
7,848
11,279
8,588
12,525
67,477
Deferred financing costs and other..
(404)
1,190
2,063
886
1,179
9,898
16,410
(57)
894
2,782
2,583
3,629
9,987
21,470
(161)
1,313
2,152
2,051
4,747
12,018
23,812
(479)
25
70
325
5
—
492
(4)
Total
20,970
14,076
14,915
17,124
18,148
44,428
129,661
(1,105)
Total – Dec. 31, 2020...................... $
67,073 $
16,353 $
21,309 $
23,333 $
488 $
128,556
Total – Dec. 31, 2019....................... $
67,909 $
15,787 $
20,776 $
23,105 $
292 $
127,869
The weighted-average interest rate on property-specific borrowings as at December 31, 2020 was 4.2% (2019 – 4.7%).
The current and non-current balances of property-specific borrowings are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Current............................................................................................................................................................... $ 20,970 $ 15,696
Non-current........................................................................................................................................................
107,586
112,173
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 128,556 $ 127,869
Property-specific borrowings by currency include the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Local Currency
2019
Local Currency
U.S. dollars............................................................. $ 78,223
US$
78,223 $ 84,203
US$
84,203
British pounds.........................................................
10,341
Indian rupees...........................................................
Canadian dollars.....................................................
Euros.......................................................................
Australian dollars....................................................
Brazilian reais.........................................................
Colombian pesos.....................................................
Korean won.............................................................
Chilean unidades de fomento.................................
Other currencies......................................................
8,978
8,458
7,816
4,799
3,487
2,141
2,082
1,187
1,044
£
Rs
C$
€
A$
R$
COP$
₩
UF
n/a
7,565
655,328
10,771
6,398
6,237
18,147
7,332,845
2,268,301
29
n/a
9,812
4,143
7,955
6,844
4,815
3,969
2,029
1,959
1,099
1,041
Total........................................................................ $ 128,556
$ 127,869
£
7,401
Rs
295,106
C$
10,333
€
A$
6,103
6,861
R$
15,998
COP$ 6,671,818
₩ 2,264,478
29
UF
n/a
n/a
193 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
19. SUBSIDIARY EQUITY OBLIGATIONS
Subsidiary equity obligations consist of the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
2019
Subsidiary preferred equity units........................................................................................................
Limited-life funds and redeemable fund units....................................................................................
Subsidiary preferred shares and capital..............................................................................................
(a)
(b)
(c)
$
1,679 $
1,650
1,456
564
1,896
586
Total....................................................................................................................................................
$
3,699 $
4,132
a) Subsidiary Preferred Equity Units
In 2014, BPY issued $1.8 billion of exchangeable preferred equity units in three $600 million tranches redeemable in 2021,
2024 and 2026, respectively. The preferred equity units are exchangeable into equity units of BPY at $25.70 per unit, at the
option of the holder, at any time up to and including the maturity date. BPY may redeem the preferred equity units after
specified periods if the BPY equity unit price exceeds predetermined amounts. At maturity, the preferred equity units that
remain outstanding will be converted into BPY equity units at the lower of $25.70 or the then market price of a BPY equity
unit. The preferred equity units represent a compound financial instrument comprised of the financial liability representing the
company’s obligations to redeem the preferred equity units at maturity for a variable number of BPY units and an equity
instrument representing the holder’s right to convert the preferred equity units to a fixed number of BPY units. The company is
required under certain circumstances to purchase the preferred equity units at their redemption value in equal amounts in 2021
and 2024 and may be required to purchase the 2026 tranche, as further described in Note 28(a).
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
Shares
Outstanding
Cumulative
Dividend Rate
Local
Currency
2020
Series 1.........................................................................
24,000,000
Series 2.........................................................................
24,000,000
Series 3.........................................................................
24,000,000
6.25%
6.50%
6.75%
US$ $
586 $
US$
US$
555
538
2019
574
546
530
Total.................................................................................................................................................................
$
1,679 $
1,650
b) Limited-Life Funds and Redeemable Fund Units
Limited-life funds and redeemable fund units represent interests held in our consolidated funds by third-party investors that
have been classified as a liability rather than as non-controlling interest, as holders of these interests can cause our funds to
redeem their interest in the fund for cash equivalents at a specified time. As at December 31, 2020, we have $1.5 billion (2019
– $1.9 billion) of subsidiary equity obligations arising from limited-life funds and redeemable fund units.
In our real estate business, limited-life fund obligations include $864 million (2019 – $921 million) of equity interests held by
third-party investors in two consolidated funds that have been classified as a liability, instead of non-controlling interest, as
holders of these interests can cause the funds to redeem their interests in the fund for cash equivalents at the fair value of the
interest at a set date.
As at December 31, 2020, we have $517 million (2019 – $934 million) of subsidiary equity obligations arising from limited-
life fund units in our infrastructure business. These obligations are primarily composed of the portion of the equity interest held
by third-party investors in our timberland and agriculture funds that are attributed to the value of the land held in the fund. The
value of this equity interest has been classified as a liability, instead of non-controlling interest, as we are obligated to purchase
the land from the third-party investors on maturity of the fund.
We also have $75 million of redeemable fund units (2019 – $41 million) in certain funds managed by our public securities
business.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 194
c) Subsidiary Preferred Shares and Capital
Preferred shares are classified as liabilities if the holders of the preferred shares have the right, after a fixed date, to convert
the shares into common equity of the issuer based on the market price of the common equity of the issuer at that time unless
they are previously redeemed by the issuer. The dividends paid on these securities are recorded in interest expense. As at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance related to obligations of BPY and its subsidiaries.
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
Brookfield Property Split Corp
(“BOP Split”) senior preferred shares
Series 1..........................................................................
Series 2..........................................................................
Series 3..........................................................................
Series 4..........................................................................
BSREP II RH B LLC (“Manufactured Housing”)
preferred capital.............................................................
Rouse Series A preferred shares......................................
BSREP II Vintage Estate Partners LLC (“Vintage
Estates”) preferred shares..............................................
BIP Investment Corporation Series 1 Senior preferred
shares.............................................................................
Forest City Enterprises L.P. (“Forest City”) & Other
Preferred Capital............................................................
Shares
Outstanding
Cumulative
Dividend Rate
Local
Currency
2020
2019
842,534
556,746
789,718
594,994
5,600,000
10,000
4,000,000
5.25%
5.75%
5.00%
5.20%
9.00%
5.00%
5.00%
5.85%
US$ $
21 $
C$
C$
C$
US$
US$
US$
C$
11
16
12
249
142
40
73
—
23
13
18
18
249
142
40
73
10
586
Total..................................................................................................................................................................
$
564 $
Each series of the BOP Split senior preferred shares are redeemable at the option of either the issuer or the holder as the
redemption and conversion option dates have passed.
Subsidiary preferred capital includes $249 million at December 31, 2020 (2019 – $249 million) of preferred equity interests
held by a third-party investor in Manufactured Housing which has been classified as a liability, rather than as non-controlling
interest, due to the fact that the holders are only entitled to distributions equal to their capital balance plus 9% annual return
payable in monthly distributions until maturity in December 2025. The preferred capital was issued to partially fund the
acquisition of the Manufactured Housing portfolio during the first quarter of 2017.
Subsidiary preferred shares include $142 million at December 31, 2020 (2019 – $142 million) of preferred equity interests held
by a third-party investor in Rouse Properties, L.P., which have been classified as a liability, rather than as non-controlling
interests, due to the fact that the interests have no voting rights and are mandatorily redeemable on or after November 12, 2025
for a set price per unit plus any accrued but unpaid distributions; distributions are capped and accrue regardless of available
cash generated.
20. SUBSIDIARY PUBLIC ISSUERS AND FINANCE SUBSIDIARY
Brookfield Finance Inc. (“BFI”) is an indirect 100% owned subsidiary of the Corporation that may offer and sell debt
securities. Any debt securities issued by BFI are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Corporation. BFI issued:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
$500 million of 4.25% notes due in 2026 on June 2, 2016;
$550 million of 4.70% notes due in 2047 on September 14, 2017;
$350 million of 4.70% notes due in 2047 on January 17, 2018;
$650 million of 3.90% notes due in 2028 on January 17, 2018;
$1.0 billion of 4.85% notes due in 2029 on January 29, 2019;
$600 million of 4.35% notes due in 2030 on April 9, 2020;
$150 million of 4.35% notes due in 2030 on April 14, 2020;
$500 million of 3.50% notes due in 2051 on September 28, 2020; and
$400 million of 4.625% subordinated notes due in 2080 on October 16, 2020.
195 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Brookfield Finance LLC (“BFL”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on February 6, 2017 and an indirect 100%
owned subsidiary of the Corporation. Brookfield Finance II Inc. (“BFI II”) was incorporated on September 24, 2020 under
the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) and is a direct 100% owned subsidiary of the Corporation. Brookfield Finance
(Australia) Pty Ltd (“BF AUS”) was incorporated on September 24, 2020 under the Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of
Australia) and is an indirect 100% owned subsidiary of the Corporation. Brookfield Finance I (UK) PLC (“BF U.K.”) was
incorporated on September 25, 2020 under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 and is an indirect 100% owned subsidiary of the
Corporation. Brookfield Finance II LLC (“BFL II”) was formed on September 24, 2020 under the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act and is an indirect 100% owned subsidiary of the Corporation. BFL, BFL II, BF AUS and BF U.K. are “finance
subsidiaries,” as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X that may offer and sell debt securities or, in the case of BFL II,
preferred shares representing limited liability company interests. Any debt securities issued by BFL and BF U.K. are, and any
debt securities issued by BF AUS and BFI II and any preferred shares representing limited liability company interests issued by
BFL II will be, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Corporation.
On March 10, 2017, BFL issued $750 million of 4.00% notes due in 2024. On December 31, 2018, as part of an internal
reorganization, the 2024 notes were transferred to BFI. On February 21, 2020, BFL issued $600 million of 3.45% notes due in
2050. On November 24, 2020, BF U.K. issued $230 million of 4.5% subordinated notes. BFI II, BFL, BFL II, BF AUS and
BF U.K. have no independent activities, assets or operations other than in connection with any securities that they may issue.
Brookfield Investments Corporation (“BIC”) is an investment company that holds investments in the real estate, renewable
power and forest products sectors, as well as a portfolio of preferred shares issued by the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The
Corporation provided a full and unconditional guarantee of the Class 1 Senior Preferred Shares, Series A issued by BIC. As at
December 31, 2020, C$37 million of these senior preferred shares were held by third-party shareholders and are retractable
at the option of the holder.
The following tables contain summarized financial information of the Corporation, BFI, BFI II, BFL, BFL II, BF AUS, BF
U.K., BIC and non-guarantor subsidiaries:
AS AT AND FOR THE
YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2020 (MILLIONS)
The
Corporation1
BFI
BFI II BFL BFL II
BF
AUS
BF
U.K.
BIC
Other
Subsidiaries
of the
Company2
Consolidating
Adjustments3
The Company
Consolidated
626 $ 280 $ — $ 28 $ — $ —
$ 2 $ 163 $
70,385 $
(8,732) $
62,752
Revenues............... $
Net income
attributable to
shareholders.........
(134)
73
—
—
—
—
1
91
6,368
Total assets............
73,898
7,207
—
600
—
—
233
4,280
350,687
Total liabilities.......
38,060
5,547
—
596
—
—
3
2,690
206,877
(6,533)
(93,209)
(32,719)
(134)
343,696
221,054
Non-controlling
interests –
preferred equity...
—
—
—
—
—
—
230
—
—
—
230
AS AT AND FOR THE
YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2019 (MILLIONS)
The
Corporation1
BFI
BFI II BFL BFL II
BF
AUS
BF
U.K.
BIC
Other
subsidiaries
of the
Company2
Consolidating
Adjustments3
The Company
Consolidated
104 $ 148 $ — $ — $ — $ —
$ — $ 105 $
73,310 $
(5,841) $
67,826
2,807
40
—
—
—
—
—
85
3,493
Total assets............
70,976
5,389
—
—
—
—
—
3,520
331,698
Total liabilities.......
35,963
3,994
—
—
—
—
—
2,239
195,586
(3,618)
(87,614)
(30,659)
2,807
323,969
207,123
Non-controlling
interests –
preferred equity...
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1. This column accounts for investments in all subsidiaries of the Corporation under the equity method.
2. This column accounts for investments in all subsidiaries of the Corporation other than BFI, BFI II, BFL, BFL II, BF AUS, BF U.K. and BIC on a combined basis.
3. This column includes the necessary amounts to present the company on a consolidated basis.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 196
Revenues............... $
Net income
attributable to
shareholders.........
21. EQUITY
Equity consists of the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Note
2020
2019
Preferred equity .................................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests....................................................................................................................
Common equity .................................................................................................................................
(a)
(b)
(c)
$
4,145 $
4,145
86,804
31,693
81,833
30,868
$ 122,642 $ 116,846
a) Preferred Equity
Preferred equity includes perpetual preferred shares and rate-reset preferred shares and consists of the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
2020
2019
Average Rate
Perpetual preferred shares
Floating rate.........................................................................................................
Fixed rate.............................................................................................................
Fixed rate-reset preferred shares............................................................................
1.76%
4.82%
3.54%
4.07%
3.91%
2.91% $
531 $
4.82%
4.02%
4.28%
739
1,270
2,875
531
739
1,270
2,875
4.20% $
4,145 $
4,145
197 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Further details on each series of preferred shares are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
Class A preferred shares
Issued and Outstanding
Rate
2020
2019
2020
2019
70% P
70% P/8.5%
Perpetual preferred shares
Series 2........................................................
Series 4 .......................................................
Variable up to P
Series 8 .......................................................
70% P
Series 13......................................................
B.A. + 40 b.p.
Series 15......................................................
4.75%
Series 17......................................................
Series 18 .....................................................
4.75%
Series 25...................................................... 3-Month T-Bill + 230 b.p.
4.85%
Series 36......................................................
4.90%
Series 37......................................................
10,457,685
2,795,910
2,476,185
9,290,096
2,000,000
7,840,204
7,866,749
1,529,133
7,842,909
7,830,091
10,457,685 $
2,795,910
2,476,185
9,290,096
2,000,000
7,840,204
7,866,749
1,529,133
7,842,909
7,830,091
Rate-reset preferred shares2
Series 9........................................................
Series 24......................................................
Series 26......................................................
Series 28......................................................
Series 30 .....................................................
Series 32......................................................
Series 343....................................................
Series 384....................................................
Series 405....................................................
Series 426....................................................
Series 44......................................................
Series 46......................................................
Series 48......................................................
2.75%
3.01%
3.47%
2.73%
4.69%
5.06%
4.44%
3.57%
4.03%
3.25%
5.00%
4.80%
4.75%
1,515,981
9,278,894
9,770,928
9,233,927
9,787,090
11,750,299
9,876,735
7,906,132
11,841,025
11,887,500
9,831,929
11,740,797
11,885,972
1,515,981
9,278,894
9,770,928
9,233,927
9,787,090
11,750,299
9,876,735
7,906,132
11,841,025
11,887,500
9,831,929
11,740,797
11,885,972
Total...................................................................................................................................................................
$
169 $
45
42
195
42
171
178
38
197
193
1,270
21
227
240
232
241
297
253
179
271
266
187
217
244
2,875
4,145 $
169
45
42
195
42
171
178
38
197
193
1,270
21
227
240
232
241
297
253
179
271
266
187
217
244
2,875
4,145
1. Rate determined quarterly.
2. Dividend rates are fixed for 5 to 6 years from the quarter end dates after issuance, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, December 31, 2012,
September 30, 2013, March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, respectively and reset after
5 to 6 years to the 5-year Government of Canada bond rate plus between 180 and 417 basis points.
3. Dividend rate reset commenced March 31, 2019.
4. Dividend rate reset commenced March 31, 2020.
5. Dividend rate reset commenced September 30, 2019.
6. Dividend rate reset commenced June 30, 2020.
P – Prime Rate, B.A. – Bankers’ Acceptance Rate, b.p. – Basis Points.
The company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A preferred shares and an unlimited number of
Class AA preferred shares, issuable in series. No Class AA preferred shares have been issued.
The Class A preferred shares are entitled to preference over the Class A and Class B Limited Voting Shares (“Class A and B
shares”) on the declaration of dividends and other distributions to shareholders. All series of the outstanding preferred shares
have a par value of C$25.00 per share.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 198
b) Non-controlling Interests
Non-controlling interests represent the common and preferred equity in consolidated entities that are owned by other
shareholders.
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Common equity.................................................................................................................................................. $ 80,915 $ 76,557
Preferred equity..................................................................................................................................................
5,889
5,276
Total................................................................................................................................................................... $ 86,804 $ 81,833
Further information on non-controlling interests is provided in Note 4 – Subsidiaries.
c) Common Equity
The company’s common equity is comprised of the following:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Common shares.................................................................................................................................................. $
7,368 $
7,305
Contributed surplus............................................................................................................................................
285
286
Retained earnings...............................................................................................................................................
15,178
16,026
Ownership changes............................................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income.......................................................................................................
2,691
6,171
1,010
6,241
Common equity.................................................................................................................................................. $ 31,693 $ 30,868
The company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Limited Voting Shares ("Class A shares") and
85,120 Class B Limited Voting Shares ("Class B shares"). The company’s Class A shares and Class B shares have no stated par
value. The holders of Class A shares and Class B shares rank on par with each other with respect to the payment of dividends
and the return of capital on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company or any other distribution of the assets of
the company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs. Holders of the Class A shares are entitled to elect
half of the Board of Directors of the company and holders of the Class B shares are entitled to elect the other half of the Board
of Directors. With respect to the Class A and Class B shares, there are no dilutive factors, material or otherwise, that would
result in different diluted earnings per share between the classes. This relationship holds true irrespective of the number of
dilutive instruments issued in either one of the respective classes of Class A and Class B shares, as both classes of shares
participate equally, on a pro rata basis, in the dividends, earnings and net assets of the company, whether taken before or after
dilutive instruments, regardless of which class of shares is diluted.
On April 1, 2020, the company completed a three-for-two stock split of the company’s outstanding Class A shares. All share
count and per share disclosure are presented on a post-split basis.
The holders of the company’s Class A shares and Class B shares received cash dividends during 2020 of $0.48 per share
(2019 – $0.43 per share).
The number of issued and outstanding Class A and Class B shares and unexercised options are as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
Class A shares2.................................................................................................................................
Class B shares..................................................................................................................................
Shares outstanding2..........................................................................................................................
Unexercised options and other share-based plans3..........................................................................
Total diluted shares..........................................................................................................................
2020
1,510,635,291
20191
1,509,208,521
85,120
85,120
1,510,720,411
1,509,293,641
62,975,947
70,018,161
1,573,696,358
1,579,311,802
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
2. Net of 64,197,815 Class A shares held by the company in respect of long-term compensation agreements as at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – 63,417,346).
3.
Includes management share option plan and escrowed stock plan.
199 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The authorized common share capital consists of an unlimited number of Class A shares and 85,120 Class B shares. Shares
issued and outstanding changed as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
Outstanding, beginning of year2.....................................................................................................
Issued (repurchased)
20201
1,509,293,641
20191
1,432,714,261
Issuances.......................................................................................................................................
—
79,136,155
Repurchases..................................................................................................................................
Long-term share ownership plans3...............................................................................................
Dividend reinvestment plan and others........................................................................................
Outstanding, end of year4...............................................................................................................
(8,932,576)
(10,782,801)
10,137,294
222,052
8,019,626
206,400
1,510,720,411
1,509,293,641
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
2. Net of 63,417,346 Class A shares held by the company in respect of long-term compensation agreements as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 – 56,307,796).
3.
4. Net of 64,197,815 Class A shares held by the company in respect of long-term compensation agreements as at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – 63,417,346).
Includes management share option plan and restricted stock plan.
Earnings Per Share
The components of basic and diluted earnings per share are summarized in the following table:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders................................................................................................. $
(134) $
2,807
Preferred share dividends.................................................................................................................................
Dilutive effect of conversion of subsidiary preferred shares...........................................................................
(141)
93
(152)
(74)
Net (loss) income available to shareholders..................................................................................................... $
(182) $
2,581
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Weighted average – Class A and Class B shares.............................................................................................
1,511.4
20191
1,452.9
Dilutive effect of the conversion of options and escrowed shares using treasury stock method.....................
—
35.5
Class A and Class B shares and share equivalents...........................................................................................
1,511.4
1,488.4
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
Share-Based Compensation
The expense recognized for share-based compensation is summarized in the following table:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions............................................................ $
89 $
Expense arising from cash-settled share-based payment transactions...............................................................
Total expense arising from share-based payment transactions..........................................................................
Effect of hedging program.................................................................................................................................
104
193
(99)
2019
81
506
587
(500)
Total expense included in consolidated income................................................................................................ $
94 $
87
The share-based payment plans are described below. There were no cancellations of or modifications to any of the plans during
2020 and 2019.
Equity-settled Share-based Awards
Management Share Option Plan
Options issued under the company’s Management Share Option Plan (“MSOP”) vest over a period of up to five years, expire
10 years after the grant date and are settled through issuance of Class A shares. The exercise price is equal to the market price
at the grant date. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the total expense incurred with respect to MSOP totaled $24 million
(2019 – $31 million).
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 200
The changes in the number of options during 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
TSX
NYSE
Outstanding as at January 1, 2020......................................................
Granted ..............................................................................................
Exercised............................................................................................
Cancelled ...........................................................................................
Outstanding as at December 31, 2020................................................
1. Options to acquire TSX listed Class A shares.
2. Options to acquire NYSE listed Class A shares.
Number of
Options
(000’s)1
—
—
—
—
—
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
C$
C$
—
—
—
—
—
Number of
Options
(000’s)2
50,703 US$
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
3,341
(6,382)
(295)
47,367 US$
22.69
45.21
16.50
27.80
25.08
TSX
NYSE
Outstanding as at January 1, 20191.....................................................
Granted1..............................................................................................
Exercised1...........................................................................................
Cancelled1...........................................................................................
Outstanding as at December 31, 20191...............................................
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
2. Options to acquire TSX listed Class A shares.
3. Options to acquire NYSE listed Class A shares.
Number of
Options
(000’s)2
1,185
—
(1,185)
—
—
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
C$
C$
7.84
—
7.84
—
—
Number of
Options
(000’s)3
55,113 US$
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
7,616
(11,747)
(279)
50,703 US$
19.68
30.42
13.50
26.68
22.69
The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $5.54 (2019 – $3.92), and was
determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with inputs to the model as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
Unit
2020
Weighted-average share price......................................................................................................
US$
45.21
Average term to exercise.............................................................................................................
Share price volatility2...................................................................................................................
Liquidity discount........................................................................................................................
Weighted-average annual dividend yield.....................................................................................
Risk-free rate................................................................................................................................
Years
%
%
%
%
7.5
17.0
25.0
1.5
1.4
20191
30.42
7.5
16.9
25.0
2.0
2.5
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
2.
Share price volatility was determined based on historical share prices over a similar period to the average term to exercise.
201 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
At December 31, 2020, the following options to purchase Class A shares were outstanding:
Exercise Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining Life
Vested
Unvested
US$10.30 – US$15.35..............................................................................
US$15.58 – US$20.39..............................................................................
US$22.50 – US$26.93..............................................................................
US$29.48 – US$38.64..............................................................................
US$45.21..................................................................................................
1.0 years
3.8 years
5.9 years
8.2 years
9.2 years
2,254
11,860
14,280
1,833
—
—
1,131
7,010
5,672
3,327
Total
2,254
12,991
21,290
7,505
3,327
Options Outstanding (000’s)
30,227
17,140
47,367
At December 31, 2019, the following options to purchase Class A shares were outstanding:
Exercise Price1
US$10.30 – US$15.35..............................................................................
US$15.58 – US$20.39..............................................................................
US$22.50 – US$26.93..............................................................................
US$29.48 – US$38.64..............................................................................
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
Escrowed Stock Plan
Options Outstanding (000’s)1
Weighted-Average
Remaining Life
Vested
Unvested
1.6 years
4.7 years
6.8 years
9.2 years
5,619
12,523
11,371
613
30,126
—
2,313
11,271
6,993
20,577
Total
5,619
14,836
22,642
7,606
50,703
The Escrowed Stock Plan (the “ES Plan”) provides executives with indirect ownership of Class A shares. Under the ES Plan,
executives are granted common shares (the “ES Shares”) in one or more private companies that own Class A shares. The
Class A shares are purchased on the open market with the purchase cost funded by the company. The ES shares generally vest
over five years and must be held to the fifth anniversary of the grant date. At a date no more than ten years from the grant date,
all outstanding ES shares will be exchanged for Class A shares issued by the company based on the market value of Class A
shares at the time of the exchange. The number of Class A shares issued on exchange will be less than the Class A shares
purchased under the ES Plan resulting in a net reduction in the number of Class A shares issued by the company.
During 2020, 3.8 million Class A shares were purchased in respect of ES shares granted to executives under the ES Plan
(2019 – $16.0 million Class A shares) during the year. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the total expense incurred with
respect to the ES Plan totaled $35 million (2019 – $25 million).
The weighted-average fair value of escrowed shares granted for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $5.54 (2019 – $4.54),
and was determined using the Black-Scholes model of valuation with inputs to the model as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
Unit
2020
Weighted-average share price......................................................................................................
US$
45.21
Average term to exercise.............................................................................................................
Share price volatility2...................................................................................................................
Liquidity discount........................................................................................................................
Weighted-average annual dividend yield.....................................................................................
Risk-free rate................................................................................................................................
Years
%
%
%
%
7.5
17.0
25.0
1.5
1.4
20191
34.08
8.5
17.3
25.0
1.8
2.1
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
2.
Share price volatility was determined based on historical share prices over a similar period to the average term to exercise.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 202
The change in the number of ES shares during 2020 and 2019 was as follows:
Outstanding at January 1, 2020............................................................................................................
54,791 $
Granted.................................................................................................................................................
Exercised..............................................................................................................................................
Cancelled..............................................................................................................................................
3,841
(11,613)
(303)
Outstanding at December 31, 2020......................................................................................................
46,716 $
25.82
45.21
19.66
35.85
28.88
Number of
Units (000’s)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at January 1, 20191...........................................................................................................
Granted1................................................................................................................................................
Exercised1.............................................................................................................................................
Cancelled1.............................................................................................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 20191
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
Restricted Stock Plan
Number of
Units (000’s)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
40,655 $
15,975
(1,613)
(226) $
54,791
22.18
34.08
15.77
26.32
25.82
The Restricted Stock Plan awards executives with Class A shares purchased on the open market (“Restricted Shares”). Under
the Restricted Stock Plan, Restricted Shares awarded vest over a period of up to five years, except for Restricted Shares
awarded in lieu of a cash bonus, which may vest immediately. Vested and unvested Restricted Shares are subject to a hold
period of up to five years. Holders of Restricted Shares are entitled to vote Restricted Shares and to receive associated
dividends. Employee compensation expense for the Restricted Stock Plan is charged against income over the vesting period.
During 2020, Brookfield granted 1.0 million Class A shares (2019 – 1.2 million) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Restricted Stock Plan, resulting in the recognition of $30 million (2019 – $25 million) of compensation expense.
Cash-settled Share-based Awards
Deferred Share Unit Plan and Restricted Share Unit Plan
The Deferred Share Unit Plan and Restricted Share Unit Plan provide for the issuance of DSUs and RSUs, respectively. Under
these plans, qualifying employees and directors receive varying percentages of their annual incentive bonus or directors’ fees in
the form of DSUs and RSUs. The DSUs and RSUs vest over periods of up to five years, and DSUs accumulate additional
DSUs at the same rate as dividends on common shares based on the market value of the common shares at the time of the
dividend. Participants are not allowed to convert DSUs and RSUs into cash until retirement or cessation of employment.
The value of the DSUs, when converted to cash, will be equivalent to the market value of the common shares at the time the
conversion takes place. The value of the RSUs, when converted into cash, will be equivalent to the difference between
the market price of equivalent number of common shares at the time the conversion takes place and the market price on the date
the RSUs are granted. The company uses equity derivative contracts to offset its exposure to the change in share prices in
respect of vested and unvested DSUs and RSUs. The fair value of the vested DSUs and RSUs as at December 31, 2020 was
$1.3 billion (2019 – $1.4 billion).
Employee compensation expense for these plans is charged against income over the vesting period of the DSUs and RSUs.
The amount payable by the company in respect of vested DSUs and RSUs changes as a result of dividends and share price
movements. All of the amounts attributable to changes in the amounts payable by the company are recorded as employee
compensation expense in the period of the change. For the year ended December 31, 2020, employee compensation expense
totaled $5 million (2019 – $7 million), net of the impact of hedging arrangements.
203 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The change in the number of DSUs and RSUs during 2020 and 2019 was as follows:
DSUs
RSUs
Number
of Units
(000’s)
Number
of Units
(000’s)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding at January 1, 2020............................................................................................
21,204
15,810 C$
Granted and reinvested ........................................................................................................
623
—
Exercised and cancelled .......................................................................................................
(3,106)
(2,131)
Outstanding at December 31, 2020......................................................................................
18,721
13,679 C$
6.14
—
6.35
6.10
DSUs
RSUs
Number
of Units
(000’s)
Number
of Units
(000’s)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding at January 1, 20191...........................................................................................
Granted and reinvested1 .......................................................................................................
Exercised and cancelled1 .....................................................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 20191.....................................................................................
21,956
15,810 C$
6.14
799
(1,551)
—
—
—
—
21,204
15,810 C$
6.14
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
The fair value of each DSU is equal to the traded price of the company’s common shares.
Share price on date of measurement......................................................................................
C$
Unit
Dec. 31, 2020 Dec. 31, 20191
50.02
52.62
Share price on date of measurement......................................................................................
US$
41.27
38.53
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
The fair value of RSUs was determined primarily using the following inputs:
Share price on date of measurement......................................................................................
Weighted-average fair value of a unit...................................................................................
1. Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split effective on April 1, 2020.
22. REVENUES
Unit
C$
C$
Dec. 31, 2020 Dec. 31, 20191
50.02
52.62
46.52
43.88
We perform a disaggregated analysis of revenues considering the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues. This
includes disclosure of our revenues by segment and type, as well as a breakdown of whether revenues from goods or services
are recognized at a point in time or delivered over a period of time.
a) Revenue by Type
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2020
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Revenues
Revenue from contracts
with customers........................... $
246
$
—
$
2,403
$
3,757
$
8,611
$
35,599
$
2,170
$
52,786
Other revenue...............................
—
872
6,448
328
683
1,562
73
9,966
$
246
$
872
$
8,851
$
4,085
$
9,294
$
37,161
$
2,243
$
62,752
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2019
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Revenues
Revenue from contracts
with customers........................... $
271
$
9
$
3,833
$
3,810
$
6,333
$
42,147
$
2,396
$
58,799
Other revenue...............................
—
499
6,609
149
758
952
60
9,027
$
271
$
508
$
10,442
$
3,959
$
7,091
$
43,099
$
2,456
$
67,826
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 204
b) Timing of Recognition of Revenue from Contracts with Customers
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2020
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Revenues
Goods and services provided at a
point in time............................... $
—
$
—
$
553
$
143
$
160
$
28,944
$
2,167
$
31,967
Services transferred over a period
of time.......................................
246
$
246
$
—
—
1,850
3,614
8,451
6,655
3
20,819
$
2,403
$
3,757
$
8,611
$
35,599
$
2,170
$
52,786
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DEC. 31,
2019
(MILLIONS)
Asset
Management
Corporate
Activities
Real Estate
Renewable
Power
Infrastructure
Private
Equity
Residential
Development
Total
Revenues
Goods and services provided at a
point in time............................... $
Services transferred over a period
of time.......................................
—
$
9
$
1,193
$
95
$
225
$
34,141
$
2,384
$
38,047
271
—
2,640
3,715
6,108
8,006
12
20,752
$
271
$
9
$
3,833
$
3,810
$
6,333
$
42,147
$
2,396
$
58,799
Remaining Performance Obligation
Private Equity
In our construction services business, backlog is defined as revenue yet to be delivered (i.e. remaining performance obligations)
on construction projects that have been secured via an executed contract, work order or letter of intent. As at December 31,
2020 our backlog of construction projects was approximately $5.6 billion (2019 – $7.0 billion), with an overall weighted-
average remaining project life of approximately two years (2019 – two years).
In our Brazilian water and wastewater services business, our long-term, inflation-adjusted concession service contracts with
various municipalities have an average remaining contract duration of 24 years as at December 31, 2020 (2019 – 24 years).
Others
In our asset management, infrastructure and renewable power businesses, revenue is generally recognized as invoiced for
contracts recognized over a period of time as the amounts invoiced are commensurate with the value provided to the customers.
c) Lease Income
Our leases in which the company is a lessor are primarily operating in nature. Total lease income from our assets leased out on
operating leases totaled $6.7 billion (2019 - $6.8 billion) including $75 million (2019 - $67 million) of income related to
variable lease income that is not dependent on an index or rate.
The following table presents the undiscounted contractual earnings receivable of the company’s leases by expected period of
receipt:
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Less than 1
Year
1 – 3
Years
4 – 5
Years
After 5
Years
Total
Receivables from lease contracts............................... $
4,738 $
8,385 $
6,661 $
15,971 $
35,755
Payments Receivable by Period
AS AT DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Less than 1
Year
1 – 3
Years
4 – 5
Years
After 5
Years
Total
Receivables from lease contracts............................... $
4,514 $
8,239 $
6,744 $
15,875 $
35,372
Payments Receivable by Period
205 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
23. DIRECT COSTS
Direct costs include all attributable expenses except interest, depreciation and amortization, taxes and fair value changes and
primarily relate to cost of sales and compensation. The following table lists direct costs for 2020 and 2019 by nature:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Cost of sales....................................................................................................................................................... $ 35,150 $ 41,463
Compensation....................................................................................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses....................................................................................................
Property taxes, sales taxes and other..................................................................................................................
6,857
2,860
2,519
6,035
2,612
2,618
$ 47,386 $ 52,728
24. FAIR VALUE CHANGES
Fair value changes recorded in net income represent gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of assets and
liabilities, including derivative financial instruments, accounted for using the fair value method and are comprised of the
following:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Investment properties.......................................................................................................................................
$
(269) $
1,710
Transaction related expenses, net of gains.......................................................................................................
Financial contracts............................................................................................................................................
Impairment and provisions...............................................................................................................................
Other fair value changes...................................................................................................................................
20
686
(808)
(1,052)
$
(1,423) $
(895)
(140)
(825)
(681)
(831)
25. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including market risk (i.e. currency risk, interest rate risk and
other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The company selectively uses derivative financial instruments principally to
manage these risks.
The aggregate notional amount of the company’s derivative positions at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Foreign exchange................................................................................................................................
Interest rates........................................................................................................................................
Credit default swaps...........................................................................................................................
Equity derivatives...............................................................................................................................
Commodity instruments.....................................................................................................................
Energy (GWh).................................................................................................................................
Natural gas (MMBtu – 000’s).........................................................................................................
Note
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2020
2019
$ 39,284 $ 37,334
51,619
39
2,517
61,111
—
2,081
2020
27,564
121,468
2019
25,136
78,364
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 206
a) Foreign Exchange
The company held the following foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
(MILLIONS)
Foreign exchange contracts
Canadian dollars.................................................................................................. $
British pounds.....................................................................................................
European Union euros.........................................................................................
Australian dollars................................................................................................
Indian rupee.........................................................................................................
Chilean peso........................................................................................................
Korean won1........................................................................................................
Chinese yuan1......................................................................................................
Japanese yen1.......................................................................................................
Colombian pesos1................................................................................................
Brazilian reais......................................................................................................
Swedish krona.....................................................................................................
Other currencies..................................................................................................
Cross currency interest rate swaps
Canadian dollars..................................................................................................
European Union euros.........................................................................................
Australian dollars................................................................................................
Japanese yen1.......................................................................................................
British pounds.....................................................................................................
Colombian pesos1................................................................................................
Foreign exchange futures
Brazilian reais......................................................................................................
Foreign exchange options
Notional Amount
(U.S. Dollars)
2020
2019
Average Exchange Rate
2019
2020
7,539 $
3,986
4,561
2,632
1,288
159
700
1,633
212
96
276
1,647
903
6,868
1,914
1,374
750
275
88
6,839
7,874
2,069
3,989
240
548
687
1,862
111
534
484
1,578
584
4,493
103
2,033
18
267
100
0.76
1.31
1.17
0.69
77.56
770.89
1,175
7.05
105.82
3,621
0.19
8.58
Various
0.77
1.06
0.53
113.33
1.49
3,880.00
0.75
1.27
1.16
0.71
73.55
722.08
1,173
5.42
104.58
3,416
0.24
9.10
Various
0.77
1.09
0.98
110.00
1.49
3,463
105
38
0.19
0.25
British pounds.....................................................................................................
Canadian dollars..................................................................................................
European Union euros.........................................................................................
—
2,030
245
1,338
—
1,544
—
0.74
1.17
1.43
—
1.12
1. Average rate is quoted using USD as base currency.
Included in net income are unrealized net losses on foreign currency derivative contracts amounting to $41 million
(2019 – gain of $201 million) and included in the cumulative translation adjustment account in other comprehensive income are
gains in respect of foreign currency contracts entered into for hedging purposes amounting to $28 million (2019 – losses of
$409 million).
b) Interest Rates
At December 31, 2020, the company held interest rate swap and forward starting swap contracts having an aggregate
notional amount of $30.2 billion (2019 – $25.0 billion), interest rate swaptions with an aggregate notional amount of
$3.9 billion (2019 – $nil) and interest rate cap contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $27.0 billion (2019 –
$26.6 billion).
207 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
c) Credit Default Swaps
As at December 31, 2020, the company held credit default swap contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $nil (2019 –
$39 million). Credit default swaps are contracts which are designed to compensate the purchaser for any change in the value of
an underlying reference asset, based on measurement in credit spreads, upon the occurrence of predetermined credit events. The
company has no outstanding payments to make or receive in the event of a predetermined credit event in 2020 (2019 – $nil).
d) Equity Derivatives
At December 31, 2020, the company held equity derivatives with a notional amount of $2.1 billion (2019 – $2.5 billion)
which includes $1.3 billion (2019 – $541 million) notional amount that hedges long-term compensation arrangements. The
balance represents common equity and ETF positions established in connection with the company’s investment activities.
The fair value of these instruments was reflected in the company’s consolidated financial statements at year end.
e) Commodity Instruments
The company has entered into energy derivative contracts primarily to hedge the sale of generated power. The company
endeavors to link forward electricity sale derivatives to specific periods in which it expects to generate electricity for sale. All
energy derivative contracts are recorded at an amount equal to fair value and are reflected in the company’s consolidated
financial statements. The company has financial contracts outstanding on 121,468,000 MMBtu’s (2019 – 78,364,000
MMBtu’s) of natural gas as part of its electricity sale price risk mitigation strategy.
Other Information Regarding Derivative Financial Instruments
The following table classifies derivatives elected for hedge accounting during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 as
either cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the hedge are recorded in
either other comprehensive income or net income, depending on the hedge classification, whereas changes in the fair value of
the ineffective portion of the hedge are recorded in net income:
2020
2019
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Cash flow hedges1...................................................... $ 39,128 $
Net investment hedges...............................................
Notional
17,788
Effective
Portion
Ineffective
Portion
Notional
Effective
Portion
Ineffective
Portion
(479) $
10 $ 32,709 $
(89) $
182
10
22,790
(433)
$ 56,916 $
(297) $
20 $ 55,499 $
(522) $
20
16
36
1. Notional amount does not include 13,950 GWh, 82,663 MMBtu – 000’s and 1,302 bbls – millions of commodity derivatives at December 31, 2020 (2019 –
14,485 GWh, 12,164 MMBtu – 000’s and 2,273 bbls – millions).
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 208
The following table presents the change in fair values of the company’s derivative positions during the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019, for derivatives that are fair valued through profit or loss, and derivatives that qualify for hedge
accounting:
(MILLIONS)
Unrealized
Gains
During 2020
Unrealized
Losses
During 2020
Net Change
During 2020
Net Change
During 2019
Foreign exchange derivatives............................................................... $
419 $
(460) $
(41) $
Interest rate derivatives.........................................................................
Credit default swaps.............................................................................
Equity derivatives.................................................................................
Commodity derivatives.........................................................................
110
—
1,161
44
(337)
—
(311)
(86)
(227)
—
850
(42)
$
1,734 $
(1,194) $
540 $
201
(221)
(1)
13
27
19
The following table presents the notional amounts underlying the company’s derivative instruments by term to maturity as at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, for derivatives that are classified as fair value through profit or loss, and derivatives that qualify
for hedge accounting:
AS AT DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
Fair value through profit or loss
2020
2019
<1 Year
1 to 5 Years
>5 Years
Total Notional
Amount
Total Notional
Amount
Foreign exchange derivatives....................... $
6,891 $
5,158 $
129 $
12,178 $
Interest rate derivatives.................................
Credit default swaps.....................................
Equity derivatives.........................................
Commodity instruments
Energy (GWh)...........................................
Natural gas (MMBtu – 000’s)...................
Elected for hedge accounting
13,158
—
1,216
4,406
34,572
12,308
1,614
—
865
9,207
4,233
—
—
—
—
27,080
—
2,081
13,613
38,805
Foreign exchange derivatives....................... $
13,498 $
12,086 $
1,522 $
27,106 $
Interest rate derivatives.................................
Equity derivatives.........................................
Commodity instruments
Energy (GWh)...........................................
Natural gas (MMBtu – 000’s)...................
7,738
—
5,562
51,034
22,054
—
5,066
31,630
4,240
—
3,322
—
34,032
—
13,950
82,664
7,946
22,731
39
2,517
10,652
66,200
29,387
28,888
—
14,485
12,164
209 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
26. MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ARISING FROM HOLDING FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The company is exposed to the following risks as a result of holding financial instruments: market risk (i.e., interest rate risk,
currency exchange risk and other price risk that impact the fair value of financial instruments), credit risk and liquidity risk.
The following is a description of these risks and how they are managed:
a) Market Risk
Market risk is defined for these purposes as the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument held by the
company will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk includes the risk of changes in interest rates, currency
exchange rates and changes in market prices due to factors other than interest rates or currency exchange rates, such as changes
in equity prices, commodity prices or credit spreads.
The company manages market risk from foreign currency assets and liabilities and the impact of changes in currency exchange
rates and interest rates by funding assets with financial liabilities in the same currency and with similar interest rate
characteristics, and by holding financial contracts such as interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives to minimize residual
exposures.
Financial instruments held by the company that are subject to market risk include other financial assets, borrowings and
derivative instruments such as interest rate, currency, equity and commodity contracts.
i. Interest Rate Risk
The observable impacts on the fair values and future cash flows of financial instruments that can be directly attributable to
interest rate risk include changes in the net income from financial instruments whose cash flows are determined with reference
to floating interest rates and changes in the value of financial instruments whose cash flows are fixed in nature.
The company’s assets largely consist of long-duration interest-sensitive physical assets. Accordingly, the company’s financial
liabilities consist primarily of long-term fixed-rate debt or floating-rate debt that has been swapped with interest rate
derivatives. These financial liabilities are, with few exceptions, recorded at their amortized cost. The company also holds
interest rate caps to limit its exposure to increases in interest rates on floating rate debt that has not been swapped, and
holds interest rate contracts to lock in fixed rates on anticipated future debt issuances and as an economic hedge against the
changes in value of long duration interest sensitive physical assets that have not been otherwise matched with fixed rate debt.
The result of a 50 basis-point increase in interest rates on the company’s net floating rate financial assets and liabilities would
have resulted in a corresponding decrease in net income before tax of $156 million (2019 – $246 million) on a current basis.
Changes in the value of fair value through profit or loss interest rate contracts are recorded in net income and changes in the
value of contracts that are elected for hedge accounting are recorded in other comprehensive income. The impact of a 50 basis-
point parallel increase in the yield curve on the aforementioned financial instruments is estimated to result in a corresponding
increase in net income before tax of $137 million (2019 – $146 million) and an increase in other comprehensive income of
$363 million (2019 – $309 million), for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
ii. Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Changes in currency rates will impact the carrying value of financial instruments denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar.
The company holds financial instruments with net unmatched exposures in several currencies, changes in the translated value
of which are recorded in net income. The impact of a 1% increase in the U.S. dollar against these currencies would have
resulted in a $117 million (2019 – $74 million) increase in the value of these positions on a combined basis. The impact on cash
flows from financial instruments would be insignificant. The company holds financial instruments to limit its exposure to the
impact of foreign currencies on its net investments in foreign operations whose functional and reporting currencies are other
than the U.S. dollar. A 1% increase in the U.S. dollar would increase the value of these hedging instruments by $235 million
(2019 – $259 million) as at December 31, 2020, which would be recorded in other comprehensive income and offset by
changes in the U.S. dollar carrying value of the net investment being hedged.
iii. Other Price Risk
Other price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity prices or other market prices such as
commodity prices and credit spreads.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 210
Financial instruments held by the company that are exposed to equity price risk include equity securities and equity derivatives.
A 5% decrease in the market price of equity securities and equity derivatives held by the company, excluding equity
derivatives that hedge compensation arrangements, would have decreased net income by $186 million (2019 – $14 million)
and decreased other comprehensive income by $161 million (2019 – $70 million), prior to taxes. The company’s liability in
respect of equity compensation arrangements is subject to variability based on changes in the company’s underlying common
share price. The company holds equity derivatives to hedge almost all of the variability. A 5% change in the common equity
price of the company in respect of compensation agreements would increase the compensation liability and compensation
expense by $69 million (2019 – $75 million). This increase would be offset by a $78 million (2019 – $80 million) change in
value of the associated equity derivatives of which $69 million (2019 – $75 million) would offset the above-mentioned increase
in compensation expense and the remaining $9 million (2019 – $5 million) would be recorded in net income.
The company sells power and generation capacity under long-term agreements and financial contracts to stabilize future
revenues. Certain of the contracts are considered financial instruments and are recorded at fair value in the consolidated
financial statements, with changes in value being recorded in either net income or other comprehensive income as applicable. A
5% increase in energy prices would have decreased net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 by approximately
$16.2 million (2019 – $5 million) and decreased other comprehensive income by $19.4 million (2019 – $nil), prior to taxes.
The corresponding increase in the value of the revenue or capacity being contracted, however, is not recorded in net income
until subsequent periods.
The company held credit default swap contracts with a total notional amount of $nil (2019 – $42 million) at December 31,
2020. The company is exposed to changes in the credit spread of the contracts’ underlying reference assets. A 50 basis-point
increase in the credit spread of the underlying reference assets would have increased net income by $nil (2019 – $1 million) for
the year ended December 31, 2020, prior to taxes.
b) Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of loss due to the failure of a borrower or counterparty to fulfill its contractual obligations. The
company’s exposure to credit risk in respect of financial instruments relates primarily to counterparty obligations regarding
derivative contracts, loans receivable and credit investments such as bonds and preferred shares.
The company assesses the creditworthiness of each counterparty before entering into contracts with a view to ensuring that
counterparties meet minimum credit quality requirements. Management evaluates and monitors counterparty credit risk for
derivative financial instruments and endeavors to minimize counterparty credit risk through diversification, collateral
arrangements, and other credit risk mitigation techniques. The credit risk of derivative financial instruments is generally limited
to the positive fair value of the instruments, which, in general, tends to be a relatively small proportion of the notional value.
Substantially all of the company’s derivative financial instruments involve either counterparties that are banks or other financial
institutions in North America, the U.K. and Australia, or arrangements that have embedded credit risk mitigation features. The
company does not expect to incur credit losses in respect of any of these counterparties. The maximum exposure in respect of
loans receivable and credit investments is equal to the carrying value.
c) Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the company cannot meet a demand for cash or fund an obligation as it comes due. Liquidity risk
also includes the risk of not being able to liquidate assets in a timely manner at a reasonable price.
To help ensure the company is able to react to contingencies and investment opportunities quickly, the company maintains
sources of liquidity at the corporate and subsidiary levels. The primary source of liquidity consists of cash and other financial
assets, net of deposits and other associated liabilities, and undrawn committed credit facilities.
The company is subject to the risks associated with debt financing, including the ability to refinance indebtedness at maturity.
The company believes these risks are mitigated through the use of long-term debt secured by high quality assets, maintaining
debt levels that are in management’s opinion relatively conservative, and by diversifying maturities over an extended period
of time. The company also seeks to include in its agreements terms that protect the company from liquidity issues of
counterparties that might otherwise impact the company’s liquidity.
211 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
The following tables present the contractual maturities of the company’s financial liabilities at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
AS AT DEC. 31, 2020
(MILLIONS)
Principal repayments
Payments Due by Period
<1 Year
1 to 3 Years
4 to 5 Years
After 5 Years
Total
Corporate borrowings.............................. $
— $
467 $
1,630 $
6,980 $
9,077
Non-recourse borrowings of managed
entities....................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations..................
Interest expense1
Corporate borrowings..............................
Non-recourse borrowings........................
Subsidiary equity obligations..................
Lease obligations2.......................................
21,108
799
405
5,145
147
815
29,399
1,147
793
8,788
213
1,682
40,049
800
659
6,310
171
1,123
48,768
953
3,593
8,313
44
11,755
139,324
3,699
5,450
28,556
575
15,375
1. Represents the aggregated interest expense expected to be paid over the term of the obligations. Variable interest rate payments have been calculated based on current
rates.
2. The lease obligations as disclosed in the table above include leases that are classified as finance leases, short-term leases, low-value leases and variable lease payments
not based on an index or rate, which are immaterial.
AS AT DEC. 31, 2019
(MILLIONS)
Principal repayments
Payments Due by Period
<1 Year
1 to 3 Years
4 to 5 Years
After 5 Years
Total
Corporate borrowings.............................. $
— $
269 $
1,597 $
5,217 $
7,083
Non-recourse borrowings of managed
entities....................................................
Subsidiary equity obligations..................
Interest expense1
Corporate borrowings..............................
Non-recourse borrowings........................
Subsidiary equity obligations..................
Lease obligations2.......................................
15,563
188
327
5,210
151
766
28,396
1,677
629
8,524
261
1,171
34,602
745
551
6,641
212
992
57,731
1,522
1,714
7,749
107
11,064
136,292
4,132
3,221
28,124
731
13,993
1. Represents the aggregated interest expense expected to be paid over the term of the obligations. Variable interest rate payments have been calculated based on current
rates.
2. The lease obligations as disclosed in the table above include leases that are classified as finance leases, short-term leases, low-value leases and variable lease payments
not based on an index or rate, which are immaterial.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 212
27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
a) Related Parties
Related parties include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key management personnel, the Board of Directors
(“Directors”), immediate family members of key management personnel and Directors and entities which are directly or
indirectly controlled by, jointly controlled by or significantly influenced by key management personnel, Directors or their close
family members.
b) Key Management Personnel and Directors
Key management personnel are those individuals who have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and
controlling the company’s activities, directly or indirectly, and consist of the company’s Senior Executives. The company’s
Directors do not plan, direct or control the activities of the company directly; they provide oversight over the business.
The remuneration of key management personnel and Directors of the company during the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019 was as follows:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
2019
Salaries, incentives and short-term benefits....................................................................................................... $
14 $
Share-based payments........................................................................................................................................
81
$
95 $
19
46
65
The remuneration of key management personnel and Directors is determined by the Management Resources and Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors having regard to the performance of individuals and market funds.
c) Related Party Transactions
In the normal course of operations, the company executes transactions on market terms with related parties that have been
measured at exchange value and are recognized in the consolidated financial statements, including, but not limited to: base
management fees, performance fees and incentive distributions; loans, interest and non-interest bearing deposits; power
purchase and sale agreements; capital commitments to private funds; the acquisition and disposition of assets and businesses;
derivative contracts; and the construction and development of assets. Transactions and balances between consolidated entities
are fully eliminated upon consolidation.
The following table lists the related party balances included within the consolidated financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DEC. 31
(MILLIONS)
2020
Management fees received................................................................................................................................. $
31 $
2019
97
213 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
28. OTHER INFORMATION
a) Guarantees and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the company enters into contractual obligations which include commitments to provide
bridge financing, letters of credit, guarantees and reinsurance obligations. As at December 31, 2020, the company had
$4.1 billion (2019 – $4.1 billion) of such commitments outstanding.
In addition, the company executes agreements that provide for indemnifications and guarantees to third parties in transactions
or dealings such as business dispositions, business acquisitions, sales of assets, provision of services, securitization agreements
and underwriting and agency agreements. The company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and certain of its officers
and employees. The nature of substantially all of the indemnification undertakings prevents the company from making a
reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount the company could be required to pay third parties, as in most cases, the
agreements do not specify a maximum amount, and the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events,
the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Neither the company nor its consolidated subsidiaries
have made significant payments in the past nor do they expect at this time to make any significant payments under such
indemnification agreements in the future.
The company periodically enters into joint ventures, consortium or other arrangements that have contingent liquidity rights in
favor of the company or its counterparties. These include buy sell arrangements, registration rights and other customary
arrangements that generally have embedded protective terms that mitigate the risk to us. The amount, timing and likelihood of
any payments by the company under these arrangements is, in most cases, dependent on either further contingent events or
circumstances applicable to the counterparty and therefore cannot be determined at this time.
The company is contingently liable with respect to litigation and claims that arise in the normal course of business. It is not
reasonably possible that any of the ongoing litigation as at December 31, 2020 could result in a material settlement liability.
The company has insurance for damage and business interruption costs sustained as a result of an act of terrorism. The amount
of coverage is reviewed on an individual basis and can range up to $4 billion. However, a terrorist act could have a material
effect on the company’s assets to the extent damages exceed coverage.
The company, through its subsidiaries within the residential properties operations, is contingently liable for obligations of its
associates in its land development joint ventures. In each case, all of the assets of the joint venture are available first for the
purpose of satisfying these obligations, with the balance shared among the participants in accordance with predetermined joint
venture arrangements.
The Corporation has entered into arrangements with respect to the $1.8 billion of exchangeable preferred equity units issued by
BPY discussed in Note 19, which are redeemable in equal tranches of $600 million in 2021, 2024 and 2026, respectively.
The preferred equity units are exchangeable into equity units of BPY at $25.70 per unit, at the option of the holder, at any time
up to and including the maturity date. BPY may redeem the preferred equity units after specified periods if the BPY equity unit
price exceeds predetermined amounts. At maturity, the preferred equity units will be converted into BPY equity units at the
lower of $25.70 or the then market price of a BPY equity unit. In order to provide the purchaser with enhanced liquidity,
the Corporation has agreed to purchase the preferred equity units for cash at the option of the holder, for the initial purchase
price plus accrued and unpaid dividends. In order to decrease dilution risk to BPY, the Corporation has agreed with the holder
and BPY that if the price of a BPY equity unit is less than 80% of the exchange price of $25.70 at the redemption date of the
2021 and 2024 tranches, the Corporation will acquire the preferred equity units subject to redemption, at the redemption price,
and to exchange these preferred equity units for preferred equity units with similar terms and conditions, including redemption
date, as the 2026 tranche.
b) Supplemental Cash Flow Information
During the year, the company capitalized $310 million (2019 – $233 million) of interest primarily to investment properties and
residential inventory under development.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 214
29. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 4, 2021, the company announced that it had made a proposal to acquire 100% of the limited partnership units of
BPY that it did not already own for a price of $16.50 per unit or $5.9 billion in total value. Subject to pro-ration, BPY
unitholders would have the ability to elect to receive, per BPY unit, $16.50 in cash, 0.40 Brookfield Class A shares, or 0.66 of
BPY preferred units with a liquidation preference of $25.00 per unit.
In February 2021, the company completed a secondary public offering of 15,000,000 class A exchangeable subordinate voting
shares of BEPC at $51.50 per share. Upon the close of the offering, the company generated $750 million of cash proceeds.
215 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Shareholder Information
Shareholder Enquiries
Investor Relations and Communications
We are committed to informing our shareholders of our progress
through our comprehensive communications program which includes
publication of materials such as our annual report, quarterly interim
reports and news releases. We also maintain a website that provides
ready access to these materials, as well as statutory filings, stock and
dividend information and other presentations.
Meeting with shareholders is an integral part of our communications
program. Directors and management meet with Brookfield’s
shareholders at our annual meeting and are available to respond to
questions. Management is also available to investment analysts,
financial advisors and media.
The text of our 2020 Annual Report is available in French on request
from the company and is filed with and available through SEDAR at
www.sedar.com.
Dividends
The quarterly dividend payable on Class A shares is declared in U.S.
dollars. Registered shareholders who are U.S. residents receive their
dividends in U.S. dollars, unless they request the Canadian dollar
equivalent. Registered shareholders who are Canadian residents receive
their dividends in the Canadian dollar equivalent, unless they request to
receive dividends in U.S. dollars. The Canadian dollar equivalent of the
quarterly dividend is based on the Bank of Canada daily average
exchange rate exactly two weeks (or 14 days) prior to the payment date
for the dividend.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Corporation has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan which enables
registered holders of Class A Shares who are resident in Canada and the
U.S.
issued
Class A shares.
the form of newly
their dividends
to receive
in
Registered shareholders of our Class A shares who are resident in the
United States may elect to receive their dividends in the form of
newly issued Class A shares at a price equal to the volume-weighted
average price (in U.S. dollars) at which the shares traded on the New
York Stock Exchange based on the average closing price during each of
the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant dividend
payment date (the “NYSE VWAP”).
Registered shareholders of our Class A shares who are resident in
Canada may also elect to receive their dividends in the form of newly
issued Class A shares at a price equal to the NYSE VWAP multiplied by
an exchange factor which is calculated as the average of the daily
average exchange rates as reported by the Bank of Canada during each
of the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant dividend
payment date.
Our Dividend Reinvestment Plan allows current shareholders of the
Corporation who are resident in Canada and the United States to
increase their investment in the Corporation free of commissions.
Further details on the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and a Participation
Form can be obtained from our Toronto office, our transfer agent or
from our website.
Shareholder enquiries should be directed to our Investor Relations
group at:
Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Suite 300, Brookfield Place, Box 762, 181 Bay Street
Toronto, Ontario M5J 2T3
T: 416-363-9491 or toll free in North America: 1-866-989-0311
F: 416-363-2856
E: enquiries@brookfield.com
www.bam.brookfield.com
Shareholder enquiries relating to dividends, address changes and share
certificates should be directed to our Transfer Agent:
AST Trust Company (Canada)
P.O. Box 700, Station B
Montreal, Quebec H3B 3K3
T: 1-877-715-0498 (North America)
416-682-3860 (Outside North America)
F: 1-888-249-6189
E: inquiries@astfinancial.com
www.astfinancial.com/ca-en
Stock Exchange Listings
Symbol
Stock Exchange
New York
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Class A Limited Voting Shares
BAM
Class A Preference Shares
Series 2
Series 4
Series 8
Series 9
Series 13
Series 17
Series 18
Series 24
Series 25
Series 26
Series 28
Series 30
Series 32
Series 34
Series 36
Series 37
Series 38
Series 40
Series 42
Series 44
Series 46
Series 48
BAM.A
BAM.PR.B
BAM.PR.C
BAM.PR.E
BAM.PR.G
BAM.PR.K
BAM.PR.M
BAM.PR.N
BAM.PR.R
BAM.PR.S
BAM.PR.T
BAM.PR.X
BAM.PR.Z
BAM.PF.A
BAM.PF.B
BAM.PF.C
BAM.PF.D
BAM.PF.E
BAM.PF.F
BAM.PF.G
BAM.PF.H
BAM.PF.I
BAM.PF.J
Dividend Record and Payment Dates
Security1
Class A and Class B shares
Class A Preference shares
Series 2, 4, 13, 17, 18, 24, 25, 26, 28, 30
Record Date2
Payment Date3
Last day of February, May, August and November
Last day of March, June, September and December
32, 34, 36, 37, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46 and 48
15th day of March, June, September and December
Last day of March, June, September and December
Series 8
Series 9
Last day of each month
12th day of following month
15th day of January, April, July and October
First day of February, May, August and November
1. All dividend payments are subject to declaration by the Board of Directors.
2. If the Record Date is not a business day, the Record Date will be the previous business day.
3. If the Payment Date is not a business day, the Payment Date will be the previous business day.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 216
Board of Directors and Officers
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
M. Elyse Allan, C.M.
Former President and Chief Executive
Officer, General Electric Canada Company
Inc. and former Vice-President, General
Electric Co.
Jeffrey M. Blidner
Vice Chair,
Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Angela F. Braly
Former Chair of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer, WellPoint, Inc.
(now known as Anthem, Inc.)
Jack L. Cockwell, C.M.
Chair, Brookfield Partners Foundation
Marcel R. Coutu
Former President and
Chief Executive Officer,
Canadian Oil Sands Limited and
former Chair of Syncrude Canada Ltd.
Note: As at March 23, 2021
Murilo Ferreira
Former Chief Executive Officer,
Vale S.A.
Hon. Frank J. McKenna, P.C., O.C., O.N.B.
Chair, Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
and Deputy Chair, TD Bank Group
Bruce Flatt
Chief Executive Officer,
Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Rafael Miranda
Former Chief Executive Officer,
Endesa, S.A.
Janice Fukakusa, F.C.P.A., F.C.A.
Former Chief Administrative Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, Royal Bank
of Canada
Maureen Kempston Darkes, O.C., O.ONT.
Former President, Latin America, Africa
and Middle East, General Motors
Corporation
Brian D. Lawson
Vice Chair,
Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Howard Marks
Co-chair,
Oaktree Capital Group, LLC
Lord O’Donnell
Chair, Frontier Economics Limited
Hutham S. Olayan
Chair of The Olayan Group and former
President and CEO of Olayan America
Seek Ngee Huat
Former President of GIC Real Estate Pte
Ltd. and former Chair of Global Logistic
Properties Ltd. and GLP IM Holdings
Limited
Diana L. Taylor
Former Vice Chair, Solera Capital LLC
Details on Brookfield’s directors are provided in the Management Information Circular and on Brookfield’s website at
www.brookfield.com.
CORPORATE OFFICERS
Bruce Flatt, Chief Executive Officer
Nicholas Goodman, Chief Financial Officer
Justin B. Beber, Head of Corporate Strategy and Chief Legal Officer
Brookfield incorporates sustainable development practices within our corporation.
This document was printed in Canada using vegetable-based inks on FSC® stock.
217 BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT
This page is intentionally left blank
BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
brookfield.com
NYSE: BAM
TSX: BAM.A
BROOKFIELD CORPORATE OFFICES
United States
Brookfield Place
250 Vesey Street, 15th Floor
New York, NY
10281-0221
+1.212.417.7000
Canada
Brookfield Place
181 Bay Street, Suite 300
Bay Wellington Tower
Toronto, ON M5J 2T3
+1.416.363.9491
Brazil
Avenida das Nações Unidas, 14.261
Edifício WT Morumbi
Ala B - 20º andar
Morumbi - São Paulo - SP
CEP 04794-000
+55 (11) 2540.9150
United Arab Emirates
Level 16
ICD Brookfield Place
AI Mustaqbal Street, DIFC
P.O. Box 507234
Dubai
+971.4.597.0100
United Kingdom
One Canada Square
Level 25
Canary Wharf
London, E14 5AA
+44.20.7659.3500
India
8th Floor
A Wing, One BKC
Bandra Kurla Complex
Bandra East
Mumbai 400 051
+91 (22) 6600.0701
Australia
Level 22
135 King Street
Sydney, NSW 2000
+61.2.9158.5100
China
Suite 1201, Tower B, One East
No. 736 South Zhongshan 1st Road
Shanghai 200021
+86.21.2306.0700
REGIONAL OFFICES
North America
Bermuda
Calgary
Chicago
Houston
Los Angeles
Vancouver
OAKTREE CORPORATE OFFICES
United States
333 South Grand Avenue
28th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
+1.213.830.6300
South America
Bogotá
Lima
Rio de Janeiro
Santiago
Europe
Madrid
Luxembourg
Asia Pacific
Beijing
Hong Kong
Seoul
Singapore
Tokyo
United States
1301 Avenue of the Americas
34th Floor
New York, NY 10019
+1.212.284.1900
United Kingdom
Verde
10 Bressenden Place
London SW1E 5DH
United Kingdom
+44 (0) 20.7201.4600
Hong Kong
Suite 2001, 20/F,
Champion Tower
3 Garden Road
Central, Hong Kong
+852.3655.6800